Skip to main content
Home
  • Home
  • Browse All Issues
  • Model Aviation.com

Focus on Competition - 2003/03

Author: Steve Kaluf


Edition: Model Aviation - 2003/03
Page Numbers: 175,176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184

2005 Rules Change Cycle
Basic Rules Change Proposals
The following are the Basic Rules Change Proposals that have been submitted for
consideration in the 2005 Rules Change Cycle. These proposals have been
reviewed by each Contest Board chairperson and/or the Executive Council
(depending on jurisdiction).
The proposals are now being published to allow the AMA membership an
opportunity to comment to those voting before action takes place. If any of these
proposals are of interest to you, you are encouraged to contact the appropriate
Contest Board representative for the event and your AMA district. If the
proposal is under Executive Council jurisdiction, please contact your district
vice president to make your comments.
All proposals will be voted on in February. Proposals that pass this initial vote
will continue to be considered during subsequent voting. Proposals failing the initial
vote will no longer be considered. Please contact the Competition Department if
you have any questions or need complete copies of proposals not reproduced in
their entirety here.
Executive Council
EC-05-1: To move the Scale Helicopter rules from the Scale section to the
Helicopter section.
Submitted by: Peter Wales, AMA 532418
EC-05-2: R/C Competition Fun Fly creates new Contest Board and category for
R/C Competition Fun Fly. Move event 705 to this category.
Submitted by: Dan Luchaco, AMA 723
Outdoor Free Flight
OFF-05-1, page 15, paragraph 1.4, 1.41, 1.42, and 1.43. In the section for P-30
MODEL — For Event 124 paragraph 1.4; change the last line “only the following
changes will be allowed.” To “Any modifications to this propeller will be allowed.”
Paragraphs 1.4.1, 1.4.2. and 1.4.3 will now be unnecessary and shall be removed.
Submitted by: William Jenkins, AMA 22121
OFF-05-2, page 18, Free Flight Electric Power, for events 160 & 161.
Change to:
2. General. A Free Flight electric Power model airplane is powered by a
motor that receives as its sole source of power, energy from rechargeable
batteries rated at 1.5 volts per cell or less, self-contained in the model.
2.1 The following events have been established according to the
number of rechargeable battery cells used:
160 Class A—Six (6) cells or less
161 Class B—More than six (6) cells
Submitted by: Francis B. Hodson, AMA 1688
OFF-05-3, page 18, Free Flight Electric Power for events 160 & 161.
Change to:
1. Motor Run/Flight Maximum. The length of the motor run after the
model has been released for flight shall be twenty (20) seconds, excluding
flyoff flights. The maximum recorded duration for each flight shall be
two (2) minutes, including qualified flyoff flights.
3.1 All models shall be hand launched. Launching shall be as
specified for hand launch of land plane models, FF General.
Change to:
6. Number of Flights. Each contestant shall be allowed a total of six (6)
attempts to make three (3) official flights. All official and unofficial
flights are described above are attempts.
6.1 If the three (3) official flights total the maximum allowed, then a
series of flyoff flights may be taken. Flyoff flights may continue until the
contestant’s model fails to reach the flight maximum. Only one (1)
attempt is permitted for each flyoff flight. Flyoff motor runs are as
follows:
First (1st) Flyoff Flight through Third (3)
15 Seconds
F o c u s o n C o m p e t i t i o n
Technical
Director
Steve
Kaluf
[email protected]
WE HAVE REACHED the first critical
stage in the 2005 Rules Change Cycle. All
basic rules change proposals have been
received, reviewed, and are now being
published in this copy of Model Aviation so
that the membership may make comments
on them.
This is the critical part. If you fly in
competition, you should read every
proposal that has anything to do with the
events you fly. The critical part is that you
should make comments regarding the
proposal to the proper Contest Board
representative for that discipline and your
district. The Contest Board members are in
place to represent their constituents’ views
on competition matters. If they do not hear
from the membership, it becomes difficult
for them to properly represent these views.
So do your part; let them know what you
think!
In February of 2003 I will be sending the
initial ballot for these proposals to all of the
Contest Boards. Those proposals that fail
the initial ballot will no longer be
considered. Those that pass will continue on
through the interim and final votes (more on
that part of the cycle in a future column).
One last thing for this column (short due
to the many pages needed to publish the
basic proposals): I have another Urgent
Rules Change Proposal to publish. Due to
the nature of this proposal it was assigned to
the Executive Council for consideration.
Proposals are assigned to the Executive
Council when the issue is perhaps
contentious due to it affecting two or more
Contest Boards or when the issue is clearly
an item that falls under EC jurisdiction.
Approximately four weeks after this
publication I will be taking a ratification
vote. If passed, the proposal will go into
effect January 1.
Urgent Rules Change Proposal
Wording for change: Proposal seeks to
move events 501 (Outdoor Peanut Scale),
503 (Outdoor Flying Rubber Scale) and
504 (Outdoor Gas Power Scale) from
Scale Contest Board jurisdiction to the
Free Flight Contest Board jurisdiction. The
events would also move to the Free Flight
category in the Competition Regulations.
Logic behind proposed change: The Free
Flight Outdoor Scale events are all but
dead, while events such as Flying Aces
Club events continue to grow in
popularity. In 2002 the Nats was one of the
only events to offer AMA Free Flight
Scale events; other events offered FAC
Scale. The Scale Contest Board is
composed of people who are experts in
controlled flight but have little experience
with the issues facing the Free Flight
community.
Submitted by: Jerold Murphy, AMA 917
’Til next time … MA
March 2003 175
03sig6.QXD 1.6.03 9:09 am Page 175
176 MODEL AVIATION
Fourth Flyoff Flight and All Succeeding Flights
10 Seconds
6.2 The CD may at his discretion, add further definitions and/or reduce the
maximum duration limits due to weather, terrain, or local conditions, so long
as adequate notice is given to all contestants before competition begins.
However, all flight(s) and flight time(s) flown under CD imposed rule
deviations shall not to be considered for record purposes.
Submitted by: Francis B. Hodson, AMA 1688
Indoor Free Flight
IND-05-1, page 21. FAI Indoor Model (F1L EZB)—specifications, flying
rules, and scoring rules are the same as for FAI Indoor Models. (See FAI
Sporting Code.)
Control Line General
CLG-05-1, page 28, paragraph 2. Add to the end of paragraph “No control of
any aircraft function is allowed except via the control lines”.
Submitted by: Tom Dixon, AMA 1028
CLG-05-2, Event 332, page 66.
1. Change CL Endurance, Event 332, Rule 3, first sentence from: “Engine(s)
shall be of the reciprocating internal combustion type with total piston
displacement from .0900 to .3600 cubic inches”.
Change to:
“Engine(s) shall be of the reciprocating internal combustion type with total
piston displacement from .0900 to .3661 cubic inches”.
2. Change the CL Endurance Pull Test Table (page 66), Class Engine Size
Column. “.0900—.3600”
Change to:
“.0900—.3661”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
CLG-05-3, Event 332, page 66.
For event #332 Control Line Endurance, paragraph 4., Fuel Capacity. Change:
“The maximum fuel capacity permitted is four (4) fluid ounces”.
To:
“The maximum fuel capacity permitted is one (1) fluid ounce”.
Submitted by: Walt Gifford, AMA 59229
Control Line Speed
CLS-05-1, page 32, 4. Classification of Control Line Speed Models. Class
1⁄2A .0000—.0504 cubic inch.
Submitted by: Barry Tippett, AMA 4373092
Page 33 Chart. Correct to read 1⁄2A .0000 - .0615 cubic inches.
CLS-05-2 page 32, AMA rulebook, .21 Proto Speed, event 306, 2. Design
The model must have a full fuselage and rudder. Stabilizer must be flat,
butterfly type stabilizers are not acceptable unless it is a true scale model.
Page 39 AMA rulebook, 21 Proto Speed Event #306 Airplane Specifications
Rudder/fin area shall be a minimum of 5% of the wing area, rudder must be
standard upright configuration on top of the fuselage, sub rudders not
allowed.
Submitted by: Barry Tippett, AMA 373092
CLS-05-3 page 33, AMA rulebook. 7. Fuel
Fuel for all two cycle glow plug engines shall contain not less than 10%
nitromethane, not less than 20% lubricant and the rest methanol.
Omit — of more than .0504 cubic inch displacement
CLS-05-4, page 33, paragraph 7. Fuel. Fuel for jet engines shall consist of
80% methanol and 20% nitromethane.
Submitted by: Earl Bailey, AMA 41658
CLS-05-5 page 39, .21 Proto Speed. Make 21 proto an official event. Present
rules as printed in the rulebook are adequate.
Submitted by: Glenn Lee, AMA 5087
CLS-05-6: Page 41, section “ESTABLISHMENT OF LINE SIZES AND
PULL TESTS IN CL SPEED”, under paragraph “Implementation”.
IMPLEMENTATION: It is the responsibility of the Control Line Speed
Contest Board Chairman to monitor and maintain the line sizes and pull tests
as described above. In the event a new record is established which
necessitates an increase in line size, pull test, or both, any changes will be
published concurrently with announcement of new record.
In the case of a record established on a newly increased line size, whereby the
previous pull test standard exceeds the need of the new record, the CLSCB
Chairman will establish a new appropriate pull test standard. For all classes
that have 48G and higher pull tests, the new standard will be no less than 48G.
Changes will become effectively immediately upon publication in Model
Aviation magazine. Changes are to be automatic, with no action required by
the control line speed contest board or the AMA Executive Council.
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
CLS-5-7: Page 33, 1⁄2A Speed (Event #310).
Change minimum diameter of 1 line system from .014 to .016.
Change minimum diameter of 2 line system from .012 to .010.
Change pull test from 48G to 40 G.
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
CLS-05-8: Page 37, Control Line Speed, Paragraph 11. “Timing of Flight”.
Use existing paragraph except change: “once-tenth (1⁄10)” to “one-hundredth
(1⁄100).
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
CLS-05-9: Page 38, Control Line Speed, Paragraph 18 “Timing Pole —
Height Marker”.
Replace paragraph with:
“A pole or reference marker shall be provided outside of the flight circle for
timing and judging flight. Maintenance of flight in excess of 15 feet in any
class for more than « lap shall constitute a foul”.
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
Control Line Racing
CLR-05-1, page 46, 2.2 Mouse Racer. Change Class II Mouse
(Supplemental) to CLASS II Mouse (Official).
Add: 2.2.2 Fuel will be contest supplied 10 percent nitromethane 20 percent
lubricant.
Add: 2.2.3 Spring starters are not allowed.
Submitted by: John McCollum, AMA 15542
CLR-05-2 Event 312, page 44.
Change CL Slow Rat Racing, Event 312, (page 44), Pull Test Table, Class
Engine Size column from:
“.3600”
To:
“.3661”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
Control Line Carrier
CLC-05-1 page 47, paragraph 3.3.1. Delete existing paragraph 3.3.1 and
replace with:
3.3.1 The engines in the profile Navy Carrier event shall have a maximum
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 176
March 2003 177
total displacement of .3661 cubic inch. Two-stroke cycle engines must be of
the front intake type. No pressure fuel systems will be permitted; however,
the vents in the tank may be pointed forward in the airstream.
(Note also that CL General, Page 31, paragraph 11.1 states that 60% of the
displacement of a 4 stroke is taken for competition, so that a 10cc (.61 cu in)
4 stroke may be used in Profile Carrier).
Submitted by: William Bischoff, AMA 53549
Control Line Aerobatics
CLA-05-1, page 55, paragraph 13:14, Four Leaf Clover. Reference the C.L.
Precision Aerobatics maneuver description for the four leaf clover, Paragraph
13:14:
In the first sentence, change “approximately 38 degrees” to “approximately
42 degrees”.
In the drawing of the maneuver showing the four leaf clover, change “38°
elev” to “42° elev”.
In the errors section of this same paragraph, first sentence; change; “38
degrees” to “42 degrees”.
In the Maneuver section, Paragraph 15.3.14, first sentence, change “38
degrees” to “42 degrees”.
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-2, page 50, Reference CL Precision Aerobatics Model
Requirements, Paragraph 2:
Replace the first two sentences “Engines shall be of will be allowed”. With
the following:
“Permitted power source/s shall include any power except rocket motors.
Piston engine/s shall be subject to a total swept volume limitation of 15cc
(0.92 cubic inches). Electric power shall be limited to a maximum no-load
voltage of 42 volts. Gas turbine engines shall be limited to 3.5 Kg (7lbs
11ozs) static thrust. There is no adjustment allowance for the swept volume
displacement of four-stroke cycle engines as specified in Paragraph 11.1,
General Control Line rules. No combination of jet, turbine, electric or
reciprocating engine installation will be allowed. Maximum model weight
including any batteries but excluding fuel is 3.5Kg (7lbs 11 oz).
Proposed changes to the line sizes and pull test chart are shown in the
attached sheet. Changes/additions are highlighted. (Note: there is an apparent
typographical error in the current rule book chart showing the entry “.4801-
.6500”. This should be corrected to “.4601-.6500” if the above proposed
change is not accepted. This entry will be superseded if the proposed change
is accepted).
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-3, page 50, Reference CL Precision Aerobatics rule 2.3: Delete the
last sentence “It is suggested that the letter “N” be placed in front of the
license number when the number is affixed to the side of the fuselage or
vertical stabilizer.”
Insert a new sentence which reads:
“It is suggested that the letters “USA” (25mm (1 inch) or higher) be placed at
least once on the model”.
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-4, page 56, Reference the CL Precision Aerobatics Rules, paragraph
14: Delete paragraph 14: “Judging Procedures” and delete “Paragraph 15”:
“Maneuver Assessment” in their entirety. Insert a new “Paragraph 14”:
“Judging Procedures”.
Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-5, page 50, add paragraph 2.4. The builder of the Model for
Precision Aerobatics (AMA events 322, 323, 324, 325, 326) (J, S, O) shall be
considered the person who causes the wing(s) and tail(s) to be permanently
aligned with the body or fuselage of the aircraft, either by gluing or by
adhering permanent mounting points (in the case of take-apart aircraft).
Submitted by: Richard Peabody, AMA 393728
CLA-05-6, page 61, add wording.
Add wording used in defining “BOM Rule and Appearance Points” in
current rule book 6.2 (page 61) and 8.2 (page 61) to “Model Requirements
and Contestant Qualification” section of current rule book, page 50. Add as
2.4.
Submitted by: Richard Peabody, AMA 393728
CLA-05-7: Add new paragraph and change existing paragraph.
Add: Paragraph 16:
The builder of the model rule does not apply to Control Line Precision
Aerobatics.
Delete Paragraph 10. Appearance
Delete Paragraph 10.1 Appearance points are added to the contestant’s flight
points for scoring purposes.
Submitted by: R. Steven Moon, AMA 521164
CLA-05-8: Events 322, 323, 324, 325, 326. Page 50, Paragraph 4. Control
Lines. Revises control line chart.
Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Dave Gardner, AMA 717
Control Line Combat
CLB-05-1, Event 328, page 61, Rule 3, first sentence.
1. Change CL Combat, Event 328, (page 61), rule 3, first sentence from:
“Propulsion shall be provided by a propeller equipped piston engine(s) with
total swept volume of not more than .3600 cubic inches”.
To:
“Propulsion shall be provided by a propeller-equipped piston engine(s) with
total swept volume of not more than .3661 cubic inches”.
2. Change the CL Combat Pull Test Table (page 61), Class Engine Size
column, second line
from:
“.1525—.3600”
To:
“.1525—.3661”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
CLB-05-2: Event #328, paragraph 4: Streamers (Change to read):
Streamers shall be supplied by the contest management. Streamers shall be
made of crepe paper sheets, or other suitable material such as plastic, be of
uniform length, using tow distinct colors, and shall be cut two (2) inches
wide and up to ten feet long. The streamer material should then be doubled
and the folded lengthwise for two inches before being double tied with the
string leader. The string leader shall be 16 to 20 pound test, shall be
marked 84 inches from the know, and shall extend beyond the ink mark 18
inches.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB-05-3: Event #328, paragraph 8.2.2: (Add to end of current
paragraph) Exception: In the event of tangled lines when one plane has
crashed or landed, the pilot of the airborne plane must maneuver in a
manner (such as loops and figure 8s) that allows the other pilot to untangle
his lines from the airborne pilot’s lines. Both pilots must cooperate in
efforts to safely and expeditiously untangle the lines.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB-05-4: Event #328, paragraph 5: Change 75 foot radius safety circle
to read 70 to 75 foot radius safety circle. Also change other references to
the 75 foot circle to 70 to 75.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 177
178 MODEL AVIATION
CLB-05-5: Event #328, paragraph 11.1 Forfeiture: Sub paragraph 1.: (Delete
that portion that reads) “The crankshaft/propeller is also excepted if due to
crankshaft breakage”.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB-05-6: Event #328: Fuel shall not contain more than 10% nitromethane,
not less than 20% lubricant, and the rest shall be methanol. At the discretion
of the CD, use of contest-supplied fuel may be required.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB05-7: Add new paragraph: Optional Equipment/Specifications: At the
CD’s discretion sanction applications may specify “High Performance 1⁄2A
rules in effect”. Doing so indicates line length will be 42’ + plus or minus 3”,
mechanical and electric starters allowed, streamers will be 3⁄4” wide with a
string leader marked 60” from the knot, and shall extend beyond the ink mark
12 inches.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
RC Aerobatics
RCA-05-1, page 72, Flight pattern and maneuvering area, paragraph 14. Add
the following to Radio Control Aerobatics, No. 14 Flight pattern and
maneuvering area. Calling of box entry must be done so there is a minimum
of a 15 meter straight line before the first maneuver. Judging of the maneuver
will begin then. (As the lines into and out of maneuvers are part of the
maneuver and are always judged). Calling of exiting the box must be done
after a minimum of a 15 meter straight line after the maneuver. Judging will
cease at that point.
Submitted by: C. W. Reed, AMA 21971
RCA-05-2, Page 70, paragraph 6.4. Delete last part of sentence beginning “
Maneuvers are no longer done in line with the center of the runway. E.g.
straight flight out/back or touch and goes.”
Page 72, paragraph 13.2. Delete paragraph. Holdover from time when
normalizing was “controversial”.
Page 72, paragraph 14. 6 lines up from bottom of paragraph beginning with
“Maneuvers in those classes “ Delete phrase “ in those classes with all scored
turnarounds.” Holdover from when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 75, paragraph B.c. Positioning, 3rd sentence beginning “In those
classes” delete “In those classes with scored turnarounds”. Holdover from
when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 75, paragraph B.c. Positioning, last paragraph, beginning with 3rd
sentence “In those classes with “ delete to end of paragraph. Holdover from
when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 75, paragraph B.d. 3rd paragraph, delete sentence beginning “In those
classes “ Holdover from when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 76, paragraph D. Middle of 3rd paragraph. Delete phrase “Additionally,
in classes with predominately scored turnarounds,”. Capitalize the following
“the”. Holdover from when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 77, 2nd paragraph “Maneuvers Off Center”. Delete phrase “In those
classed with scored turnarounds”. Capitalize “if”.
Page 77, paragraph “Lines, bottom of page change sentence “If there is a
complete absence of a line before or after the roll” to read “More points are
subtracted for greater differences.” This sentence discusses line relationships
and is in conflict with the next paragraph discussing rolls placed on lines.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-3, Page 68, paragraph 4.2., 2nd to last sentence. Delete phrase
“however, such deletion must be published in advance of the event date”.
Page 71, paragraph 9; Change 3rd sentence to read, “Once this number has
been announced, this is the exact number of flights that should be flown”.
Page 71, paragraph 10.3. Delete sentence in middle of paragraph. “The
contestants may, at their option, elect to refly the entire flight”. Delete second
to last sentence “Maneuver scores prior to the collision will not be used if the
contestant chooses to refly the entire flight”.
Page 72, paragraph 14. 3rd sentence change to read “ ...150 meters in from of
the pilot and by surface lines of white or contrasting color originating at the
pilots position”.
Page 74, paragraph 20.7. In 2nd sentence, delete phrase “It is suggested
that” and change 2nd sentence to read “Each maneuver will be scored
immediately after it is performed”.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-4, page 78. Make the following change to the AMA Judges Guide
by adding subparagraph 6 to “Spins” on page 78.
6. The pilot who can best combine precision/geometry of the spin
(shape of the maneuver/correct number of degrees of rotation/ plus wind
correction to adjust track should receive the higher score.
Make the following change to page 84. “Spins, any number of rotations,
Upright or Inverted”:
Delete subparagraph beginning with “Crabbing the model .”.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-5. Delete the current landing (page 82) and takeoff (page 86)
descriptions from the rulebook, and replace with the following.
Landing Sequence: Execute a 180-degree turn to a downwind heading (or
optional 360 degree turn if flight is completed on a downwind maneuver).
Fly a downwind leg, and then turn 180 degrees into the wind for a final
approach to the runway touching down in the landing zone. The landing is
complete when the model has either rolled 10 meters or comes to rest.
Landing Zone: The landing zone shall be marked by lines placed
perpendicular across the runway and spaced 100 meters apart. The width of
the landing zone shall normally be the width of the runway but in no case
shall exceed 30 meters.
Downgrades:
1. Model does not follow landing sequence zero (0) points.
2. Any landing gear leg retracts or collapses on landing, zero (0) points.
3. Model ends up on its back, zero (0) points.
4. Model passes behind the judges’ line (“flight line”), zero (0) points.
5. Model land outside of the landing zone, zero (0) points.
6. Only two scores a 10 or a 0 may be awarded for the landing sequence.
Take-off Sequence: The model is placed on the runway, takes off from
within the landing zone, then turns 90 degrees toward the line defined by
the upwind and downwind marker poles. When approximately over this line
the model turns either 90 degrees or 270 degrees for a downwind trim pass.
When approximately even with the downwind marker the model initiates a
180-degree turn, reversal or other turn-around maneuver of pilot’s choice.
Downgrades:
1. Takeoff sequence not followed, zero (0) points.
2. Model takes off outside of the landing zone, zero (0) points.
3. Model passes behind the judges’ line (“flight line”), zero (0) points.
4. Only two scores a 10 or a 0 may be awarded for the take-off
sequence.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-6 Replace the schedule 18 (404) Masters schedule on page 73 with
the following schedule and insert new maneuver instructions alphabetically
in section E beginning on page 77.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Eric Henderson, AMA 131150
RCA-05-7 page 69, paragraph 4.3: Add the following sentence on the end
of paragraph 4.3: “The Contest Director shall have the option of deleting
the weight and size requirements for the Sportsman Class at any
sanctioned event, however, such deletion must be published in advance of
the event date, and the model in question must conform to AMA weight
limits”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-8: Replace the first sentence in paragraph 8.2.3 to read: “The
accumulated points for required class advancement will be based on a
sliding scale of 4 years time. Advancement points acquired before the
forth (4) year will not count towards advancement”.
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 178
March 2003 179
Replace the second sentence in paragraph 8.2.3 to read: “In other words, a
contestant’s point accumulation is based on the total accumulation for his/her
previous four (4) years of competition”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-9: In Paragraph 8.2.1, insert the words, “Except for those contestants
over 60 years of age”, as a conditional clause in the front of the sentence; “A
flyer accumulating 100 points “.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-10: Correct the criteria for (2) Horizontal Rolls. Replace the text
“center is inverted portion of second roll “ with the following; “Center is that
point when the plane is upright between the two rolls”, and in item 4, replace the
word “three (3)” with the word “two (2)”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-11: Withdrawn by proposer.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-12: Add the following line to Takeoff Downgrades on page 86.
Following item 8 in list, add, “9. Liftoff not centered”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-13: Insert in Section E. “Description of Maneuvers”, in the first
paragraph following the words; “ will have the same altitude and heading for
entry and exit unless otherwise noted”. The words “There is no requirement that
all centered maneuvers have to be performed at the same top and bottom
altitudes throughout the total sequence”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-14: Change paragraph 5 in the Spin definitions on page 78 to read;
“Once the model has entered the spin, drift caused by the wind, even if the
model drifts out of the aerobatic box, is not a judging criteria”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-15: Insert in the introductory paragraph for “Spins” the following
phrase, after the words “ in front of the judges on the center line/pole. The stall
may occur while the plane has forward motion with respect to the ground”. And
before the words, “The following criteria applies to spins”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-16: Remove Paragraph 4.4.1 (Watch for similar proposal.)
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-17: paragraph 16, page 73, change maneuver 17 to “Immelmann Turn
K=1”, add maneuver 18 as, “one positive snap roll on 45 deg. Down line K=3”,
and add maneuver 19 as “Landing K=1”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-18: Add to AMA RC PATTERN JUDGES GUIDE, Paragraph B.a.,
Precision, following the words in the second paragraph; “ straight and level exit
should also result in downgrading”. Add the following definition, “In all cases,
straight and level flight means flight parallel to the flight line, at a constant
altitude, and with wings level”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-19: Insert in paragraph 3, page 78, for the category of “Spins” the
following statement. Following the words “ after the rotation stops”. Add “There
will be no downgrade if the plane is pointed down by the pilot after the spin
rotation stops”. Before the words, “The pull or pushout “.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA05-20: Delete 4.4.1 entirely. (Watch for similar proposal.)
Submitted by: Dave Burton, AMA 8961
RCA-05-21: 7. Pattern event classes: Add an additional sentence at the end as
follows; “A contestant may enter any one class of his/her choice at any contest”.
Eliminate paragraph 8 in its entirety.
Submitted by: Dave Burton, AMA 8961
RCA-05-22: Masters pattern maneuvers: The Masters class will fly the
current FAI preliminary schedule (F3A RC Aerobatics) as a separate class.
Submitted by: Dave Burton, AMA 8961
RCA-05-23: FAI Patter Maneuvers. Add after the first sentence “The noise
limit shall be the current noise limit used in AMA competition for classes
401-404, except in the case of a USA Team Selection contest, where the
noise limit shall be the current FAI noise rule”.
Submitted by: Tony Stillman, AMA 936
RCA-05-25: Page 88, paragraph 8, Add new event for Scale Aerobatics,
Intermediate.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-26: Page 88, Change to add: Insert Rule 3.4 to read as follows:
3.3 No change.
3.4 The Unknown sequences will be drawn from the Catalog of legal
Unknown figures for each class. The Catalog of legal Unknown figures is
located in the Contest Directors Guide located on the IMAC website.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-27: Page 88, Insert new 5.5 and make current 5.5 now 5.6.
5.6 Scale shall be determined by the wingspan. A change in wingspan will
become a change in overall Scale. Fuselage width, height and aircraft
planform or any other variations shall not exceed 10% of scale, with the
exception of airfoils and size/shape of control surface within the scale outline
rule.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-28: Page 88, paragraph 6, Achievement Award Patches.
Change to: Achievement award patches may be earned in each category by
scoring seven (7) or better on each maneuver in Basic, Sportsman, Advanced,
or Unlimited sequence. Award Patches along with the Scale Aerobatics
Newsletter, IMAC, and Scale Aerobatics patches, pins, decals, and wearing
apparel are available through the International Miniature Aerobatic Club
(IMAC) Secretary.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-29: Page 88, 8.1 The event shall be divided into five (5) classes, in
order of increasing difficulty. The classes are Basic (411), Intermediate (4xx),
(412), Advanced (413), and Unlimited (414).
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-30: Page 89, 10.1.3 If a know sequence in progress cannot be
completed due to mechanical problems with the aircraft (including but not
limited to engine failure, radio malfunctions, etc.) the contestant will receive
zeros (0) for each unscored maneuver in that sequence. If the second sequence
is yet to be flown and the aircraft can be made ready to fly (Refer to rule 7),
the contestant may attempt the second sequence.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-31: Page 89, Delete all and print:
12. Aerobatic Box refer to Flying and Judging Guide rule number 4.1.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-32: Page 90, 16.3 Optional Unknown Maneuver Sequences shall
include separate Sportsman, Intermediate, Advanced and Unlimited
sequences, each consisting of up to 15 maneuvers.
16.4 The contestant must fly his entire flight according to the established
flight schedule for his particular class and in the sequence listed. Maneuvers
that are executed out of sequence, or not executed as required by the
sequence, will be zeroed. Remaining maneuvers that are flown in their
appropriate area and in the appropriate order following the zeroed maneuver
will be scored.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 179
180 MODEL AVIATION
RCA-05-33: Page 90, paragraph 17. (4) Minute Freestyle Program. Replaces
existing text for paragraph 17.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-34: Page 90, paragraph 1.
Change to add reference to gender in last sentence:
1. PREFACE
The purpose of this Scale Aerobatics Flying and Judging Guide is to provide
an accurate description of each type of maneuver used in competition and to
provide a reference for use in developing a uniformly high standard of
judging in all AMA sanctioned contests. Study of this guide by the
competitor will help him or her learn exactly what is expected, while study
by the judges will help them decide precisely how well the competitor meets
these expectations.
Flying and judging are very similar in nature; this is why contestant judging
is generally promoted. Nevertheless, there are some key differences between
judges and pilots, mostly related to Mental Attitude and Technical
Knowledge. Reference to any gender in this document shall include both
male and female.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-35: Page 91, paragraph 2 Delete:
Scale Aerobatics maneuvers also use the standard K-factors defined by the
FAI, but with two exceptions:
1) The FAI K-Factors for Rolling circle maneuvers (Family 2.3 to 2.20) must
be doubled (i.e.: A FAI K-factor of 13 should become 26).
2) The FAI K-Factor for Tailslide maneuvers (Family 6) must be multiplied
by one and half (1.5) (i.e.: a FAI K-Factor of 16 should become 24). When
the original FAI K-Factor is an odd number, the result of the multiplication
used should be reduced to the lower whole number (i.e.: a FAI K-Factor of
15 should become 22, or 15+7.5=22.5, reduced to the lower number=22).
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-36: Page 92 Change as follows:
3. RULES
Scale Aerobatics has several rules that differ from either Full Scale
Aerobatics (IAC) or AMA RC Aerobatics (AMA Pattern). Because the
judging pool used in Scale Aerobatics contests sometimes comes from both
or either of those two groups, it is useful to go through the major differences:
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-37: Page 92, change as follows:
4. RCA-05-37: Positioning
Scale Aerobatics requires all scored maneuvers to be flown in front of the
judges, in an area called the “box”. Competitors should perform their
sequence within the aerobatic box balance about the center of the x-axis and
at an optimal distance from the judges. Judges will give the position grade
according to the total impression of the balanced use of the aerobatic box and
the overall presentation of the sequence. It is not required, however, to use all
the available airspace vertically or on the x or y-axis. As a judge, what is
important is that you apply the same presentation criteria in consistent
manner to every pilot flying the program. The range of possible scores is
from 10 to 0 in .5 increments.
If the sun is positioned such that it hampers positioning and judging of any
maneuvers, the contestant may request the judges to allow an offset of certain
maneuvers. This agreement shall take place prior to the start of the flight.
Also, flying the figures in the front or the back of the box while on the X-axis
is not a criterion for judging. Before entering the box, the pilot or caller
should announce to the judges the direction of flight (Left-to-Right or Rightto-
Left). This is completely the pilot’s option and independent of the wind
direction. Once this announcement is made, the relationship and positioning
between maneuvers is defined by the Aresti sequence drawing.
Category Positioning coefficients are as follows:
Basic 5K
Sportsman 10K
Intermediate 15K
Advanced 20K
Unlimited 25K
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-38: Page 92
4.1 Scale Aerobatic Box
Two (2) horizontal lines, 90 degrees to each side of the centerline. The total
length of the box shall be 2000 feet (610 meters) along a line parallel to the
flight line. The rear boundary of the box shall be a line parallel to the flight
line and 1000 feet (305 meters) from the competitors position.
Whenever the “complete aircraft” is observed to fly past any boundary, an
infringement penalty will be noted by the maneuver score being circled by
the judge. It should be noted that the judges could disagree on box
infringements (i.e. one judge circles the maneuver and the other doesn’t). The
penalty will be assessed when the scores are tabulated and vary by the class
flown:
i. Basic = two (2) points per infringement
ii. Sportsman = four (4) points per infringement
iii. Intermediate = six (6) points per infringement
iv. Advanced = eight (8) points per infringement
v. Unlimited = ten (10) points per infringement
Because the judges are located behind the pilot, the only box infringements
generally noted are the one that can easily be assessed using the 90 degree
markers reference on the ground. Although judging the side and back
infringements are more difficult due to the lack of references, judges should
still take them into account if the aircraft clearly goes past these boundaries.
In case of uncertainty, always give the competitor the benefit of the doubt.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-39: Page 93, 4.2 Scale Aerobatic zones through 4.2.2 Side Zones.
Eliminated all above rules.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-40 Page 97, paragraph 6.3 Zero, redefines reason a zero may be
given.
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 180
March 2003 181
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-41: Page 103, 8.6. Family 6: Tailslides
Fifth Paragraph Down;
As with the hammerhead, the aircraft will be in a stalled or near stalled
condition at the top of the vertical line and no deduction for wind drift
should be applied during that particular time.
Delete Figure 28
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-42 Page 73, Changes maneuver sequences for Event 404, Masters.
Watch for similar proposal.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by Troy Newman, AMA 163080
RCA-05-43: New Event. Indoor RC Aerobatics.
It is the intention to provide a safe aerobatic event for electric powered
models that will be flown indoors. Wherever possible, the rules will be the
same as outdoor radio control pattern. Rather than reproduce the entire set
of pattern rules, the exceptions will be noted.
4. Model aircraft requirements.
4.1 Power. Models shall be powered by battery powered electric
motors. The maximum battery voltage shall be 9.6 volts (manufacturers
ratings). No limit is placed on the number of motors, but the maximum
power delivered to the motor(s) shall be 30 watts. In cases where there is a
question, the contestant may be required to sign an affidavit stating that his
entry conforms to this rule.
4.2 Weight and size. No model shall weigh more than 7 ounces ready to
fly.
1.5 Change radius of spinner tip to 2 millimeters.
7. Pattern event classes.
The indoor pattern event shall be divided into two classes. The first, (class
I) shall be open to any model design that meets the weight and power
criteria. The second (class II) will be limited to models which clearly
resemble an aircraft used in aerobatic competition. This includes outdoor
pattern event models as well as full scale aircraft. Both classes will fly the
same maneuver pattern.
8. Contestant classification. This system will not be used in indoor
aerobatics. Delete sections 8.-8.3.
10. Official flight. Change time limit to two (2) minutes.
11. Time limits. Change time to (2) minutes.
14. The CD will determine the boundary limits for the “box” based on site
conditions, as well as the distance from the judges for the flight path of
maneuvers.
16. Both indoor classes will use the intermediate pattern maneuver
schedule.
20.7 Delete references to weather.
20.8 Delete references to the sun.
Submitted by: Bob Wilder, AMA 14951
RC Pylon Racing
RCR-05-1, page 123, paragraph 16.3.1. Airframe. Redefines current
regulations of event #424 for the purpose of clarity and enforceability.
Exact wording proposed for the rulebook:
Under section 16.3.1 Airframe:
The airframe specifications for this event are identical to those for Quickie
500 (Event No. 428).
New exact wording of section 16.3.1
The airframe specifications for this event are identical to those for
Quickie 500 (Event No. 428) with the following exceptions: Wing and
tail construction. Wings must be constructed of either all wood or wood
sheeting over a solid foam core. Wings manufactured in molds designed
to produce hollow core composite wings, is prohibited. The last three
inches of each wing tip may be made of any material. The intent of the
rule is to keep the cost of participation to a minimum.
Submitted by: Dan Kane, AMA 26835
RCR-05-2, page 123, 16.3.2 Powerplant.
Under section 16.3.2 Powerplant, sub-section A. Engine. Remove the
following sentence from item #6 Power Output:
As such, it is not a suitable event for the use of engines that some with
tuned mufflers or otherwise are capable of turning a stock 9 x 6 APC
propeller at over 16, 500 rpm on the ground.
Reword paragraph 6:
“Sport Quickie is intended as an entry-level event for pilots who are
new to racing. Sample engines are tested via committee and a list of
permissible engines is published and updated as necessary, annually.
Criteria include purchase price and power output in both the normal
takeoff RPM range and the presumed in-air (“unloaded”) RPM range.
Any engine with a tuned muffler is strictly prohibited. The cost of the
engine must be below $120 (street price). If engines more powerful than
this are to be used at a contest, the contest should be sanctioned as
Quickie 500 (Event No. 428), not sport Quickie.”
Add paragraph 7:
“Prior approval of engines”.
a). Procedure: All engines, past and future inclusive, shall not be
entered into competition until a five-member sub-committee of the RC
Racing Contest Board has approved the engine by an affirmative vote of
at least three members thereof. Such approval may be given orally, but
shall be recorded for future reference. An engine shall be considered
eligible for competition if it meets all requirements of section 16.3.2
and, in addition, does not hinder the state of this entry level event as
determined by the aforementioned five-member committee. The
committee is appointed by the Racing Contest Board Chairman and will
not include any member with a vested interest in the sale of
manufacturing of an engine for this event. In addition any engine can be
removed from the list by an affirmative vote of at least three members
thereof.
Under section 16.3.3. Special Provisions, sub-section b. Rule Variations
Permitted: Remove item #1: Approval engine list: Sample engines are
tested and a list of permissible engines is published annually. Criteria
include purchase price and power output in both the normal takeoff rpm
range and the presumed in-air (“unloaded”) rpm range.
Remove item #2: Prohibited Features: Typically these include
Schneurle porting and ABC/AAC metallurgy.
Change item #3 Claiming rule, to item #1.
RCR-05-3: Adds new (provisional) event Formula 1 Sport
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Robert Dible, AMA 41701
RC Helicopter
RCH-05-1, Class I. Change pilot position for Class I. page 130,
paragraph 28.6.1. Class I position is fixed to a two (2) meter line on
side of box closest to the judges. If the pilot moves from the fixed
position from the beginning to the end of the flight a severe downgrade
shall be imposed.
Page 131, paragraph 29.1.1. (Change sentence #2 only). Pilot stands on
the two (2) meter line on the side of the box closest to the judges.
On page 127, course layout. Removed the two flags on the sides of the
box. Remove the two 1.2m circles on the front and back of the box.
Submitted by: Thomas Erb, AMA 98317
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 181
182 MODEL AVIATION
RC Soaring
SO-05-1. Add the following paragraphs to page 137.
Note: conflicts with proposal with SO-05-2
1.1 No object, device in its fully extended position, or part thereof can
protrude ahead of the nose of the aircraft.
1.2 Ahead of the leading edge of the wing, no part of an object or device in
its fully extended position can protrude more than one inch below the bottom
of the fuselage. If the fuselage bottom is curved, the length of the protrusion
or part thereof will be measured along the perpendicular to a tangent to the
fuselage at the point where the measurement is to be made. 1.3 From the
leading edge of the wing to the rearmost part of the fuselage, no part of an
object or device in its fully extended position can protrude more than three
inches below the bottom of the wing or an extension thereof. Measurements
will be made along a perpendicular to the bottom of the wing at the point in
question. In the event that an object/device is located behind the trailing edge
of the wing, the extension of the bottom of the sing will be determined by
placing a straight edge so that it is in contact with at least two points along
the bottom of the wing and measuring along a perpendicular to the side of the
straight edge that is in contact with the bottom of the wing. Flaps must be
fully retracted when measurements are made.
1.4 The forward facing edge of an object or device in its fully extended
position must have a radius of a t least 0.25 inch in the vertical plane.
1.5 All objects or devices in their fully extended position must lay in a single
plane that is perpendicular to the bottom surface of the wing and congruent
with the centerline of the fuselage.
1.6 The above rules do not apply to those classes that specifically prohibit the
use of devices whose intent it is to produce a rapid deceleration when
landing.
Submitted by: Robert Johnson, AMA 74650
SO-05-2, page 137, paragraph 3.1.6.d.
Note: conflicts with proposal with SO-05-1
Eliminate paragraph 3.1.6.d in its entirety.
Submitted by: Richard Eckel, AMA 467949
SO-05-3: Withdrawn by proposer.
Submitted by: Robert Glover, AMA V100
SO-05-4, Establish new event: RC Slope Soaring Combat.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Loren Blinde, AMA 91210
SO-05-5: Add new event: Nostalgia Sailplane.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Jack Iafret, AMA 7114
Scale
SCA-05-1, page 157, pull test and line size table, bottom row (15-20 lb
models). In the CL Precision Scale event, change the “CL Flying Scale” pull
test and line size table, bottom row (15 — 20 lb models), right column (pull
Test), from, “5G 80 lb max,” to “5G 80 lb min.”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
SCA-05-2, Add new event: Control Line Fun Scale
The intent of Fun Scale is to provide a CL Scale event, which is, and is to
remain, simple in concept. It minimizes the static judging and emphasizes the
flying segment.
1. ELIGIBILITY. The contest is open to modeler-built or factory built
CL Scale models. The event rules are identical to event #509, Control Line
Sport Scale except for static judging. General rule 4 (builder — flier) will
not apply in this event. With advance notice, the event may be conducted
in different classes based on skill or age level, i.e., Open, Entry, Junior,
Senior, etc.
2. STATIC JUDGING. The static scale outline score will be a graduated
zero (0) to five (5) points to contestants who show proof that a full size
aircraft or this type did/does exist. An additional score of a graduated zero (0)
to (5) points will be awarded if proof is shown as to replicating a
color/markings scheme of the original full size aircraft. A single sheet (3-
view drawing, photo, profile, painting, plastic kit box, etc.) is sufficient.
Contestant prepared drawings of a photo of the model itself is not acceptable.
If no proof of existence or color/markings is shown, no static points will be
awarded. However, it will be up to the contest director and/or event director
to determine if the scale model is indeed a replica of a full size aircraft of r
contest
eligibility.
3. FLYING. All rules as per CL Sport Scale (event #509).
4. SCORING. The official score shall be the total of static points (10
maximum) and the single best flight score (100 maximum) for a total of 110
points.
Submitted by: William Reynolds, AMA 49921
SCA-05-3 Rewrites Event 518 Scale Helicopter rules
Watch for similar proposal. Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please
contact the Competitions Department for a complete copy.
Submitted by: Peter Wales, AMA 532418
SCA-05-4 Rewrites Event 518 Scale Helicopter rules
Watch for similar proposal. Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please
contact the Competitions Department for a complete copy.
Submitted by: Brian Stewart, AMA 618578
SCA-05-5 page 162, event 521. To be added after dummy pilot exemption in
opening paragraph for event 521.
Event 521 Profile Scale is exempted from the retract rule, requiring flying
with wheels up if prototype had retractable landing gear.
(Control Line Scale Flight Judging Guide, Part e paragraph 4.2 Realism in
flight)
Submitted by: Charles Bauer, AMA 21824
SCA-05-6, page 165, Radio Control Sport Scale (Sportsman and Expert)
Event, revises rules to specifically allow for indoor flying of RC Scale
models in these events.
Revise current section 2. Safety Requirements
Leave items 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5 as is.
Re-number 2.8 to 2.6.
Add new section 3. Outdoor Events
3.1. There are no restrictions as to types of power plants that may be used in
R/C Sport Scale models that are flown outdoors. Reciprocating internal
combustion engines (including 2-stroke, 4-stroke, glow, gas, CO2,
compressed air), electric motors, and turbojet engines are allowed.
3.2. (same as old section “2.7. Turbojet engines “
3.3. With the exception of electric motors, the engine(s) must be equipped
with an effective muffler or silencer to limit noise output. A tuned pipe is
considered a muffler.
3.4. R/C Sport Scale models that are flown outdoors shall weigh no more
than 55 pounds, ready for flight, including fuel.
Add a new section 4. Indoor Events
4.1. R/C Sport Scale models that are flown indoors must be powered with
electric, CO2, orcompressed air motor(s). No other type of power plant is
permissible for indoor flying.
4.2. R/C sport Scale models that are flown indoors shall weigh no more than
12 ounces ready for flight, including fuel or batteries.
4.3. Maximum wing loading of the model, ready for flight, shall not exceed 6
ounces per square foot.
4.4. Due to wide variations in the size and shape of indoor flying sites, the
Contest Director has authority to adjust sections 4.2. and 4.3. as needed to fit
the contest flying site and local conditions. In all cases, any deviation from
these rulebook specifications must be noted in all pre-contest announcements
and literature well in advance of the event.
4.5. Because of the size restrictions that indoor flying naturally imposes on
the flight of a model, the Contest Director has authority to adjust any of the
maneuver descriptions in the “Radio Control Scale Flight Judging Guide” to
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 182
March 2003 183
fit the size of his facility. For example, the Judging Guides says that the Fly-
Past should be flown between 10 — 20 feet altitude for at least 5 seconds. At
many indoor flying facilities that would be impossible. In all cases, any
deviation from the Judging Guide maneuver descriptions must be noted in all
pre-contest announcements and literature well in advance of the event.
Revise current section 3. Model Requirements
Delete third paragraph; “With the exception of electric motors, the engine
must be equipped with an effective muffler “
Re-number current sections 3 through 11 as sections 5 through 13
respectively.
Submitted by: Mike Gretz, AMA 7614
SCA-05-7, Adds new event: Indoor Electric R/C Scale
Power and Model Requirements: Maximum motive power will be a single
stock speed 280 brush can motor or equipment with no restrictions on
gearing or propeller size and no restrictions on battery type and or size.
The model shall have a maximum wing loading of 5 oz per square foot.
Multiple motors will not exceed in total the equivalent of a speed 280 electric
motor.
Static Judging: The model will be judged at a distance of 5 feet for finish
color & markings and accuracy of outline and at 1 foot for craftsmanship.
Cockpit detail will be included s part of the craftsmanship judging. A 50
point maximum score can be given for each of the 3 categories giving a
maximum static score of 150 points. The builder of the model rule applies,
page 149 paragraph 4.
Flight Judging: A flight will consist of 10 maneuvers, 5 mandatory and 5
optional. Each maneuver will be scored 0 to 5 points for a maximum total of
50 points. Mandatory maneuvers consist of takeoff, minimum of 2 laps left
(counter clockwise), minimum of 2 laps right (clockwise), landing, and
realism of flight. Optional maneuvers can include retracting and extending
undercarriage, bomb or leaflet or tank drop, etc. The maneuvers can be done
in any order. A minimum of 2 rounds will be flown. The final flight score
will consist of the total of the 2 best rounds divided by 2. The flight score
will be added to the static score for a maximum of 200 points.
Submitted by: Ernest Harwood, AMA 6550
SCA-05-8: Event #518, Sport Scale Soaring
Change section 8 to read:
8. RC Flight Plan
The RC Flight Plan shall consist of 10 maneuvers and/or scale operations,
three (3) mandatory and seven (7) optional. The mandatory items are:
Three hundred sixty degree thermal turns.
Landing.
Realism in flight.
The mandatory and optional maneuvers may be performed in any sequence,
but must follow the contestants flight plan presented to the judges.
Move “Climb to Release” maneuver from section 1. Mandatory Maneuvers
to section 2. Optional Flight Maneuvers.
Delete section 1.2 “maintain straight attitude” from maneuver lists.
Submitted by: Terry Edmonds, AMA 9438
SCA-05-9: Event 517, Sport Scale Soaring
10. Official Score.
Change present wording: “The official score shall be the total of static points
9100 maximum) ... ”
To: “The official score shall be the total of static points (30) time multiplier
maximum) ... ”
Also delete second reference to (100 maximum) for static points in section
10.
Submitted by: Terry Edmonds, AMA 9438
SCA-05-10: Event 517, Sport Scale Soaring
Delete first sentence of section 9.
Flight Scoring. Maximum total flight score is 100 points.
Add to end of section 9.1.
After the flight is complete each maneuver score is to be multiplied by the
difficulty factor for tat maneuver. If a competitor flies a maneuver not on the
list, a difficulty factor of 1.0 is to be used. (See attached list)
Delete reference to “(100 maximum)” for flight score in section 10.
MANEUVER DIFFICULTY FACTOR
1. Takeoff 1.0
2. Aerotow Including Release 1.2
3. Climb to Release (winch, hi-start, hand tow) 1.0
4. 360 Degree Thermal Turns 1.0
5. Straight Flight Back 0.7
6. Procedure Turn 0.8
7. Straight Flight Back 0.7
8. Figure Eight 1.0
9. Inside Loop 1.2
10. Outside Loop 1.5
11. Immelmann Turn 1.4
12. Stall Turn 1.3
13. Wingover 1.3
14. Split-S 1.2
15. Roll 1.2
16. Barrel Roll 1.2
17. Spin 1.4
18. Cuban Eight 1.5
19. Sideslip 1.2
20. Flight in a Triangular Circuit 0.9
21. Flight in a Rectangular Circuit 0.9
22. Chandelle 1.1
23. Traffic Pattern Approach to Landing 1.1
24. Spot Landing 1.0
25. Landing 1.0
26. Realism in Flight 1.0
27. Scale Operation: Retract Wheel 1.0
28. Scale Operation: Spoilers 0.5
29. Scale Operation: Flaps 0.5
30. Scale Operation: Dumpable Water Ballast 2.0
31. Scale Operation: Drop Dolly 0.7
Submitted by: Terry Edmonds, AMA 9438
SCA-05-11: Event 517, Sport Scale Soaring
Change 7.2 “Launch shall be by winch or aero tow” to “Launch shall be by
winch, aero tow, high-start or hand tow”.
Change 7.2 “ Two winch launches per round will be allowed if a pilot
requires them to complete his flight maneuvers. In the case of two winch
launches, a given maneuver will be judged only
once, the first time it is performed”. To: “Two launches per round will be
allowed except for aero tow, if a pilot requires them to complete his flight
maneuvers. In the case of two launches, a given maneuver will be judged
only once, the first time it is performed”.
Submitted by: Robert Harold, AMA 2457
SCA-05-12: Worksheet for static judging of CL and RC Sport Scale.
Worksheet is attached to original proposal.
Submitted by: Charles Bauer, AMA 21824
RC Electric
ECL-05-1 page 186 Adds new event: Elexaco
Summary of Elexaco Competition Rules: (Old Timer or Open) The
investment flying electric using a 400 motor is nominal as an existing radio
with at least 3 channels is all that is needed. What makes it real interesting is
that the performance of a 7 cell battery pak with a direct 400 motor system is
outstanding. Using alkaline battery cells in the Tx makes the model always
available for flight when stored in the trunk of your car. Due to the small size
it is stored assembled. In traveling where a field is sited (A football field will
do) simply stop, charge the flight battery for motor and RX power by BEC
and fly as the alkalines for the TX are always ready. Now to add interest a
simple endurance competitive event was designed that can be decided at the
flying field. All that is required is a stop watch. To establish equity the
Elexaco event is offered making it easy as it defines specifically the
hardware required. It is designed as an electric version of the ever popular
1⁄2A Glo-Powered Texaco event and can be restricted to old-timer if desired
by option.
Elexaco Event Rules
1. Any model with an aspect wing ratio of less than 7 qualifies (wingspan
divided by center chord).
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 183
184 MODEL AVIATION
2. Any rated 400 Electric ferrite motor (not brushless or cobalt and not geared)
qualifies.
3. A 7 cell 250 to 350 MAH power pak must be used.
4. Any motor shut off device is acceptable.
Flight Rules
Timed from either take-off or hand launch, motor is allowed to fun for 2 minutes
and shut off by radio—if motor is shut off prior to 2 minutes it is not to be turned
back on—if turned back on score is 0. Flight is continued and timed toward max
flight time of 15 minutes to land at designated field. Score 1 point per second
(max 900 points). Exceeding max results in penalty of 1 point per second.
Submitted by: Joe Beshar, AMA 175
ELC-05-2, page 186 section 4.21 Indoor electric duration. Change “Battery size
is limited to (6) 50 mAh cells” to “Battery size is limited to (6) N-AAA Nicad
cells.
Submitted by: Steve Leitgen, AMA 322830
ECL-05-3, add new event 629. Plane shall not exceed 21 ounces flying weight.
Maximum wing loading shall not exceed three and one half (3 «) ounces/square
feet. Battery size is limited to any combination of cells designated by the
manufacturer as rechargeable. The plane shall fly a circular or oval or figure
eight course as specified by the judges. Either ROG or handlaunch is permitted.
Total points will be the duration time in seconds. Contest director will determine
number of attempts allowed.
Submitted by: Steve Leitgen, AMA 322830
ELC-05-4, page 186 section 4.21 Electric Indoor Duration. Change “Battery
size is limited to (6) 50 mAh cells” to “Battery size is limited to a maximum of
(6) 50 mAH Nicad cells”.
Submitted by: Steve Leitgen, AMA 322830
Special Events
SEB-05-1 was moved to Executive Council jurisdiction.
SEB-05-2: R/C Competition Fun Fly, adds timed flight wording to allow
variations in total flight time and maneuvers to be performed.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department for a
copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Dan Luchaco, AMA 723
RC Combat
RCC-05-1, page 62, section 3.1. Create new Open RC Combat Class.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department for a
copy of the complete proposal. Watch for similar proposal!
Submitted by: John Vaught, AMA 122092
RCC-05-2 Create a new class of Open RC Combat:
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department for a
copy of the complete proposal. Watch for similar proposal!
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-3 page 193, 3.3.1.
3.3.1 A maximum dry weight of 3.5 pounds for any single engine design.
3.3.2 The maximum dry weight for multi-engine designs shall be
determined from the following table:
Twins up to and including a 50 inch span, 4 lbs.
Twins with greater than 50 inch span up to and including 60 inch span, 4.5
lbs.
Twins over 60 inch span, 5 lbs.
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-4 page 193. 3.1 The model must be minimum 1/12 scale replica
of a Pursuit, Fighter or Attack aircraft produced or in service between
1935 and 1955. For the purpose of this contest, an aircraft shall be
considered a Pursuit, Fighter or Attack aircraft if its missions routinely
involved, or its designer intended any of the following: a) interception of
enemy aircraft, b) high speed ground or sea attack, c) dogfighting, d) long
and short range escort. The aircraft must have been originally designed to
have had onboard guns installed. Aircraft that had guns mounted for
defensive purposes only shall not qualify as Pursuit, Fighter or Attack
aircraft.
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-5 page 193. 3.2.1 Engine Rpm’s will be limited to the following
chart for open B events. Engines will be spot inspected to comply with this
section. Sport inspection will be incur only at the C.D. request. No one can
suggest to the C.D. to inspect an engine. Non-compliance will result in
disqualification from the event. If non-compliance is discovered, one extra
test by a non-partial participate can be executed. Full access to the
transmitter and needle valve setting will be provided to the inspector.
Prop Diameter
1. 8” x 4 19,000+/-100rpms
2. 9” x 4 17,500+/-100rpms
3. 9” x 5 17,000+/-100rpms
4. 10” x 3 16,800+/-100rpms
5. 10” x 4 16,500+/-100rpms
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-6, page 193, event 750, Scale RC Combat. Proposal attempts to
improve the existing event without introducing new classes, formats or
other major changes to existing rules.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Ed Kettler, AMA 730493
RCC-05-7: Add new Class 1520 to Scale RC Combat
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Ronald Caravon, AMA 668956
RCC-05-8: Page 193, Event 750 Proposal changes aircraft rules regarding
dimensions and maximum engine sizes.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Louis Melancon, AMA 15165
Key Dates
(Events attended by AMA HQ staff and/or officers)
February 20 - 23
Florida Jets
Bunnell FL
February 21 - 23
WRAM Show 2003
White Plains NY
April 23 - 27
Top Gun 2003
Lakeland FL
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 184

Author: Steve Kaluf


Edition: Model Aviation - 2003/03
Page Numbers: 175,176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184

2005 Rules Change Cycle
Basic Rules Change Proposals
The following are the Basic Rules Change Proposals that have been submitted for
consideration in the 2005 Rules Change Cycle. These proposals have been
reviewed by each Contest Board chairperson and/or the Executive Council
(depending on jurisdiction).
The proposals are now being published to allow the AMA membership an
opportunity to comment to those voting before action takes place. If any of these
proposals are of interest to you, you are encouraged to contact the appropriate
Contest Board representative for the event and your AMA district. If the
proposal is under Executive Council jurisdiction, please contact your district
vice president to make your comments.
All proposals will be voted on in February. Proposals that pass this initial vote
will continue to be considered during subsequent voting. Proposals failing the initial
vote will no longer be considered. Please contact the Competition Department if
you have any questions or need complete copies of proposals not reproduced in
their entirety here.
Executive Council
EC-05-1: To move the Scale Helicopter rules from the Scale section to the
Helicopter section.
Submitted by: Peter Wales, AMA 532418
EC-05-2: R/C Competition Fun Fly creates new Contest Board and category for
R/C Competition Fun Fly. Move event 705 to this category.
Submitted by: Dan Luchaco, AMA 723
Outdoor Free Flight
OFF-05-1, page 15, paragraph 1.4, 1.41, 1.42, and 1.43. In the section for P-30
MODEL — For Event 124 paragraph 1.4; change the last line “only the following
changes will be allowed.” To “Any modifications to this propeller will be allowed.”
Paragraphs 1.4.1, 1.4.2. and 1.4.3 will now be unnecessary and shall be removed.
Submitted by: William Jenkins, AMA 22121
OFF-05-2, page 18, Free Flight Electric Power, for events 160 & 161.
Change to:
2. General. A Free Flight electric Power model airplane is powered by a
motor that receives as its sole source of power, energy from rechargeable
batteries rated at 1.5 volts per cell or less, self-contained in the model.
2.1 The following events have been established according to the
number of rechargeable battery cells used:
160 Class A—Six (6) cells or less
161 Class B—More than six (6) cells
Submitted by: Francis B. Hodson, AMA 1688
OFF-05-3, page 18, Free Flight Electric Power for events 160 & 161.
Change to:
1. Motor Run/Flight Maximum. The length of the motor run after the
model has been released for flight shall be twenty (20) seconds, excluding
flyoff flights. The maximum recorded duration for each flight shall be
two (2) minutes, including qualified flyoff flights.
3.1 All models shall be hand launched. Launching shall be as
specified for hand launch of land plane models, FF General.
Change to:
6. Number of Flights. Each contestant shall be allowed a total of six (6)
attempts to make three (3) official flights. All official and unofficial
flights are described above are attempts.
6.1 If the three (3) official flights total the maximum allowed, then a
series of flyoff flights may be taken. Flyoff flights may continue until the
contestant’s model fails to reach the flight maximum. Only one (1)
attempt is permitted for each flyoff flight. Flyoff motor runs are as
follows:
First (1st) Flyoff Flight through Third (3)
15 Seconds
F o c u s o n C o m p e t i t i o n
Technical
Director
Steve
Kaluf
[email protected]
WE HAVE REACHED the first critical
stage in the 2005 Rules Change Cycle. All
basic rules change proposals have been
received, reviewed, and are now being
published in this copy of Model Aviation so
that the membership may make comments
on them.
This is the critical part. If you fly in
competition, you should read every
proposal that has anything to do with the
events you fly. The critical part is that you
should make comments regarding the
proposal to the proper Contest Board
representative for that discipline and your
district. The Contest Board members are in
place to represent their constituents’ views
on competition matters. If they do not hear
from the membership, it becomes difficult
for them to properly represent these views.
So do your part; let them know what you
think!
In February of 2003 I will be sending the
initial ballot for these proposals to all of the
Contest Boards. Those proposals that fail
the initial ballot will no longer be
considered. Those that pass will continue on
through the interim and final votes (more on
that part of the cycle in a future column).
One last thing for this column (short due
to the many pages needed to publish the
basic proposals): I have another Urgent
Rules Change Proposal to publish. Due to
the nature of this proposal it was assigned to
the Executive Council for consideration.
Proposals are assigned to the Executive
Council when the issue is perhaps
contentious due to it affecting two or more
Contest Boards or when the issue is clearly
an item that falls under EC jurisdiction.
Approximately four weeks after this
publication I will be taking a ratification
vote. If passed, the proposal will go into
effect January 1.
Urgent Rules Change Proposal
Wording for change: Proposal seeks to
move events 501 (Outdoor Peanut Scale),
503 (Outdoor Flying Rubber Scale) and
504 (Outdoor Gas Power Scale) from
Scale Contest Board jurisdiction to the
Free Flight Contest Board jurisdiction. The
events would also move to the Free Flight
category in the Competition Regulations.
Logic behind proposed change: The Free
Flight Outdoor Scale events are all but
dead, while events such as Flying Aces
Club events continue to grow in
popularity. In 2002 the Nats was one of the
only events to offer AMA Free Flight
Scale events; other events offered FAC
Scale. The Scale Contest Board is
composed of people who are experts in
controlled flight but have little experience
with the issues facing the Free Flight
community.
Submitted by: Jerold Murphy, AMA 917
’Til next time … MA
March 2003 175
03sig6.QXD 1.6.03 9:09 am Page 175
176 MODEL AVIATION
Fourth Flyoff Flight and All Succeeding Flights
10 Seconds
6.2 The CD may at his discretion, add further definitions and/or reduce the
maximum duration limits due to weather, terrain, or local conditions, so long
as adequate notice is given to all contestants before competition begins.
However, all flight(s) and flight time(s) flown under CD imposed rule
deviations shall not to be considered for record purposes.
Submitted by: Francis B. Hodson, AMA 1688
Indoor Free Flight
IND-05-1, page 21. FAI Indoor Model (F1L EZB)—specifications, flying
rules, and scoring rules are the same as for FAI Indoor Models. (See FAI
Sporting Code.)
Control Line General
CLG-05-1, page 28, paragraph 2. Add to the end of paragraph “No control of
any aircraft function is allowed except via the control lines”.
Submitted by: Tom Dixon, AMA 1028
CLG-05-2, Event 332, page 66.
1. Change CL Endurance, Event 332, Rule 3, first sentence from: “Engine(s)
shall be of the reciprocating internal combustion type with total piston
displacement from .0900 to .3600 cubic inches”.
Change to:
“Engine(s) shall be of the reciprocating internal combustion type with total
piston displacement from .0900 to .3661 cubic inches”.
2. Change the CL Endurance Pull Test Table (page 66), Class Engine Size
Column. “.0900—.3600”
Change to:
“.0900—.3661”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
CLG-05-3, Event 332, page 66.
For event #332 Control Line Endurance, paragraph 4., Fuel Capacity. Change:
“The maximum fuel capacity permitted is four (4) fluid ounces”.
To:
“The maximum fuel capacity permitted is one (1) fluid ounce”.
Submitted by: Walt Gifford, AMA 59229
Control Line Speed
CLS-05-1, page 32, 4. Classification of Control Line Speed Models. Class
1⁄2A .0000—.0504 cubic inch.
Submitted by: Barry Tippett, AMA 4373092
Page 33 Chart. Correct to read 1⁄2A .0000 - .0615 cubic inches.
CLS-05-2 page 32, AMA rulebook, .21 Proto Speed, event 306, 2. Design
The model must have a full fuselage and rudder. Stabilizer must be flat,
butterfly type stabilizers are not acceptable unless it is a true scale model.
Page 39 AMA rulebook, 21 Proto Speed Event #306 Airplane Specifications
Rudder/fin area shall be a minimum of 5% of the wing area, rudder must be
standard upright configuration on top of the fuselage, sub rudders not
allowed.
Submitted by: Barry Tippett, AMA 373092
CLS-05-3 page 33, AMA rulebook. 7. Fuel
Fuel for all two cycle glow plug engines shall contain not less than 10%
nitromethane, not less than 20% lubricant and the rest methanol.
Omit — of more than .0504 cubic inch displacement
CLS-05-4, page 33, paragraph 7. Fuel. Fuel for jet engines shall consist of
80% methanol and 20% nitromethane.
Submitted by: Earl Bailey, AMA 41658
CLS-05-5 page 39, .21 Proto Speed. Make 21 proto an official event. Present
rules as printed in the rulebook are adequate.
Submitted by: Glenn Lee, AMA 5087
CLS-05-6: Page 41, section “ESTABLISHMENT OF LINE SIZES AND
PULL TESTS IN CL SPEED”, under paragraph “Implementation”.
IMPLEMENTATION: It is the responsibility of the Control Line Speed
Contest Board Chairman to monitor and maintain the line sizes and pull tests
as described above. In the event a new record is established which
necessitates an increase in line size, pull test, or both, any changes will be
published concurrently with announcement of new record.
In the case of a record established on a newly increased line size, whereby the
previous pull test standard exceeds the need of the new record, the CLSCB
Chairman will establish a new appropriate pull test standard. For all classes
that have 48G and higher pull tests, the new standard will be no less than 48G.
Changes will become effectively immediately upon publication in Model
Aviation magazine. Changes are to be automatic, with no action required by
the control line speed contest board or the AMA Executive Council.
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
CLS-5-7: Page 33, 1⁄2A Speed (Event #310).
Change minimum diameter of 1 line system from .014 to .016.
Change minimum diameter of 2 line system from .012 to .010.
Change pull test from 48G to 40 G.
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
CLS-05-8: Page 37, Control Line Speed, Paragraph 11. “Timing of Flight”.
Use existing paragraph except change: “once-tenth (1⁄10)” to “one-hundredth
(1⁄100).
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
CLS-05-9: Page 38, Control Line Speed, Paragraph 18 “Timing Pole —
Height Marker”.
Replace paragraph with:
“A pole or reference marker shall be provided outside of the flight circle for
timing and judging flight. Maintenance of flight in excess of 15 feet in any
class for more than « lap shall constitute a foul”.
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
Control Line Racing
CLR-05-1, page 46, 2.2 Mouse Racer. Change Class II Mouse
(Supplemental) to CLASS II Mouse (Official).
Add: 2.2.2 Fuel will be contest supplied 10 percent nitromethane 20 percent
lubricant.
Add: 2.2.3 Spring starters are not allowed.
Submitted by: John McCollum, AMA 15542
CLR-05-2 Event 312, page 44.
Change CL Slow Rat Racing, Event 312, (page 44), Pull Test Table, Class
Engine Size column from:
“.3600”
To:
“.3661”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
Control Line Carrier
CLC-05-1 page 47, paragraph 3.3.1. Delete existing paragraph 3.3.1 and
replace with:
3.3.1 The engines in the profile Navy Carrier event shall have a maximum
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 176
March 2003 177
total displacement of .3661 cubic inch. Two-stroke cycle engines must be of
the front intake type. No pressure fuel systems will be permitted; however,
the vents in the tank may be pointed forward in the airstream.
(Note also that CL General, Page 31, paragraph 11.1 states that 60% of the
displacement of a 4 stroke is taken for competition, so that a 10cc (.61 cu in)
4 stroke may be used in Profile Carrier).
Submitted by: William Bischoff, AMA 53549
Control Line Aerobatics
CLA-05-1, page 55, paragraph 13:14, Four Leaf Clover. Reference the C.L.
Precision Aerobatics maneuver description for the four leaf clover, Paragraph
13:14:
In the first sentence, change “approximately 38 degrees” to “approximately
42 degrees”.
In the drawing of the maneuver showing the four leaf clover, change “38°
elev” to “42° elev”.
In the errors section of this same paragraph, first sentence; change; “38
degrees” to “42 degrees”.
In the Maneuver section, Paragraph 15.3.14, first sentence, change “38
degrees” to “42 degrees”.
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-2, page 50, Reference CL Precision Aerobatics Model
Requirements, Paragraph 2:
Replace the first two sentences “Engines shall be of will be allowed”. With
the following:
“Permitted power source/s shall include any power except rocket motors.
Piston engine/s shall be subject to a total swept volume limitation of 15cc
(0.92 cubic inches). Electric power shall be limited to a maximum no-load
voltage of 42 volts. Gas turbine engines shall be limited to 3.5 Kg (7lbs
11ozs) static thrust. There is no adjustment allowance for the swept volume
displacement of four-stroke cycle engines as specified in Paragraph 11.1,
General Control Line rules. No combination of jet, turbine, electric or
reciprocating engine installation will be allowed. Maximum model weight
including any batteries but excluding fuel is 3.5Kg (7lbs 11 oz).
Proposed changes to the line sizes and pull test chart are shown in the
attached sheet. Changes/additions are highlighted. (Note: there is an apparent
typographical error in the current rule book chart showing the entry “.4801-
.6500”. This should be corrected to “.4601-.6500” if the above proposed
change is not accepted. This entry will be superseded if the proposed change
is accepted).
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-3, page 50, Reference CL Precision Aerobatics rule 2.3: Delete the
last sentence “It is suggested that the letter “N” be placed in front of the
license number when the number is affixed to the side of the fuselage or
vertical stabilizer.”
Insert a new sentence which reads:
“It is suggested that the letters “USA” (25mm (1 inch) or higher) be placed at
least once on the model”.
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-4, page 56, Reference the CL Precision Aerobatics Rules, paragraph
14: Delete paragraph 14: “Judging Procedures” and delete “Paragraph 15”:
“Maneuver Assessment” in their entirety. Insert a new “Paragraph 14”:
“Judging Procedures”.
Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-5, page 50, add paragraph 2.4. The builder of the Model for
Precision Aerobatics (AMA events 322, 323, 324, 325, 326) (J, S, O) shall be
considered the person who causes the wing(s) and tail(s) to be permanently
aligned with the body or fuselage of the aircraft, either by gluing or by
adhering permanent mounting points (in the case of take-apart aircraft).
Submitted by: Richard Peabody, AMA 393728
CLA-05-6, page 61, add wording.
Add wording used in defining “BOM Rule and Appearance Points” in
current rule book 6.2 (page 61) and 8.2 (page 61) to “Model Requirements
and Contestant Qualification” section of current rule book, page 50. Add as
2.4.
Submitted by: Richard Peabody, AMA 393728
CLA-05-7: Add new paragraph and change existing paragraph.
Add: Paragraph 16:
The builder of the model rule does not apply to Control Line Precision
Aerobatics.
Delete Paragraph 10. Appearance
Delete Paragraph 10.1 Appearance points are added to the contestant’s flight
points for scoring purposes.
Submitted by: R. Steven Moon, AMA 521164
CLA-05-8: Events 322, 323, 324, 325, 326. Page 50, Paragraph 4. Control
Lines. Revises control line chart.
Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Dave Gardner, AMA 717
Control Line Combat
CLB-05-1, Event 328, page 61, Rule 3, first sentence.
1. Change CL Combat, Event 328, (page 61), rule 3, first sentence from:
“Propulsion shall be provided by a propeller equipped piston engine(s) with
total swept volume of not more than .3600 cubic inches”.
To:
“Propulsion shall be provided by a propeller-equipped piston engine(s) with
total swept volume of not more than .3661 cubic inches”.
2. Change the CL Combat Pull Test Table (page 61), Class Engine Size
column, second line
from:
“.1525—.3600”
To:
“.1525—.3661”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
CLB-05-2: Event #328, paragraph 4: Streamers (Change to read):
Streamers shall be supplied by the contest management. Streamers shall be
made of crepe paper sheets, or other suitable material such as plastic, be of
uniform length, using tow distinct colors, and shall be cut two (2) inches
wide and up to ten feet long. The streamer material should then be doubled
and the folded lengthwise for two inches before being double tied with the
string leader. The string leader shall be 16 to 20 pound test, shall be
marked 84 inches from the know, and shall extend beyond the ink mark 18
inches.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB-05-3: Event #328, paragraph 8.2.2: (Add to end of current
paragraph) Exception: In the event of tangled lines when one plane has
crashed or landed, the pilot of the airborne plane must maneuver in a
manner (such as loops and figure 8s) that allows the other pilot to untangle
his lines from the airborne pilot’s lines. Both pilots must cooperate in
efforts to safely and expeditiously untangle the lines.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB-05-4: Event #328, paragraph 5: Change 75 foot radius safety circle
to read 70 to 75 foot radius safety circle. Also change other references to
the 75 foot circle to 70 to 75.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 177
178 MODEL AVIATION
CLB-05-5: Event #328, paragraph 11.1 Forfeiture: Sub paragraph 1.: (Delete
that portion that reads) “The crankshaft/propeller is also excepted if due to
crankshaft breakage”.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB-05-6: Event #328: Fuel shall not contain more than 10% nitromethane,
not less than 20% lubricant, and the rest shall be methanol. At the discretion
of the CD, use of contest-supplied fuel may be required.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB05-7: Add new paragraph: Optional Equipment/Specifications: At the
CD’s discretion sanction applications may specify “High Performance 1⁄2A
rules in effect”. Doing so indicates line length will be 42’ + plus or minus 3”,
mechanical and electric starters allowed, streamers will be 3⁄4” wide with a
string leader marked 60” from the knot, and shall extend beyond the ink mark
12 inches.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
RC Aerobatics
RCA-05-1, page 72, Flight pattern and maneuvering area, paragraph 14. Add
the following to Radio Control Aerobatics, No. 14 Flight pattern and
maneuvering area. Calling of box entry must be done so there is a minimum
of a 15 meter straight line before the first maneuver. Judging of the maneuver
will begin then. (As the lines into and out of maneuvers are part of the
maneuver and are always judged). Calling of exiting the box must be done
after a minimum of a 15 meter straight line after the maneuver. Judging will
cease at that point.
Submitted by: C. W. Reed, AMA 21971
RCA-05-2, Page 70, paragraph 6.4. Delete last part of sentence beginning “
Maneuvers are no longer done in line with the center of the runway. E.g.
straight flight out/back or touch and goes.”
Page 72, paragraph 13.2. Delete paragraph. Holdover from time when
normalizing was “controversial”.
Page 72, paragraph 14. 6 lines up from bottom of paragraph beginning with
“Maneuvers in those classes “ Delete phrase “ in those classes with all scored
turnarounds.” Holdover from when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 75, paragraph B.c. Positioning, 3rd sentence beginning “In those
classes” delete “In those classes with scored turnarounds”. Holdover from
when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 75, paragraph B.c. Positioning, last paragraph, beginning with 3rd
sentence “In those classes with “ delete to end of paragraph. Holdover from
when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 75, paragraph B.d. 3rd paragraph, delete sentence beginning “In those
classes “ Holdover from when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 76, paragraph D. Middle of 3rd paragraph. Delete phrase “Additionally,
in classes with predominately scored turnarounds,”. Capitalize the following
“the”. Holdover from when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 77, 2nd paragraph “Maneuvers Off Center”. Delete phrase “In those
classed with scored turnarounds”. Capitalize “if”.
Page 77, paragraph “Lines, bottom of page change sentence “If there is a
complete absence of a line before or after the roll” to read “More points are
subtracted for greater differences.” This sentence discusses line relationships
and is in conflict with the next paragraph discussing rolls placed on lines.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-3, Page 68, paragraph 4.2., 2nd to last sentence. Delete phrase
“however, such deletion must be published in advance of the event date”.
Page 71, paragraph 9; Change 3rd sentence to read, “Once this number has
been announced, this is the exact number of flights that should be flown”.
Page 71, paragraph 10.3. Delete sentence in middle of paragraph. “The
contestants may, at their option, elect to refly the entire flight”. Delete second
to last sentence “Maneuver scores prior to the collision will not be used if the
contestant chooses to refly the entire flight”.
Page 72, paragraph 14. 3rd sentence change to read “ ...150 meters in from of
the pilot and by surface lines of white or contrasting color originating at the
pilots position”.
Page 74, paragraph 20.7. In 2nd sentence, delete phrase “It is suggested
that” and change 2nd sentence to read “Each maneuver will be scored
immediately after it is performed”.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-4, page 78. Make the following change to the AMA Judges Guide
by adding subparagraph 6 to “Spins” on page 78.
6. The pilot who can best combine precision/geometry of the spin
(shape of the maneuver/correct number of degrees of rotation/ plus wind
correction to adjust track should receive the higher score.
Make the following change to page 84. “Spins, any number of rotations,
Upright or Inverted”:
Delete subparagraph beginning with “Crabbing the model .”.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-5. Delete the current landing (page 82) and takeoff (page 86)
descriptions from the rulebook, and replace with the following.
Landing Sequence: Execute a 180-degree turn to a downwind heading (or
optional 360 degree turn if flight is completed on a downwind maneuver).
Fly a downwind leg, and then turn 180 degrees into the wind for a final
approach to the runway touching down in the landing zone. The landing is
complete when the model has either rolled 10 meters or comes to rest.
Landing Zone: The landing zone shall be marked by lines placed
perpendicular across the runway and spaced 100 meters apart. The width of
the landing zone shall normally be the width of the runway but in no case
shall exceed 30 meters.
Downgrades:
1. Model does not follow landing sequence zero (0) points.
2. Any landing gear leg retracts or collapses on landing, zero (0) points.
3. Model ends up on its back, zero (0) points.
4. Model passes behind the judges’ line (“flight line”), zero (0) points.
5. Model land outside of the landing zone, zero (0) points.
6. Only two scores a 10 or a 0 may be awarded for the landing sequence.
Take-off Sequence: The model is placed on the runway, takes off from
within the landing zone, then turns 90 degrees toward the line defined by
the upwind and downwind marker poles. When approximately over this line
the model turns either 90 degrees or 270 degrees for a downwind trim pass.
When approximately even with the downwind marker the model initiates a
180-degree turn, reversal or other turn-around maneuver of pilot’s choice.
Downgrades:
1. Takeoff sequence not followed, zero (0) points.
2. Model takes off outside of the landing zone, zero (0) points.
3. Model passes behind the judges’ line (“flight line”), zero (0) points.
4. Only two scores a 10 or a 0 may be awarded for the take-off
sequence.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-6 Replace the schedule 18 (404) Masters schedule on page 73 with
the following schedule and insert new maneuver instructions alphabetically
in section E beginning on page 77.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Eric Henderson, AMA 131150
RCA-05-7 page 69, paragraph 4.3: Add the following sentence on the end
of paragraph 4.3: “The Contest Director shall have the option of deleting
the weight and size requirements for the Sportsman Class at any
sanctioned event, however, such deletion must be published in advance of
the event date, and the model in question must conform to AMA weight
limits”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-8: Replace the first sentence in paragraph 8.2.3 to read: “The
accumulated points for required class advancement will be based on a
sliding scale of 4 years time. Advancement points acquired before the
forth (4) year will not count towards advancement”.
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 178
March 2003 179
Replace the second sentence in paragraph 8.2.3 to read: “In other words, a
contestant’s point accumulation is based on the total accumulation for his/her
previous four (4) years of competition”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-9: In Paragraph 8.2.1, insert the words, “Except for those contestants
over 60 years of age”, as a conditional clause in the front of the sentence; “A
flyer accumulating 100 points “.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-10: Correct the criteria for (2) Horizontal Rolls. Replace the text
“center is inverted portion of second roll “ with the following; “Center is that
point when the plane is upright between the two rolls”, and in item 4, replace the
word “three (3)” with the word “two (2)”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-11: Withdrawn by proposer.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-12: Add the following line to Takeoff Downgrades on page 86.
Following item 8 in list, add, “9. Liftoff not centered”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-13: Insert in Section E. “Description of Maneuvers”, in the first
paragraph following the words; “ will have the same altitude and heading for
entry and exit unless otherwise noted”. The words “There is no requirement that
all centered maneuvers have to be performed at the same top and bottom
altitudes throughout the total sequence”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-14: Change paragraph 5 in the Spin definitions on page 78 to read;
“Once the model has entered the spin, drift caused by the wind, even if the
model drifts out of the aerobatic box, is not a judging criteria”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-15: Insert in the introductory paragraph for “Spins” the following
phrase, after the words “ in front of the judges on the center line/pole. The stall
may occur while the plane has forward motion with respect to the ground”. And
before the words, “The following criteria applies to spins”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-16: Remove Paragraph 4.4.1 (Watch for similar proposal.)
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-17: paragraph 16, page 73, change maneuver 17 to “Immelmann Turn
K=1”, add maneuver 18 as, “one positive snap roll on 45 deg. Down line K=3”,
and add maneuver 19 as “Landing K=1”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-18: Add to AMA RC PATTERN JUDGES GUIDE, Paragraph B.a.,
Precision, following the words in the second paragraph; “ straight and level exit
should also result in downgrading”. Add the following definition, “In all cases,
straight and level flight means flight parallel to the flight line, at a constant
altitude, and with wings level”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-19: Insert in paragraph 3, page 78, for the category of “Spins” the
following statement. Following the words “ after the rotation stops”. Add “There
will be no downgrade if the plane is pointed down by the pilot after the spin
rotation stops”. Before the words, “The pull or pushout “.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA05-20: Delete 4.4.1 entirely. (Watch for similar proposal.)
Submitted by: Dave Burton, AMA 8961
RCA-05-21: 7. Pattern event classes: Add an additional sentence at the end as
follows; “A contestant may enter any one class of his/her choice at any contest”.
Eliminate paragraph 8 in its entirety.
Submitted by: Dave Burton, AMA 8961
RCA-05-22: Masters pattern maneuvers: The Masters class will fly the
current FAI preliminary schedule (F3A RC Aerobatics) as a separate class.
Submitted by: Dave Burton, AMA 8961
RCA-05-23: FAI Patter Maneuvers. Add after the first sentence “The noise
limit shall be the current noise limit used in AMA competition for classes
401-404, except in the case of a USA Team Selection contest, where the
noise limit shall be the current FAI noise rule”.
Submitted by: Tony Stillman, AMA 936
RCA-05-25: Page 88, paragraph 8, Add new event for Scale Aerobatics,
Intermediate.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-26: Page 88, Change to add: Insert Rule 3.4 to read as follows:
3.3 No change.
3.4 The Unknown sequences will be drawn from the Catalog of legal
Unknown figures for each class. The Catalog of legal Unknown figures is
located in the Contest Directors Guide located on the IMAC website.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-27: Page 88, Insert new 5.5 and make current 5.5 now 5.6.
5.6 Scale shall be determined by the wingspan. A change in wingspan will
become a change in overall Scale. Fuselage width, height and aircraft
planform or any other variations shall not exceed 10% of scale, with the
exception of airfoils and size/shape of control surface within the scale outline
rule.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-28: Page 88, paragraph 6, Achievement Award Patches.
Change to: Achievement award patches may be earned in each category by
scoring seven (7) or better on each maneuver in Basic, Sportsman, Advanced,
or Unlimited sequence. Award Patches along with the Scale Aerobatics
Newsletter, IMAC, and Scale Aerobatics patches, pins, decals, and wearing
apparel are available through the International Miniature Aerobatic Club
(IMAC) Secretary.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-29: Page 88, 8.1 The event shall be divided into five (5) classes, in
order of increasing difficulty. The classes are Basic (411), Intermediate (4xx),
(412), Advanced (413), and Unlimited (414).
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-30: Page 89, 10.1.3 If a know sequence in progress cannot be
completed due to mechanical problems with the aircraft (including but not
limited to engine failure, radio malfunctions, etc.) the contestant will receive
zeros (0) for each unscored maneuver in that sequence. If the second sequence
is yet to be flown and the aircraft can be made ready to fly (Refer to rule 7),
the contestant may attempt the second sequence.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-31: Page 89, Delete all and print:
12. Aerobatic Box refer to Flying and Judging Guide rule number 4.1.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-32: Page 90, 16.3 Optional Unknown Maneuver Sequences shall
include separate Sportsman, Intermediate, Advanced and Unlimited
sequences, each consisting of up to 15 maneuvers.
16.4 The contestant must fly his entire flight according to the established
flight schedule for his particular class and in the sequence listed. Maneuvers
that are executed out of sequence, or not executed as required by the
sequence, will be zeroed. Remaining maneuvers that are flown in their
appropriate area and in the appropriate order following the zeroed maneuver
will be scored.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 179
180 MODEL AVIATION
RCA-05-33: Page 90, paragraph 17. (4) Minute Freestyle Program. Replaces
existing text for paragraph 17.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-34: Page 90, paragraph 1.
Change to add reference to gender in last sentence:
1. PREFACE
The purpose of this Scale Aerobatics Flying and Judging Guide is to provide
an accurate description of each type of maneuver used in competition and to
provide a reference for use in developing a uniformly high standard of
judging in all AMA sanctioned contests. Study of this guide by the
competitor will help him or her learn exactly what is expected, while study
by the judges will help them decide precisely how well the competitor meets
these expectations.
Flying and judging are very similar in nature; this is why contestant judging
is generally promoted. Nevertheless, there are some key differences between
judges and pilots, mostly related to Mental Attitude and Technical
Knowledge. Reference to any gender in this document shall include both
male and female.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-35: Page 91, paragraph 2 Delete:
Scale Aerobatics maneuvers also use the standard K-factors defined by the
FAI, but with two exceptions:
1) The FAI K-Factors for Rolling circle maneuvers (Family 2.3 to 2.20) must
be doubled (i.e.: A FAI K-factor of 13 should become 26).
2) The FAI K-Factor for Tailslide maneuvers (Family 6) must be multiplied
by one and half (1.5) (i.e.: a FAI K-Factor of 16 should become 24). When
the original FAI K-Factor is an odd number, the result of the multiplication
used should be reduced to the lower whole number (i.e.: a FAI K-Factor of
15 should become 22, or 15+7.5=22.5, reduced to the lower number=22).
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-36: Page 92 Change as follows:
3. RULES
Scale Aerobatics has several rules that differ from either Full Scale
Aerobatics (IAC) or AMA RC Aerobatics (AMA Pattern). Because the
judging pool used in Scale Aerobatics contests sometimes comes from both
or either of those two groups, it is useful to go through the major differences:
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-37: Page 92, change as follows:
4. RCA-05-37: Positioning
Scale Aerobatics requires all scored maneuvers to be flown in front of the
judges, in an area called the “box”. Competitors should perform their
sequence within the aerobatic box balance about the center of the x-axis and
at an optimal distance from the judges. Judges will give the position grade
according to the total impression of the balanced use of the aerobatic box and
the overall presentation of the sequence. It is not required, however, to use all
the available airspace vertically or on the x or y-axis. As a judge, what is
important is that you apply the same presentation criteria in consistent
manner to every pilot flying the program. The range of possible scores is
from 10 to 0 in .5 increments.
If the sun is positioned such that it hampers positioning and judging of any
maneuvers, the contestant may request the judges to allow an offset of certain
maneuvers. This agreement shall take place prior to the start of the flight.
Also, flying the figures in the front or the back of the box while on the X-axis
is not a criterion for judging. Before entering the box, the pilot or caller
should announce to the judges the direction of flight (Left-to-Right or Rightto-
Left). This is completely the pilot’s option and independent of the wind
direction. Once this announcement is made, the relationship and positioning
between maneuvers is defined by the Aresti sequence drawing.
Category Positioning coefficients are as follows:
Basic 5K
Sportsman 10K
Intermediate 15K
Advanced 20K
Unlimited 25K
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-38: Page 92
4.1 Scale Aerobatic Box
Two (2) horizontal lines, 90 degrees to each side of the centerline. The total
length of the box shall be 2000 feet (610 meters) along a line parallel to the
flight line. The rear boundary of the box shall be a line parallel to the flight
line and 1000 feet (305 meters) from the competitors position.
Whenever the “complete aircraft” is observed to fly past any boundary, an
infringement penalty will be noted by the maneuver score being circled by
the judge. It should be noted that the judges could disagree on box
infringements (i.e. one judge circles the maneuver and the other doesn’t). The
penalty will be assessed when the scores are tabulated and vary by the class
flown:
i. Basic = two (2) points per infringement
ii. Sportsman = four (4) points per infringement
iii. Intermediate = six (6) points per infringement
iv. Advanced = eight (8) points per infringement
v. Unlimited = ten (10) points per infringement
Because the judges are located behind the pilot, the only box infringements
generally noted are the one that can easily be assessed using the 90 degree
markers reference on the ground. Although judging the side and back
infringements are more difficult due to the lack of references, judges should
still take them into account if the aircraft clearly goes past these boundaries.
In case of uncertainty, always give the competitor the benefit of the doubt.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-39: Page 93, 4.2 Scale Aerobatic zones through 4.2.2 Side Zones.
Eliminated all above rules.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-40 Page 97, paragraph 6.3 Zero, redefines reason a zero may be
given.
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 180
March 2003 181
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-41: Page 103, 8.6. Family 6: Tailslides
Fifth Paragraph Down;
As with the hammerhead, the aircraft will be in a stalled or near stalled
condition at the top of the vertical line and no deduction for wind drift
should be applied during that particular time.
Delete Figure 28
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-42 Page 73, Changes maneuver sequences for Event 404, Masters.
Watch for similar proposal.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by Troy Newman, AMA 163080
RCA-05-43: New Event. Indoor RC Aerobatics.
It is the intention to provide a safe aerobatic event for electric powered
models that will be flown indoors. Wherever possible, the rules will be the
same as outdoor radio control pattern. Rather than reproduce the entire set
of pattern rules, the exceptions will be noted.
4. Model aircraft requirements.
4.1 Power. Models shall be powered by battery powered electric
motors. The maximum battery voltage shall be 9.6 volts (manufacturers
ratings). No limit is placed on the number of motors, but the maximum
power delivered to the motor(s) shall be 30 watts. In cases where there is a
question, the contestant may be required to sign an affidavit stating that his
entry conforms to this rule.
4.2 Weight and size. No model shall weigh more than 7 ounces ready to
fly.
1.5 Change radius of spinner tip to 2 millimeters.
7. Pattern event classes.
The indoor pattern event shall be divided into two classes. The first, (class
I) shall be open to any model design that meets the weight and power
criteria. The second (class II) will be limited to models which clearly
resemble an aircraft used in aerobatic competition. This includes outdoor
pattern event models as well as full scale aircraft. Both classes will fly the
same maneuver pattern.
8. Contestant classification. This system will not be used in indoor
aerobatics. Delete sections 8.-8.3.
10. Official flight. Change time limit to two (2) minutes.
11. Time limits. Change time to (2) minutes.
14. The CD will determine the boundary limits for the “box” based on site
conditions, as well as the distance from the judges for the flight path of
maneuvers.
16. Both indoor classes will use the intermediate pattern maneuver
schedule.
20.7 Delete references to weather.
20.8 Delete references to the sun.
Submitted by: Bob Wilder, AMA 14951
RC Pylon Racing
RCR-05-1, page 123, paragraph 16.3.1. Airframe. Redefines current
regulations of event #424 for the purpose of clarity and enforceability.
Exact wording proposed for the rulebook:
Under section 16.3.1 Airframe:
The airframe specifications for this event are identical to those for Quickie
500 (Event No. 428).
New exact wording of section 16.3.1
The airframe specifications for this event are identical to those for
Quickie 500 (Event No. 428) with the following exceptions: Wing and
tail construction. Wings must be constructed of either all wood or wood
sheeting over a solid foam core. Wings manufactured in molds designed
to produce hollow core composite wings, is prohibited. The last three
inches of each wing tip may be made of any material. The intent of the
rule is to keep the cost of participation to a minimum.
Submitted by: Dan Kane, AMA 26835
RCR-05-2, page 123, 16.3.2 Powerplant.
Under section 16.3.2 Powerplant, sub-section A. Engine. Remove the
following sentence from item #6 Power Output:
As such, it is not a suitable event for the use of engines that some with
tuned mufflers or otherwise are capable of turning a stock 9 x 6 APC
propeller at over 16, 500 rpm on the ground.
Reword paragraph 6:
“Sport Quickie is intended as an entry-level event for pilots who are
new to racing. Sample engines are tested via committee and a list of
permissible engines is published and updated as necessary, annually.
Criteria include purchase price and power output in both the normal
takeoff RPM range and the presumed in-air (“unloaded”) RPM range.
Any engine with a tuned muffler is strictly prohibited. The cost of the
engine must be below $120 (street price). If engines more powerful than
this are to be used at a contest, the contest should be sanctioned as
Quickie 500 (Event No. 428), not sport Quickie.”
Add paragraph 7:
“Prior approval of engines”.
a). Procedure: All engines, past and future inclusive, shall not be
entered into competition until a five-member sub-committee of the RC
Racing Contest Board has approved the engine by an affirmative vote of
at least three members thereof. Such approval may be given orally, but
shall be recorded for future reference. An engine shall be considered
eligible for competition if it meets all requirements of section 16.3.2
and, in addition, does not hinder the state of this entry level event as
determined by the aforementioned five-member committee. The
committee is appointed by the Racing Contest Board Chairman and will
not include any member with a vested interest in the sale of
manufacturing of an engine for this event. In addition any engine can be
removed from the list by an affirmative vote of at least three members
thereof.
Under section 16.3.3. Special Provisions, sub-section b. Rule Variations
Permitted: Remove item #1: Approval engine list: Sample engines are
tested and a list of permissible engines is published annually. Criteria
include purchase price and power output in both the normal takeoff rpm
range and the presumed in-air (“unloaded”) rpm range.
Remove item #2: Prohibited Features: Typically these include
Schneurle porting and ABC/AAC metallurgy.
Change item #3 Claiming rule, to item #1.
RCR-05-3: Adds new (provisional) event Formula 1 Sport
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Robert Dible, AMA 41701
RC Helicopter
RCH-05-1, Class I. Change pilot position for Class I. page 130,
paragraph 28.6.1. Class I position is fixed to a two (2) meter line on
side of box closest to the judges. If the pilot moves from the fixed
position from the beginning to the end of the flight a severe downgrade
shall be imposed.
Page 131, paragraph 29.1.1. (Change sentence #2 only). Pilot stands on
the two (2) meter line on the side of the box closest to the judges.
On page 127, course layout. Removed the two flags on the sides of the
box. Remove the two 1.2m circles on the front and back of the box.
Submitted by: Thomas Erb, AMA 98317
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 181
182 MODEL AVIATION
RC Soaring
SO-05-1. Add the following paragraphs to page 137.
Note: conflicts with proposal with SO-05-2
1.1 No object, device in its fully extended position, or part thereof can
protrude ahead of the nose of the aircraft.
1.2 Ahead of the leading edge of the wing, no part of an object or device in
its fully extended position can protrude more than one inch below the bottom
of the fuselage. If the fuselage bottom is curved, the length of the protrusion
or part thereof will be measured along the perpendicular to a tangent to the
fuselage at the point where the measurement is to be made. 1.3 From the
leading edge of the wing to the rearmost part of the fuselage, no part of an
object or device in its fully extended position can protrude more than three
inches below the bottom of the wing or an extension thereof. Measurements
will be made along a perpendicular to the bottom of the wing at the point in
question. In the event that an object/device is located behind the trailing edge
of the wing, the extension of the bottom of the sing will be determined by
placing a straight edge so that it is in contact with at least two points along
the bottom of the wing and measuring along a perpendicular to the side of the
straight edge that is in contact with the bottom of the wing. Flaps must be
fully retracted when measurements are made.
1.4 The forward facing edge of an object or device in its fully extended
position must have a radius of a t least 0.25 inch in the vertical plane.
1.5 All objects or devices in their fully extended position must lay in a single
plane that is perpendicular to the bottom surface of the wing and congruent
with the centerline of the fuselage.
1.6 The above rules do not apply to those classes that specifically prohibit the
use of devices whose intent it is to produce a rapid deceleration when
landing.
Submitted by: Robert Johnson, AMA 74650
SO-05-2, page 137, paragraph 3.1.6.d.
Note: conflicts with proposal with SO-05-1
Eliminate paragraph 3.1.6.d in its entirety.
Submitted by: Richard Eckel, AMA 467949
SO-05-3: Withdrawn by proposer.
Submitted by: Robert Glover, AMA V100
SO-05-4, Establish new event: RC Slope Soaring Combat.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Loren Blinde, AMA 91210
SO-05-5: Add new event: Nostalgia Sailplane.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Jack Iafret, AMA 7114
Scale
SCA-05-1, page 157, pull test and line size table, bottom row (15-20 lb
models). In the CL Precision Scale event, change the “CL Flying Scale” pull
test and line size table, bottom row (15 — 20 lb models), right column (pull
Test), from, “5G 80 lb max,” to “5G 80 lb min.”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
SCA-05-2, Add new event: Control Line Fun Scale
The intent of Fun Scale is to provide a CL Scale event, which is, and is to
remain, simple in concept. It minimizes the static judging and emphasizes the
flying segment.
1. ELIGIBILITY. The contest is open to modeler-built or factory built
CL Scale models. The event rules are identical to event #509, Control Line
Sport Scale except for static judging. General rule 4 (builder — flier) will
not apply in this event. With advance notice, the event may be conducted
in different classes based on skill or age level, i.e., Open, Entry, Junior,
Senior, etc.
2. STATIC JUDGING. The static scale outline score will be a graduated
zero (0) to five (5) points to contestants who show proof that a full size
aircraft or this type did/does exist. An additional score of a graduated zero (0)
to (5) points will be awarded if proof is shown as to replicating a
color/markings scheme of the original full size aircraft. A single sheet (3-
view drawing, photo, profile, painting, plastic kit box, etc.) is sufficient.
Contestant prepared drawings of a photo of the model itself is not acceptable.
If no proof of existence or color/markings is shown, no static points will be
awarded. However, it will be up to the contest director and/or event director
to determine if the scale model is indeed a replica of a full size aircraft of r
contest
eligibility.
3. FLYING. All rules as per CL Sport Scale (event #509).
4. SCORING. The official score shall be the total of static points (10
maximum) and the single best flight score (100 maximum) for a total of 110
points.
Submitted by: William Reynolds, AMA 49921
SCA-05-3 Rewrites Event 518 Scale Helicopter rules
Watch for similar proposal. Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please
contact the Competitions Department for a complete copy.
Submitted by: Peter Wales, AMA 532418
SCA-05-4 Rewrites Event 518 Scale Helicopter rules
Watch for similar proposal. Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please
contact the Competitions Department for a complete copy.
Submitted by: Brian Stewart, AMA 618578
SCA-05-5 page 162, event 521. To be added after dummy pilot exemption in
opening paragraph for event 521.
Event 521 Profile Scale is exempted from the retract rule, requiring flying
with wheels up if prototype had retractable landing gear.
(Control Line Scale Flight Judging Guide, Part e paragraph 4.2 Realism in
flight)
Submitted by: Charles Bauer, AMA 21824
SCA-05-6, page 165, Radio Control Sport Scale (Sportsman and Expert)
Event, revises rules to specifically allow for indoor flying of RC Scale
models in these events.
Revise current section 2. Safety Requirements
Leave items 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5 as is.
Re-number 2.8 to 2.6.
Add new section 3. Outdoor Events
3.1. There are no restrictions as to types of power plants that may be used in
R/C Sport Scale models that are flown outdoors. Reciprocating internal
combustion engines (including 2-stroke, 4-stroke, glow, gas, CO2,
compressed air), electric motors, and turbojet engines are allowed.
3.2. (same as old section “2.7. Turbojet engines “
3.3. With the exception of electric motors, the engine(s) must be equipped
with an effective muffler or silencer to limit noise output. A tuned pipe is
considered a muffler.
3.4. R/C Sport Scale models that are flown outdoors shall weigh no more
than 55 pounds, ready for flight, including fuel.
Add a new section 4. Indoor Events
4.1. R/C Sport Scale models that are flown indoors must be powered with
electric, CO2, orcompressed air motor(s). No other type of power plant is
permissible for indoor flying.
4.2. R/C sport Scale models that are flown indoors shall weigh no more than
12 ounces ready for flight, including fuel or batteries.
4.3. Maximum wing loading of the model, ready for flight, shall not exceed 6
ounces per square foot.
4.4. Due to wide variations in the size and shape of indoor flying sites, the
Contest Director has authority to adjust sections 4.2. and 4.3. as needed to fit
the contest flying site and local conditions. In all cases, any deviation from
these rulebook specifications must be noted in all pre-contest announcements
and literature well in advance of the event.
4.5. Because of the size restrictions that indoor flying naturally imposes on
the flight of a model, the Contest Director has authority to adjust any of the
maneuver descriptions in the “Radio Control Scale Flight Judging Guide” to
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 182
March 2003 183
fit the size of his facility. For example, the Judging Guides says that the Fly-
Past should be flown between 10 — 20 feet altitude for at least 5 seconds. At
many indoor flying facilities that would be impossible. In all cases, any
deviation from the Judging Guide maneuver descriptions must be noted in all
pre-contest announcements and literature well in advance of the event.
Revise current section 3. Model Requirements
Delete third paragraph; “With the exception of electric motors, the engine
must be equipped with an effective muffler “
Re-number current sections 3 through 11 as sections 5 through 13
respectively.
Submitted by: Mike Gretz, AMA 7614
SCA-05-7, Adds new event: Indoor Electric R/C Scale
Power and Model Requirements: Maximum motive power will be a single
stock speed 280 brush can motor or equipment with no restrictions on
gearing or propeller size and no restrictions on battery type and or size.
The model shall have a maximum wing loading of 5 oz per square foot.
Multiple motors will not exceed in total the equivalent of a speed 280 electric
motor.
Static Judging: The model will be judged at a distance of 5 feet for finish
color & markings and accuracy of outline and at 1 foot for craftsmanship.
Cockpit detail will be included s part of the craftsmanship judging. A 50
point maximum score can be given for each of the 3 categories giving a
maximum static score of 150 points. The builder of the model rule applies,
page 149 paragraph 4.
Flight Judging: A flight will consist of 10 maneuvers, 5 mandatory and 5
optional. Each maneuver will be scored 0 to 5 points for a maximum total of
50 points. Mandatory maneuvers consist of takeoff, minimum of 2 laps left
(counter clockwise), minimum of 2 laps right (clockwise), landing, and
realism of flight. Optional maneuvers can include retracting and extending
undercarriage, bomb or leaflet or tank drop, etc. The maneuvers can be done
in any order. A minimum of 2 rounds will be flown. The final flight score
will consist of the total of the 2 best rounds divided by 2. The flight score
will be added to the static score for a maximum of 200 points.
Submitted by: Ernest Harwood, AMA 6550
SCA-05-8: Event #518, Sport Scale Soaring
Change section 8 to read:
8. RC Flight Plan
The RC Flight Plan shall consist of 10 maneuvers and/or scale operations,
three (3) mandatory and seven (7) optional. The mandatory items are:
Three hundred sixty degree thermal turns.
Landing.
Realism in flight.
The mandatory and optional maneuvers may be performed in any sequence,
but must follow the contestants flight plan presented to the judges.
Move “Climb to Release” maneuver from section 1. Mandatory Maneuvers
to section 2. Optional Flight Maneuvers.
Delete section 1.2 “maintain straight attitude” from maneuver lists.
Submitted by: Terry Edmonds, AMA 9438
SCA-05-9: Event 517, Sport Scale Soaring
10. Official Score.
Change present wording: “The official score shall be the total of static points
9100 maximum) ... ”
To: “The official score shall be the total of static points (30) time multiplier
maximum) ... ”
Also delete second reference to (100 maximum) for static points in section
10.
Submitted by: Terry Edmonds, AMA 9438
SCA-05-10: Event 517, Sport Scale Soaring
Delete first sentence of section 9.
Flight Scoring. Maximum total flight score is 100 points.
Add to end of section 9.1.
After the flight is complete each maneuver score is to be multiplied by the
difficulty factor for tat maneuver. If a competitor flies a maneuver not on the
list, a difficulty factor of 1.0 is to be used. (See attached list)
Delete reference to “(100 maximum)” for flight score in section 10.
MANEUVER DIFFICULTY FACTOR
1. Takeoff 1.0
2. Aerotow Including Release 1.2
3. Climb to Release (winch, hi-start, hand tow) 1.0
4. 360 Degree Thermal Turns 1.0
5. Straight Flight Back 0.7
6. Procedure Turn 0.8
7. Straight Flight Back 0.7
8. Figure Eight 1.0
9. Inside Loop 1.2
10. Outside Loop 1.5
11. Immelmann Turn 1.4
12. Stall Turn 1.3
13. Wingover 1.3
14. Split-S 1.2
15. Roll 1.2
16. Barrel Roll 1.2
17. Spin 1.4
18. Cuban Eight 1.5
19. Sideslip 1.2
20. Flight in a Triangular Circuit 0.9
21. Flight in a Rectangular Circuit 0.9
22. Chandelle 1.1
23. Traffic Pattern Approach to Landing 1.1
24. Spot Landing 1.0
25. Landing 1.0
26. Realism in Flight 1.0
27. Scale Operation: Retract Wheel 1.0
28. Scale Operation: Spoilers 0.5
29. Scale Operation: Flaps 0.5
30. Scale Operation: Dumpable Water Ballast 2.0
31. Scale Operation: Drop Dolly 0.7
Submitted by: Terry Edmonds, AMA 9438
SCA-05-11: Event 517, Sport Scale Soaring
Change 7.2 “Launch shall be by winch or aero tow” to “Launch shall be by
winch, aero tow, high-start or hand tow”.
Change 7.2 “ Two winch launches per round will be allowed if a pilot
requires them to complete his flight maneuvers. In the case of two winch
launches, a given maneuver will be judged only
once, the first time it is performed”. To: “Two launches per round will be
allowed except for aero tow, if a pilot requires them to complete his flight
maneuvers. In the case of two launches, a given maneuver will be judged
only once, the first time it is performed”.
Submitted by: Robert Harold, AMA 2457
SCA-05-12: Worksheet for static judging of CL and RC Sport Scale.
Worksheet is attached to original proposal.
Submitted by: Charles Bauer, AMA 21824
RC Electric
ECL-05-1 page 186 Adds new event: Elexaco
Summary of Elexaco Competition Rules: (Old Timer or Open) The
investment flying electric using a 400 motor is nominal as an existing radio
with at least 3 channels is all that is needed. What makes it real interesting is
that the performance of a 7 cell battery pak with a direct 400 motor system is
outstanding. Using alkaline battery cells in the Tx makes the model always
available for flight when stored in the trunk of your car. Due to the small size
it is stored assembled. In traveling where a field is sited (A football field will
do) simply stop, charge the flight battery for motor and RX power by BEC
and fly as the alkalines for the TX are always ready. Now to add interest a
simple endurance competitive event was designed that can be decided at the
flying field. All that is required is a stop watch. To establish equity the
Elexaco event is offered making it easy as it defines specifically the
hardware required. It is designed as an electric version of the ever popular
1⁄2A Glo-Powered Texaco event and can be restricted to old-timer if desired
by option.
Elexaco Event Rules
1. Any model with an aspect wing ratio of less than 7 qualifies (wingspan
divided by center chord).
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 183
184 MODEL AVIATION
2. Any rated 400 Electric ferrite motor (not brushless or cobalt and not geared)
qualifies.
3. A 7 cell 250 to 350 MAH power pak must be used.
4. Any motor shut off device is acceptable.
Flight Rules
Timed from either take-off or hand launch, motor is allowed to fun for 2 minutes
and shut off by radio—if motor is shut off prior to 2 minutes it is not to be turned
back on—if turned back on score is 0. Flight is continued and timed toward max
flight time of 15 minutes to land at designated field. Score 1 point per second
(max 900 points). Exceeding max results in penalty of 1 point per second.
Submitted by: Joe Beshar, AMA 175
ELC-05-2, page 186 section 4.21 Indoor electric duration. Change “Battery size
is limited to (6) 50 mAh cells” to “Battery size is limited to (6) N-AAA Nicad
cells.
Submitted by: Steve Leitgen, AMA 322830
ECL-05-3, add new event 629. Plane shall not exceed 21 ounces flying weight.
Maximum wing loading shall not exceed three and one half (3 «) ounces/square
feet. Battery size is limited to any combination of cells designated by the
manufacturer as rechargeable. The plane shall fly a circular or oval or figure
eight course as specified by the judges. Either ROG or handlaunch is permitted.
Total points will be the duration time in seconds. Contest director will determine
number of attempts allowed.
Submitted by: Steve Leitgen, AMA 322830
ELC-05-4, page 186 section 4.21 Electric Indoor Duration. Change “Battery
size is limited to (6) 50 mAh cells” to “Battery size is limited to a maximum of
(6) 50 mAH Nicad cells”.
Submitted by: Steve Leitgen, AMA 322830
Special Events
SEB-05-1 was moved to Executive Council jurisdiction.
SEB-05-2: R/C Competition Fun Fly, adds timed flight wording to allow
variations in total flight time and maneuvers to be performed.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department for a
copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Dan Luchaco, AMA 723
RC Combat
RCC-05-1, page 62, section 3.1. Create new Open RC Combat Class.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department for a
copy of the complete proposal. Watch for similar proposal!
Submitted by: John Vaught, AMA 122092
RCC-05-2 Create a new class of Open RC Combat:
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department for a
copy of the complete proposal. Watch for similar proposal!
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-3 page 193, 3.3.1.
3.3.1 A maximum dry weight of 3.5 pounds for any single engine design.
3.3.2 The maximum dry weight for multi-engine designs shall be
determined from the following table:
Twins up to and including a 50 inch span, 4 lbs.
Twins with greater than 50 inch span up to and including 60 inch span, 4.5
lbs.
Twins over 60 inch span, 5 lbs.
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-4 page 193. 3.1 The model must be minimum 1/12 scale replica
of a Pursuit, Fighter or Attack aircraft produced or in service between
1935 and 1955. For the purpose of this contest, an aircraft shall be
considered a Pursuit, Fighter or Attack aircraft if its missions routinely
involved, or its designer intended any of the following: a) interception of
enemy aircraft, b) high speed ground or sea attack, c) dogfighting, d) long
and short range escort. The aircraft must have been originally designed to
have had onboard guns installed. Aircraft that had guns mounted for
defensive purposes only shall not qualify as Pursuit, Fighter or Attack
aircraft.
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-5 page 193. 3.2.1 Engine Rpm’s will be limited to the following
chart for open B events. Engines will be spot inspected to comply with this
section. Sport inspection will be incur only at the C.D. request. No one can
suggest to the C.D. to inspect an engine. Non-compliance will result in
disqualification from the event. If non-compliance is discovered, one extra
test by a non-partial participate can be executed. Full access to the
transmitter and needle valve setting will be provided to the inspector.
Prop Diameter
1. 8” x 4 19,000+/-100rpms
2. 9” x 4 17,500+/-100rpms
3. 9” x 5 17,000+/-100rpms
4. 10” x 3 16,800+/-100rpms
5. 10” x 4 16,500+/-100rpms
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-6, page 193, event 750, Scale RC Combat. Proposal attempts to
improve the existing event without introducing new classes, formats or
other major changes to existing rules.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Ed Kettler, AMA 730493
RCC-05-7: Add new Class 1520 to Scale RC Combat
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Ronald Caravon, AMA 668956
RCC-05-8: Page 193, Event 750 Proposal changes aircraft rules regarding
dimensions and maximum engine sizes.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Louis Melancon, AMA 15165
Key Dates
(Events attended by AMA HQ staff and/or officers)
February 20 - 23
Florida Jets
Bunnell FL
February 21 - 23
WRAM Show 2003
White Plains NY
April 23 - 27
Top Gun 2003
Lakeland FL
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 184

Author: Steve Kaluf


Edition: Model Aviation - 2003/03
Page Numbers: 175,176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184

2005 Rules Change Cycle
Basic Rules Change Proposals
The following are the Basic Rules Change Proposals that have been submitted for
consideration in the 2005 Rules Change Cycle. These proposals have been
reviewed by each Contest Board chairperson and/or the Executive Council
(depending on jurisdiction).
The proposals are now being published to allow the AMA membership an
opportunity to comment to those voting before action takes place. If any of these
proposals are of interest to you, you are encouraged to contact the appropriate
Contest Board representative for the event and your AMA district. If the
proposal is under Executive Council jurisdiction, please contact your district
vice president to make your comments.
All proposals will be voted on in February. Proposals that pass this initial vote
will continue to be considered during subsequent voting. Proposals failing the initial
vote will no longer be considered. Please contact the Competition Department if
you have any questions or need complete copies of proposals not reproduced in
their entirety here.
Executive Council
EC-05-1: To move the Scale Helicopter rules from the Scale section to the
Helicopter section.
Submitted by: Peter Wales, AMA 532418
EC-05-2: R/C Competition Fun Fly creates new Contest Board and category for
R/C Competition Fun Fly. Move event 705 to this category.
Submitted by: Dan Luchaco, AMA 723
Outdoor Free Flight
OFF-05-1, page 15, paragraph 1.4, 1.41, 1.42, and 1.43. In the section for P-30
MODEL — For Event 124 paragraph 1.4; change the last line “only the following
changes will be allowed.” To “Any modifications to this propeller will be allowed.”
Paragraphs 1.4.1, 1.4.2. and 1.4.3 will now be unnecessary and shall be removed.
Submitted by: William Jenkins, AMA 22121
OFF-05-2, page 18, Free Flight Electric Power, for events 160 & 161.
Change to:
2. General. A Free Flight electric Power model airplane is powered by a
motor that receives as its sole source of power, energy from rechargeable
batteries rated at 1.5 volts per cell or less, self-contained in the model.
2.1 The following events have been established according to the
number of rechargeable battery cells used:
160 Class A—Six (6) cells or less
161 Class B—More than six (6) cells
Submitted by: Francis B. Hodson, AMA 1688
OFF-05-3, page 18, Free Flight Electric Power for events 160 & 161.
Change to:
1. Motor Run/Flight Maximum. The length of the motor run after the
model has been released for flight shall be twenty (20) seconds, excluding
flyoff flights. The maximum recorded duration for each flight shall be
two (2) minutes, including qualified flyoff flights.
3.1 All models shall be hand launched. Launching shall be as
specified for hand launch of land plane models, FF General.
Change to:
6. Number of Flights. Each contestant shall be allowed a total of six (6)
attempts to make three (3) official flights. All official and unofficial
flights are described above are attempts.
6.1 If the three (3) official flights total the maximum allowed, then a
series of flyoff flights may be taken. Flyoff flights may continue until the
contestant’s model fails to reach the flight maximum. Only one (1)
attempt is permitted for each flyoff flight. Flyoff motor runs are as
follows:
First (1st) Flyoff Flight through Third (3)
15 Seconds
F o c u s o n C o m p e t i t i o n
Technical
Director
Steve
Kaluf
[email protected]
WE HAVE REACHED the first critical
stage in the 2005 Rules Change Cycle. All
basic rules change proposals have been
received, reviewed, and are now being
published in this copy of Model Aviation so
that the membership may make comments
on them.
This is the critical part. If you fly in
competition, you should read every
proposal that has anything to do with the
events you fly. The critical part is that you
should make comments regarding the
proposal to the proper Contest Board
representative for that discipline and your
district. The Contest Board members are in
place to represent their constituents’ views
on competition matters. If they do not hear
from the membership, it becomes difficult
for them to properly represent these views.
So do your part; let them know what you
think!
In February of 2003 I will be sending the
initial ballot for these proposals to all of the
Contest Boards. Those proposals that fail
the initial ballot will no longer be
considered. Those that pass will continue on
through the interim and final votes (more on
that part of the cycle in a future column).
One last thing for this column (short due
to the many pages needed to publish the
basic proposals): I have another Urgent
Rules Change Proposal to publish. Due to
the nature of this proposal it was assigned to
the Executive Council for consideration.
Proposals are assigned to the Executive
Council when the issue is perhaps
contentious due to it affecting two or more
Contest Boards or when the issue is clearly
an item that falls under EC jurisdiction.
Approximately four weeks after this
publication I will be taking a ratification
vote. If passed, the proposal will go into
effect January 1.
Urgent Rules Change Proposal
Wording for change: Proposal seeks to
move events 501 (Outdoor Peanut Scale),
503 (Outdoor Flying Rubber Scale) and
504 (Outdoor Gas Power Scale) from
Scale Contest Board jurisdiction to the
Free Flight Contest Board jurisdiction. The
events would also move to the Free Flight
category in the Competition Regulations.
Logic behind proposed change: The Free
Flight Outdoor Scale events are all but
dead, while events such as Flying Aces
Club events continue to grow in
popularity. In 2002 the Nats was one of the
only events to offer AMA Free Flight
Scale events; other events offered FAC
Scale. The Scale Contest Board is
composed of people who are experts in
controlled flight but have little experience
with the issues facing the Free Flight
community.
Submitted by: Jerold Murphy, AMA 917
’Til next time … MA
March 2003 175
03sig6.QXD 1.6.03 9:09 am Page 175
176 MODEL AVIATION
Fourth Flyoff Flight and All Succeeding Flights
10 Seconds
6.2 The CD may at his discretion, add further definitions and/or reduce the
maximum duration limits due to weather, terrain, or local conditions, so long
as adequate notice is given to all contestants before competition begins.
However, all flight(s) and flight time(s) flown under CD imposed rule
deviations shall not to be considered for record purposes.
Submitted by: Francis B. Hodson, AMA 1688
Indoor Free Flight
IND-05-1, page 21. FAI Indoor Model (F1L EZB)—specifications, flying
rules, and scoring rules are the same as for FAI Indoor Models. (See FAI
Sporting Code.)
Control Line General
CLG-05-1, page 28, paragraph 2. Add to the end of paragraph “No control of
any aircraft function is allowed except via the control lines”.
Submitted by: Tom Dixon, AMA 1028
CLG-05-2, Event 332, page 66.
1. Change CL Endurance, Event 332, Rule 3, first sentence from: “Engine(s)
shall be of the reciprocating internal combustion type with total piston
displacement from .0900 to .3600 cubic inches”.
Change to:
“Engine(s) shall be of the reciprocating internal combustion type with total
piston displacement from .0900 to .3661 cubic inches”.
2. Change the CL Endurance Pull Test Table (page 66), Class Engine Size
Column. “.0900—.3600”
Change to:
“.0900—.3661”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
CLG-05-3, Event 332, page 66.
For event #332 Control Line Endurance, paragraph 4., Fuel Capacity. Change:
“The maximum fuel capacity permitted is four (4) fluid ounces”.
To:
“The maximum fuel capacity permitted is one (1) fluid ounce”.
Submitted by: Walt Gifford, AMA 59229
Control Line Speed
CLS-05-1, page 32, 4. Classification of Control Line Speed Models. Class
1⁄2A .0000—.0504 cubic inch.
Submitted by: Barry Tippett, AMA 4373092
Page 33 Chart. Correct to read 1⁄2A .0000 - .0615 cubic inches.
CLS-05-2 page 32, AMA rulebook, .21 Proto Speed, event 306, 2. Design
The model must have a full fuselage and rudder. Stabilizer must be flat,
butterfly type stabilizers are not acceptable unless it is a true scale model.
Page 39 AMA rulebook, 21 Proto Speed Event #306 Airplane Specifications
Rudder/fin area shall be a minimum of 5% of the wing area, rudder must be
standard upright configuration on top of the fuselage, sub rudders not
allowed.
Submitted by: Barry Tippett, AMA 373092
CLS-05-3 page 33, AMA rulebook. 7. Fuel
Fuel for all two cycle glow plug engines shall contain not less than 10%
nitromethane, not less than 20% lubricant and the rest methanol.
Omit — of more than .0504 cubic inch displacement
CLS-05-4, page 33, paragraph 7. Fuel. Fuel for jet engines shall consist of
80% methanol and 20% nitromethane.
Submitted by: Earl Bailey, AMA 41658
CLS-05-5 page 39, .21 Proto Speed. Make 21 proto an official event. Present
rules as printed in the rulebook are adequate.
Submitted by: Glenn Lee, AMA 5087
CLS-05-6: Page 41, section “ESTABLISHMENT OF LINE SIZES AND
PULL TESTS IN CL SPEED”, under paragraph “Implementation”.
IMPLEMENTATION: It is the responsibility of the Control Line Speed
Contest Board Chairman to monitor and maintain the line sizes and pull tests
as described above. In the event a new record is established which
necessitates an increase in line size, pull test, or both, any changes will be
published concurrently with announcement of new record.
In the case of a record established on a newly increased line size, whereby the
previous pull test standard exceeds the need of the new record, the CLSCB
Chairman will establish a new appropriate pull test standard. For all classes
that have 48G and higher pull tests, the new standard will be no less than 48G.
Changes will become effectively immediately upon publication in Model
Aviation magazine. Changes are to be automatic, with no action required by
the control line speed contest board or the AMA Executive Council.
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
CLS-5-7: Page 33, 1⁄2A Speed (Event #310).
Change minimum diameter of 1 line system from .014 to .016.
Change minimum diameter of 2 line system from .012 to .010.
Change pull test from 48G to 40 G.
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
CLS-05-8: Page 37, Control Line Speed, Paragraph 11. “Timing of Flight”.
Use existing paragraph except change: “once-tenth (1⁄10)” to “one-hundredth
(1⁄100).
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
CLS-05-9: Page 38, Control Line Speed, Paragraph 18 “Timing Pole —
Height Marker”.
Replace paragraph with:
“A pole or reference marker shall be provided outside of the flight circle for
timing and judging flight. Maintenance of flight in excess of 15 feet in any
class for more than « lap shall constitute a foul”.
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
Control Line Racing
CLR-05-1, page 46, 2.2 Mouse Racer. Change Class II Mouse
(Supplemental) to CLASS II Mouse (Official).
Add: 2.2.2 Fuel will be contest supplied 10 percent nitromethane 20 percent
lubricant.
Add: 2.2.3 Spring starters are not allowed.
Submitted by: John McCollum, AMA 15542
CLR-05-2 Event 312, page 44.
Change CL Slow Rat Racing, Event 312, (page 44), Pull Test Table, Class
Engine Size column from:
“.3600”
To:
“.3661”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
Control Line Carrier
CLC-05-1 page 47, paragraph 3.3.1. Delete existing paragraph 3.3.1 and
replace with:
3.3.1 The engines in the profile Navy Carrier event shall have a maximum
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 176
March 2003 177
total displacement of .3661 cubic inch. Two-stroke cycle engines must be of
the front intake type. No pressure fuel systems will be permitted; however,
the vents in the tank may be pointed forward in the airstream.
(Note also that CL General, Page 31, paragraph 11.1 states that 60% of the
displacement of a 4 stroke is taken for competition, so that a 10cc (.61 cu in)
4 stroke may be used in Profile Carrier).
Submitted by: William Bischoff, AMA 53549
Control Line Aerobatics
CLA-05-1, page 55, paragraph 13:14, Four Leaf Clover. Reference the C.L.
Precision Aerobatics maneuver description for the four leaf clover, Paragraph
13:14:
In the first sentence, change “approximately 38 degrees” to “approximately
42 degrees”.
In the drawing of the maneuver showing the four leaf clover, change “38°
elev” to “42° elev”.
In the errors section of this same paragraph, first sentence; change; “38
degrees” to “42 degrees”.
In the Maneuver section, Paragraph 15.3.14, first sentence, change “38
degrees” to “42 degrees”.
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-2, page 50, Reference CL Precision Aerobatics Model
Requirements, Paragraph 2:
Replace the first two sentences “Engines shall be of will be allowed”. With
the following:
“Permitted power source/s shall include any power except rocket motors.
Piston engine/s shall be subject to a total swept volume limitation of 15cc
(0.92 cubic inches). Electric power shall be limited to a maximum no-load
voltage of 42 volts. Gas turbine engines shall be limited to 3.5 Kg (7lbs
11ozs) static thrust. There is no adjustment allowance for the swept volume
displacement of four-stroke cycle engines as specified in Paragraph 11.1,
General Control Line rules. No combination of jet, turbine, electric or
reciprocating engine installation will be allowed. Maximum model weight
including any batteries but excluding fuel is 3.5Kg (7lbs 11 oz).
Proposed changes to the line sizes and pull test chart are shown in the
attached sheet. Changes/additions are highlighted. (Note: there is an apparent
typographical error in the current rule book chart showing the entry “.4801-
.6500”. This should be corrected to “.4601-.6500” if the above proposed
change is not accepted. This entry will be superseded if the proposed change
is accepted).
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-3, page 50, Reference CL Precision Aerobatics rule 2.3: Delete the
last sentence “It is suggested that the letter “N” be placed in front of the
license number when the number is affixed to the side of the fuselage or
vertical stabilizer.”
Insert a new sentence which reads:
“It is suggested that the letters “USA” (25mm (1 inch) or higher) be placed at
least once on the model”.
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-4, page 56, Reference the CL Precision Aerobatics Rules, paragraph
14: Delete paragraph 14: “Judging Procedures” and delete “Paragraph 15”:
“Maneuver Assessment” in their entirety. Insert a new “Paragraph 14”:
“Judging Procedures”.
Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-5, page 50, add paragraph 2.4. The builder of the Model for
Precision Aerobatics (AMA events 322, 323, 324, 325, 326) (J, S, O) shall be
considered the person who causes the wing(s) and tail(s) to be permanently
aligned with the body or fuselage of the aircraft, either by gluing or by
adhering permanent mounting points (in the case of take-apart aircraft).
Submitted by: Richard Peabody, AMA 393728
CLA-05-6, page 61, add wording.
Add wording used in defining “BOM Rule and Appearance Points” in
current rule book 6.2 (page 61) and 8.2 (page 61) to “Model Requirements
and Contestant Qualification” section of current rule book, page 50. Add as
2.4.
Submitted by: Richard Peabody, AMA 393728
CLA-05-7: Add new paragraph and change existing paragraph.
Add: Paragraph 16:
The builder of the model rule does not apply to Control Line Precision
Aerobatics.
Delete Paragraph 10. Appearance
Delete Paragraph 10.1 Appearance points are added to the contestant’s flight
points for scoring purposes.
Submitted by: R. Steven Moon, AMA 521164
CLA-05-8: Events 322, 323, 324, 325, 326. Page 50, Paragraph 4. Control
Lines. Revises control line chart.
Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Dave Gardner, AMA 717
Control Line Combat
CLB-05-1, Event 328, page 61, Rule 3, first sentence.
1. Change CL Combat, Event 328, (page 61), rule 3, first sentence from:
“Propulsion shall be provided by a propeller equipped piston engine(s) with
total swept volume of not more than .3600 cubic inches”.
To:
“Propulsion shall be provided by a propeller-equipped piston engine(s) with
total swept volume of not more than .3661 cubic inches”.
2. Change the CL Combat Pull Test Table (page 61), Class Engine Size
column, second line
from:
“.1525—.3600”
To:
“.1525—.3661”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
CLB-05-2: Event #328, paragraph 4: Streamers (Change to read):
Streamers shall be supplied by the contest management. Streamers shall be
made of crepe paper sheets, or other suitable material such as plastic, be of
uniform length, using tow distinct colors, and shall be cut two (2) inches
wide and up to ten feet long. The streamer material should then be doubled
and the folded lengthwise for two inches before being double tied with the
string leader. The string leader shall be 16 to 20 pound test, shall be
marked 84 inches from the know, and shall extend beyond the ink mark 18
inches.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB-05-3: Event #328, paragraph 8.2.2: (Add to end of current
paragraph) Exception: In the event of tangled lines when one plane has
crashed or landed, the pilot of the airborne plane must maneuver in a
manner (such as loops and figure 8s) that allows the other pilot to untangle
his lines from the airborne pilot’s lines. Both pilots must cooperate in
efforts to safely and expeditiously untangle the lines.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB-05-4: Event #328, paragraph 5: Change 75 foot radius safety circle
to read 70 to 75 foot radius safety circle. Also change other references to
the 75 foot circle to 70 to 75.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 177
178 MODEL AVIATION
CLB-05-5: Event #328, paragraph 11.1 Forfeiture: Sub paragraph 1.: (Delete
that portion that reads) “The crankshaft/propeller is also excepted if due to
crankshaft breakage”.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB-05-6: Event #328: Fuel shall not contain more than 10% nitromethane,
not less than 20% lubricant, and the rest shall be methanol. At the discretion
of the CD, use of contest-supplied fuel may be required.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB05-7: Add new paragraph: Optional Equipment/Specifications: At the
CD’s discretion sanction applications may specify “High Performance 1⁄2A
rules in effect”. Doing so indicates line length will be 42’ + plus or minus 3”,
mechanical and electric starters allowed, streamers will be 3⁄4” wide with a
string leader marked 60” from the knot, and shall extend beyond the ink mark
12 inches.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
RC Aerobatics
RCA-05-1, page 72, Flight pattern and maneuvering area, paragraph 14. Add
the following to Radio Control Aerobatics, No. 14 Flight pattern and
maneuvering area. Calling of box entry must be done so there is a minimum
of a 15 meter straight line before the first maneuver. Judging of the maneuver
will begin then. (As the lines into and out of maneuvers are part of the
maneuver and are always judged). Calling of exiting the box must be done
after a minimum of a 15 meter straight line after the maneuver. Judging will
cease at that point.
Submitted by: C. W. Reed, AMA 21971
RCA-05-2, Page 70, paragraph 6.4. Delete last part of sentence beginning “
Maneuvers are no longer done in line with the center of the runway. E.g.
straight flight out/back or touch and goes.”
Page 72, paragraph 13.2. Delete paragraph. Holdover from time when
normalizing was “controversial”.
Page 72, paragraph 14. 6 lines up from bottom of paragraph beginning with
“Maneuvers in those classes “ Delete phrase “ in those classes with all scored
turnarounds.” Holdover from when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 75, paragraph B.c. Positioning, 3rd sentence beginning “In those
classes” delete “In those classes with scored turnarounds”. Holdover from
when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 75, paragraph B.c. Positioning, last paragraph, beginning with 3rd
sentence “In those classes with “ delete to end of paragraph. Holdover from
when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 75, paragraph B.d. 3rd paragraph, delete sentence beginning “In those
classes “ Holdover from when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 76, paragraph D. Middle of 3rd paragraph. Delete phrase “Additionally,
in classes with predominately scored turnarounds,”. Capitalize the following
“the”. Holdover from when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 77, 2nd paragraph “Maneuvers Off Center”. Delete phrase “In those
classed with scored turnarounds”. Capitalize “if”.
Page 77, paragraph “Lines, bottom of page change sentence “If there is a
complete absence of a line before or after the roll” to read “More points are
subtracted for greater differences.” This sentence discusses line relationships
and is in conflict with the next paragraph discussing rolls placed on lines.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-3, Page 68, paragraph 4.2., 2nd to last sentence. Delete phrase
“however, such deletion must be published in advance of the event date”.
Page 71, paragraph 9; Change 3rd sentence to read, “Once this number has
been announced, this is the exact number of flights that should be flown”.
Page 71, paragraph 10.3. Delete sentence in middle of paragraph. “The
contestants may, at their option, elect to refly the entire flight”. Delete second
to last sentence “Maneuver scores prior to the collision will not be used if the
contestant chooses to refly the entire flight”.
Page 72, paragraph 14. 3rd sentence change to read “ ...150 meters in from of
the pilot and by surface lines of white or contrasting color originating at the
pilots position”.
Page 74, paragraph 20.7. In 2nd sentence, delete phrase “It is suggested
that” and change 2nd sentence to read “Each maneuver will be scored
immediately after it is performed”.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-4, page 78. Make the following change to the AMA Judges Guide
by adding subparagraph 6 to “Spins” on page 78.
6. The pilot who can best combine precision/geometry of the spin
(shape of the maneuver/correct number of degrees of rotation/ plus wind
correction to adjust track should receive the higher score.
Make the following change to page 84. “Spins, any number of rotations,
Upright or Inverted”:
Delete subparagraph beginning with “Crabbing the model .”.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-5. Delete the current landing (page 82) and takeoff (page 86)
descriptions from the rulebook, and replace with the following.
Landing Sequence: Execute a 180-degree turn to a downwind heading (or
optional 360 degree turn if flight is completed on a downwind maneuver).
Fly a downwind leg, and then turn 180 degrees into the wind for a final
approach to the runway touching down in the landing zone. The landing is
complete when the model has either rolled 10 meters or comes to rest.
Landing Zone: The landing zone shall be marked by lines placed
perpendicular across the runway and spaced 100 meters apart. The width of
the landing zone shall normally be the width of the runway but in no case
shall exceed 30 meters.
Downgrades:
1. Model does not follow landing sequence zero (0) points.
2. Any landing gear leg retracts or collapses on landing, zero (0) points.
3. Model ends up on its back, zero (0) points.
4. Model passes behind the judges’ line (“flight line”), zero (0) points.
5. Model land outside of the landing zone, zero (0) points.
6. Only two scores a 10 or a 0 may be awarded for the landing sequence.
Take-off Sequence: The model is placed on the runway, takes off from
within the landing zone, then turns 90 degrees toward the line defined by
the upwind and downwind marker poles. When approximately over this line
the model turns either 90 degrees or 270 degrees for a downwind trim pass.
When approximately even with the downwind marker the model initiates a
180-degree turn, reversal or other turn-around maneuver of pilot’s choice.
Downgrades:
1. Takeoff sequence not followed, zero (0) points.
2. Model takes off outside of the landing zone, zero (0) points.
3. Model passes behind the judges’ line (“flight line”), zero (0) points.
4. Only two scores a 10 or a 0 may be awarded for the take-off
sequence.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-6 Replace the schedule 18 (404) Masters schedule on page 73 with
the following schedule and insert new maneuver instructions alphabetically
in section E beginning on page 77.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Eric Henderson, AMA 131150
RCA-05-7 page 69, paragraph 4.3: Add the following sentence on the end
of paragraph 4.3: “The Contest Director shall have the option of deleting
the weight and size requirements for the Sportsman Class at any
sanctioned event, however, such deletion must be published in advance of
the event date, and the model in question must conform to AMA weight
limits”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-8: Replace the first sentence in paragraph 8.2.3 to read: “The
accumulated points for required class advancement will be based on a
sliding scale of 4 years time. Advancement points acquired before the
forth (4) year will not count towards advancement”.
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 178
March 2003 179
Replace the second sentence in paragraph 8.2.3 to read: “In other words, a
contestant’s point accumulation is based on the total accumulation for his/her
previous four (4) years of competition”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-9: In Paragraph 8.2.1, insert the words, “Except for those contestants
over 60 years of age”, as a conditional clause in the front of the sentence; “A
flyer accumulating 100 points “.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-10: Correct the criteria for (2) Horizontal Rolls. Replace the text
“center is inverted portion of second roll “ with the following; “Center is that
point when the plane is upright between the two rolls”, and in item 4, replace the
word “three (3)” with the word “two (2)”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-11: Withdrawn by proposer.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-12: Add the following line to Takeoff Downgrades on page 86.
Following item 8 in list, add, “9. Liftoff not centered”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-13: Insert in Section E. “Description of Maneuvers”, in the first
paragraph following the words; “ will have the same altitude and heading for
entry and exit unless otherwise noted”. The words “There is no requirement that
all centered maneuvers have to be performed at the same top and bottom
altitudes throughout the total sequence”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-14: Change paragraph 5 in the Spin definitions on page 78 to read;
“Once the model has entered the spin, drift caused by the wind, even if the
model drifts out of the aerobatic box, is not a judging criteria”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-15: Insert in the introductory paragraph for “Spins” the following
phrase, after the words “ in front of the judges on the center line/pole. The stall
may occur while the plane has forward motion with respect to the ground”. And
before the words, “The following criteria applies to spins”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-16: Remove Paragraph 4.4.1 (Watch for similar proposal.)
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-17: paragraph 16, page 73, change maneuver 17 to “Immelmann Turn
K=1”, add maneuver 18 as, “one positive snap roll on 45 deg. Down line K=3”,
and add maneuver 19 as “Landing K=1”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-18: Add to AMA RC PATTERN JUDGES GUIDE, Paragraph B.a.,
Precision, following the words in the second paragraph; “ straight and level exit
should also result in downgrading”. Add the following definition, “In all cases,
straight and level flight means flight parallel to the flight line, at a constant
altitude, and with wings level”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-19: Insert in paragraph 3, page 78, for the category of “Spins” the
following statement. Following the words “ after the rotation stops”. Add “There
will be no downgrade if the plane is pointed down by the pilot after the spin
rotation stops”. Before the words, “The pull or pushout “.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA05-20: Delete 4.4.1 entirely. (Watch for similar proposal.)
Submitted by: Dave Burton, AMA 8961
RCA-05-21: 7. Pattern event classes: Add an additional sentence at the end as
follows; “A contestant may enter any one class of his/her choice at any contest”.
Eliminate paragraph 8 in its entirety.
Submitted by: Dave Burton, AMA 8961
RCA-05-22: Masters pattern maneuvers: The Masters class will fly the
current FAI preliminary schedule (F3A RC Aerobatics) as a separate class.
Submitted by: Dave Burton, AMA 8961
RCA-05-23: FAI Patter Maneuvers. Add after the first sentence “The noise
limit shall be the current noise limit used in AMA competition for classes
401-404, except in the case of a USA Team Selection contest, where the
noise limit shall be the current FAI noise rule”.
Submitted by: Tony Stillman, AMA 936
RCA-05-25: Page 88, paragraph 8, Add new event for Scale Aerobatics,
Intermediate.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-26: Page 88, Change to add: Insert Rule 3.4 to read as follows:
3.3 No change.
3.4 The Unknown sequences will be drawn from the Catalog of legal
Unknown figures for each class. The Catalog of legal Unknown figures is
located in the Contest Directors Guide located on the IMAC website.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-27: Page 88, Insert new 5.5 and make current 5.5 now 5.6.
5.6 Scale shall be determined by the wingspan. A change in wingspan will
become a change in overall Scale. Fuselage width, height and aircraft
planform or any other variations shall not exceed 10% of scale, with the
exception of airfoils and size/shape of control surface within the scale outline
rule.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-28: Page 88, paragraph 6, Achievement Award Patches.
Change to: Achievement award patches may be earned in each category by
scoring seven (7) or better on each maneuver in Basic, Sportsman, Advanced,
or Unlimited sequence. Award Patches along with the Scale Aerobatics
Newsletter, IMAC, and Scale Aerobatics patches, pins, decals, and wearing
apparel are available through the International Miniature Aerobatic Club
(IMAC) Secretary.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-29: Page 88, 8.1 The event shall be divided into five (5) classes, in
order of increasing difficulty. The classes are Basic (411), Intermediate (4xx),
(412), Advanced (413), and Unlimited (414).
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-30: Page 89, 10.1.3 If a know sequence in progress cannot be
completed due to mechanical problems with the aircraft (including but not
limited to engine failure, radio malfunctions, etc.) the contestant will receive
zeros (0) for each unscored maneuver in that sequence. If the second sequence
is yet to be flown and the aircraft can be made ready to fly (Refer to rule 7),
the contestant may attempt the second sequence.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-31: Page 89, Delete all and print:
12. Aerobatic Box refer to Flying and Judging Guide rule number 4.1.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-32: Page 90, 16.3 Optional Unknown Maneuver Sequences shall
include separate Sportsman, Intermediate, Advanced and Unlimited
sequences, each consisting of up to 15 maneuvers.
16.4 The contestant must fly his entire flight according to the established
flight schedule for his particular class and in the sequence listed. Maneuvers
that are executed out of sequence, or not executed as required by the
sequence, will be zeroed. Remaining maneuvers that are flown in their
appropriate area and in the appropriate order following the zeroed maneuver
will be scored.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 179
180 MODEL AVIATION
RCA-05-33: Page 90, paragraph 17. (4) Minute Freestyle Program. Replaces
existing text for paragraph 17.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-34: Page 90, paragraph 1.
Change to add reference to gender in last sentence:
1. PREFACE
The purpose of this Scale Aerobatics Flying and Judging Guide is to provide
an accurate description of each type of maneuver used in competition and to
provide a reference for use in developing a uniformly high standard of
judging in all AMA sanctioned contests. Study of this guide by the
competitor will help him or her learn exactly what is expected, while study
by the judges will help them decide precisely how well the competitor meets
these expectations.
Flying and judging are very similar in nature; this is why contestant judging
is generally promoted. Nevertheless, there are some key differences between
judges and pilots, mostly related to Mental Attitude and Technical
Knowledge. Reference to any gender in this document shall include both
male and female.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-35: Page 91, paragraph 2 Delete:
Scale Aerobatics maneuvers also use the standard K-factors defined by the
FAI, but with two exceptions:
1) The FAI K-Factors for Rolling circle maneuvers (Family 2.3 to 2.20) must
be doubled (i.e.: A FAI K-factor of 13 should become 26).
2) The FAI K-Factor for Tailslide maneuvers (Family 6) must be multiplied
by one and half (1.5) (i.e.: a FAI K-Factor of 16 should become 24). When
the original FAI K-Factor is an odd number, the result of the multiplication
used should be reduced to the lower whole number (i.e.: a FAI K-Factor of
15 should become 22, or 15+7.5=22.5, reduced to the lower number=22).
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-36: Page 92 Change as follows:
3. RULES
Scale Aerobatics has several rules that differ from either Full Scale
Aerobatics (IAC) or AMA RC Aerobatics (AMA Pattern). Because the
judging pool used in Scale Aerobatics contests sometimes comes from both
or either of those two groups, it is useful to go through the major differences:
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-37: Page 92, change as follows:
4. RCA-05-37: Positioning
Scale Aerobatics requires all scored maneuvers to be flown in front of the
judges, in an area called the “box”. Competitors should perform their
sequence within the aerobatic box balance about the center of the x-axis and
at an optimal distance from the judges. Judges will give the position grade
according to the total impression of the balanced use of the aerobatic box and
the overall presentation of the sequence. It is not required, however, to use all
the available airspace vertically or on the x or y-axis. As a judge, what is
important is that you apply the same presentation criteria in consistent
manner to every pilot flying the program. The range of possible scores is
from 10 to 0 in .5 increments.
If the sun is positioned such that it hampers positioning and judging of any
maneuvers, the contestant may request the judges to allow an offset of certain
maneuvers. This agreement shall take place prior to the start of the flight.
Also, flying the figures in the front or the back of the box while on the X-axis
is not a criterion for judging. Before entering the box, the pilot or caller
should announce to the judges the direction of flight (Left-to-Right or Rightto-
Left). This is completely the pilot’s option and independent of the wind
direction. Once this announcement is made, the relationship and positioning
between maneuvers is defined by the Aresti sequence drawing.
Category Positioning coefficients are as follows:
Basic 5K
Sportsman 10K
Intermediate 15K
Advanced 20K
Unlimited 25K
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-38: Page 92
4.1 Scale Aerobatic Box
Two (2) horizontal lines, 90 degrees to each side of the centerline. The total
length of the box shall be 2000 feet (610 meters) along a line parallel to the
flight line. The rear boundary of the box shall be a line parallel to the flight
line and 1000 feet (305 meters) from the competitors position.
Whenever the “complete aircraft” is observed to fly past any boundary, an
infringement penalty will be noted by the maneuver score being circled by
the judge. It should be noted that the judges could disagree on box
infringements (i.e. one judge circles the maneuver and the other doesn’t). The
penalty will be assessed when the scores are tabulated and vary by the class
flown:
i. Basic = two (2) points per infringement
ii. Sportsman = four (4) points per infringement
iii. Intermediate = six (6) points per infringement
iv. Advanced = eight (8) points per infringement
v. Unlimited = ten (10) points per infringement
Because the judges are located behind the pilot, the only box infringements
generally noted are the one that can easily be assessed using the 90 degree
markers reference on the ground. Although judging the side and back
infringements are more difficult due to the lack of references, judges should
still take them into account if the aircraft clearly goes past these boundaries.
In case of uncertainty, always give the competitor the benefit of the doubt.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-39: Page 93, 4.2 Scale Aerobatic zones through 4.2.2 Side Zones.
Eliminated all above rules.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-40 Page 97, paragraph 6.3 Zero, redefines reason a zero may be
given.
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 180
March 2003 181
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-41: Page 103, 8.6. Family 6: Tailslides
Fifth Paragraph Down;
As with the hammerhead, the aircraft will be in a stalled or near stalled
condition at the top of the vertical line and no deduction for wind drift
should be applied during that particular time.
Delete Figure 28
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-42 Page 73, Changes maneuver sequences for Event 404, Masters.
Watch for similar proposal.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by Troy Newman, AMA 163080
RCA-05-43: New Event. Indoor RC Aerobatics.
It is the intention to provide a safe aerobatic event for electric powered
models that will be flown indoors. Wherever possible, the rules will be the
same as outdoor radio control pattern. Rather than reproduce the entire set
of pattern rules, the exceptions will be noted.
4. Model aircraft requirements.
4.1 Power. Models shall be powered by battery powered electric
motors. The maximum battery voltage shall be 9.6 volts (manufacturers
ratings). No limit is placed on the number of motors, but the maximum
power delivered to the motor(s) shall be 30 watts. In cases where there is a
question, the contestant may be required to sign an affidavit stating that his
entry conforms to this rule.
4.2 Weight and size. No model shall weigh more than 7 ounces ready to
fly.
1.5 Change radius of spinner tip to 2 millimeters.
7. Pattern event classes.
The indoor pattern event shall be divided into two classes. The first, (class
I) shall be open to any model design that meets the weight and power
criteria. The second (class II) will be limited to models which clearly
resemble an aircraft used in aerobatic competition. This includes outdoor
pattern event models as well as full scale aircraft. Both classes will fly the
same maneuver pattern.
8. Contestant classification. This system will not be used in indoor
aerobatics. Delete sections 8.-8.3.
10. Official flight. Change time limit to two (2) minutes.
11. Time limits. Change time to (2) minutes.
14. The CD will determine the boundary limits for the “box” based on site
conditions, as well as the distance from the judges for the flight path of
maneuvers.
16. Both indoor classes will use the intermediate pattern maneuver
schedule.
20.7 Delete references to weather.
20.8 Delete references to the sun.
Submitted by: Bob Wilder, AMA 14951
RC Pylon Racing
RCR-05-1, page 123, paragraph 16.3.1. Airframe. Redefines current
regulations of event #424 for the purpose of clarity and enforceability.
Exact wording proposed for the rulebook:
Under section 16.3.1 Airframe:
The airframe specifications for this event are identical to those for Quickie
500 (Event No. 428).
New exact wording of section 16.3.1
The airframe specifications for this event are identical to those for
Quickie 500 (Event No. 428) with the following exceptions: Wing and
tail construction. Wings must be constructed of either all wood or wood
sheeting over a solid foam core. Wings manufactured in molds designed
to produce hollow core composite wings, is prohibited. The last three
inches of each wing tip may be made of any material. The intent of the
rule is to keep the cost of participation to a minimum.
Submitted by: Dan Kane, AMA 26835
RCR-05-2, page 123, 16.3.2 Powerplant.
Under section 16.3.2 Powerplant, sub-section A. Engine. Remove the
following sentence from item #6 Power Output:
As such, it is not a suitable event for the use of engines that some with
tuned mufflers or otherwise are capable of turning a stock 9 x 6 APC
propeller at over 16, 500 rpm on the ground.
Reword paragraph 6:
“Sport Quickie is intended as an entry-level event for pilots who are
new to racing. Sample engines are tested via committee and a list of
permissible engines is published and updated as necessary, annually.
Criteria include purchase price and power output in both the normal
takeoff RPM range and the presumed in-air (“unloaded”) RPM range.
Any engine with a tuned muffler is strictly prohibited. The cost of the
engine must be below $120 (street price). If engines more powerful than
this are to be used at a contest, the contest should be sanctioned as
Quickie 500 (Event No. 428), not sport Quickie.”
Add paragraph 7:
“Prior approval of engines”.
a). Procedure: All engines, past and future inclusive, shall not be
entered into competition until a five-member sub-committee of the RC
Racing Contest Board has approved the engine by an affirmative vote of
at least three members thereof. Such approval may be given orally, but
shall be recorded for future reference. An engine shall be considered
eligible for competition if it meets all requirements of section 16.3.2
and, in addition, does not hinder the state of this entry level event as
determined by the aforementioned five-member committee. The
committee is appointed by the Racing Contest Board Chairman and will
not include any member with a vested interest in the sale of
manufacturing of an engine for this event. In addition any engine can be
removed from the list by an affirmative vote of at least three members
thereof.
Under section 16.3.3. Special Provisions, sub-section b. Rule Variations
Permitted: Remove item #1: Approval engine list: Sample engines are
tested and a list of permissible engines is published annually. Criteria
include purchase price and power output in both the normal takeoff rpm
range and the presumed in-air (“unloaded”) rpm range.
Remove item #2: Prohibited Features: Typically these include
Schneurle porting and ABC/AAC metallurgy.
Change item #3 Claiming rule, to item #1.
RCR-05-3: Adds new (provisional) event Formula 1 Sport
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Robert Dible, AMA 41701
RC Helicopter
RCH-05-1, Class I. Change pilot position for Class I. page 130,
paragraph 28.6.1. Class I position is fixed to a two (2) meter line on
side of box closest to the judges. If the pilot moves from the fixed
position from the beginning to the end of the flight a severe downgrade
shall be imposed.
Page 131, paragraph 29.1.1. (Change sentence #2 only). Pilot stands on
the two (2) meter line on the side of the box closest to the judges.
On page 127, course layout. Removed the two flags on the sides of the
box. Remove the two 1.2m circles on the front and back of the box.
Submitted by: Thomas Erb, AMA 98317
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 181
182 MODEL AVIATION
RC Soaring
SO-05-1. Add the following paragraphs to page 137.
Note: conflicts with proposal with SO-05-2
1.1 No object, device in its fully extended position, or part thereof can
protrude ahead of the nose of the aircraft.
1.2 Ahead of the leading edge of the wing, no part of an object or device in
its fully extended position can protrude more than one inch below the bottom
of the fuselage. If the fuselage bottom is curved, the length of the protrusion
or part thereof will be measured along the perpendicular to a tangent to the
fuselage at the point where the measurement is to be made. 1.3 From the
leading edge of the wing to the rearmost part of the fuselage, no part of an
object or device in its fully extended position can protrude more than three
inches below the bottom of the wing or an extension thereof. Measurements
will be made along a perpendicular to the bottom of the wing at the point in
question. In the event that an object/device is located behind the trailing edge
of the wing, the extension of the bottom of the sing will be determined by
placing a straight edge so that it is in contact with at least two points along
the bottom of the wing and measuring along a perpendicular to the side of the
straight edge that is in contact with the bottom of the wing. Flaps must be
fully retracted when measurements are made.
1.4 The forward facing edge of an object or device in its fully extended
position must have a radius of a t least 0.25 inch in the vertical plane.
1.5 All objects or devices in their fully extended position must lay in a single
plane that is perpendicular to the bottom surface of the wing and congruent
with the centerline of the fuselage.
1.6 The above rules do not apply to those classes that specifically prohibit the
use of devices whose intent it is to produce a rapid deceleration when
landing.
Submitted by: Robert Johnson, AMA 74650
SO-05-2, page 137, paragraph 3.1.6.d.
Note: conflicts with proposal with SO-05-1
Eliminate paragraph 3.1.6.d in its entirety.
Submitted by: Richard Eckel, AMA 467949
SO-05-3: Withdrawn by proposer.
Submitted by: Robert Glover, AMA V100
SO-05-4, Establish new event: RC Slope Soaring Combat.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Loren Blinde, AMA 91210
SO-05-5: Add new event: Nostalgia Sailplane.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Jack Iafret, AMA 7114
Scale
SCA-05-1, page 157, pull test and line size table, bottom row (15-20 lb
models). In the CL Precision Scale event, change the “CL Flying Scale” pull
test and line size table, bottom row (15 — 20 lb models), right column (pull
Test), from, “5G 80 lb max,” to “5G 80 lb min.”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
SCA-05-2, Add new event: Control Line Fun Scale
The intent of Fun Scale is to provide a CL Scale event, which is, and is to
remain, simple in concept. It minimizes the static judging and emphasizes the
flying segment.
1. ELIGIBILITY. The contest is open to modeler-built or factory built
CL Scale models. The event rules are identical to event #509, Control Line
Sport Scale except for static judging. General rule 4 (builder — flier) will
not apply in this event. With advance notice, the event may be conducted
in different classes based on skill or age level, i.e., Open, Entry, Junior,
Senior, etc.
2. STATIC JUDGING. The static scale outline score will be a graduated
zero (0) to five (5) points to contestants who show proof that a full size
aircraft or this type did/does exist. An additional score of a graduated zero (0)
to (5) points will be awarded if proof is shown as to replicating a
color/markings scheme of the original full size aircraft. A single sheet (3-
view drawing, photo, profile, painting, plastic kit box, etc.) is sufficient.
Contestant prepared drawings of a photo of the model itself is not acceptable.
If no proof of existence or color/markings is shown, no static points will be
awarded. However, it will be up to the contest director and/or event director
to determine if the scale model is indeed a replica of a full size aircraft of r
contest
eligibility.
3. FLYING. All rules as per CL Sport Scale (event #509).
4. SCORING. The official score shall be the total of static points (10
maximum) and the single best flight score (100 maximum) for a total of 110
points.
Submitted by: William Reynolds, AMA 49921
SCA-05-3 Rewrites Event 518 Scale Helicopter rules
Watch for similar proposal. Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please
contact the Competitions Department for a complete copy.
Submitted by: Peter Wales, AMA 532418
SCA-05-4 Rewrites Event 518 Scale Helicopter rules
Watch for similar proposal. Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please
contact the Competitions Department for a complete copy.
Submitted by: Brian Stewart, AMA 618578
SCA-05-5 page 162, event 521. To be added after dummy pilot exemption in
opening paragraph for event 521.
Event 521 Profile Scale is exempted from the retract rule, requiring flying
with wheels up if prototype had retractable landing gear.
(Control Line Scale Flight Judging Guide, Part e paragraph 4.2 Realism in
flight)
Submitted by: Charles Bauer, AMA 21824
SCA-05-6, page 165, Radio Control Sport Scale (Sportsman and Expert)
Event, revises rules to specifically allow for indoor flying of RC Scale
models in these events.
Revise current section 2. Safety Requirements
Leave items 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5 as is.
Re-number 2.8 to 2.6.
Add new section 3. Outdoor Events
3.1. There are no restrictions as to types of power plants that may be used in
R/C Sport Scale models that are flown outdoors. Reciprocating internal
combustion engines (including 2-stroke, 4-stroke, glow, gas, CO2,
compressed air), electric motors, and turbojet engines are allowed.
3.2. (same as old section “2.7. Turbojet engines “
3.3. With the exception of electric motors, the engine(s) must be equipped
with an effective muffler or silencer to limit noise output. A tuned pipe is
considered a muffler.
3.4. R/C Sport Scale models that are flown outdoors shall weigh no more
than 55 pounds, ready for flight, including fuel.
Add a new section 4. Indoor Events
4.1. R/C Sport Scale models that are flown indoors must be powered with
electric, CO2, orcompressed air motor(s). No other type of power plant is
permissible for indoor flying.
4.2. R/C sport Scale models that are flown indoors shall weigh no more than
12 ounces ready for flight, including fuel or batteries.
4.3. Maximum wing loading of the model, ready for flight, shall not exceed 6
ounces per square foot.
4.4. Due to wide variations in the size and shape of indoor flying sites, the
Contest Director has authority to adjust sections 4.2. and 4.3. as needed to fit
the contest flying site and local conditions. In all cases, any deviation from
these rulebook specifications must be noted in all pre-contest announcements
and literature well in advance of the event.
4.5. Because of the size restrictions that indoor flying naturally imposes on
the flight of a model, the Contest Director has authority to adjust any of the
maneuver descriptions in the “Radio Control Scale Flight Judging Guide” to
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 182
March 2003 183
fit the size of his facility. For example, the Judging Guides says that the Fly-
Past should be flown between 10 — 20 feet altitude for at least 5 seconds. At
many indoor flying facilities that would be impossible. In all cases, any
deviation from the Judging Guide maneuver descriptions must be noted in all
pre-contest announcements and literature well in advance of the event.
Revise current section 3. Model Requirements
Delete third paragraph; “With the exception of electric motors, the engine
must be equipped with an effective muffler “
Re-number current sections 3 through 11 as sections 5 through 13
respectively.
Submitted by: Mike Gretz, AMA 7614
SCA-05-7, Adds new event: Indoor Electric R/C Scale
Power and Model Requirements: Maximum motive power will be a single
stock speed 280 brush can motor or equipment with no restrictions on
gearing or propeller size and no restrictions on battery type and or size.
The model shall have a maximum wing loading of 5 oz per square foot.
Multiple motors will not exceed in total the equivalent of a speed 280 electric
motor.
Static Judging: The model will be judged at a distance of 5 feet for finish
color & markings and accuracy of outline and at 1 foot for craftsmanship.
Cockpit detail will be included s part of the craftsmanship judging. A 50
point maximum score can be given for each of the 3 categories giving a
maximum static score of 150 points. The builder of the model rule applies,
page 149 paragraph 4.
Flight Judging: A flight will consist of 10 maneuvers, 5 mandatory and 5
optional. Each maneuver will be scored 0 to 5 points for a maximum total of
50 points. Mandatory maneuvers consist of takeoff, minimum of 2 laps left
(counter clockwise), minimum of 2 laps right (clockwise), landing, and
realism of flight. Optional maneuvers can include retracting and extending
undercarriage, bomb or leaflet or tank drop, etc. The maneuvers can be done
in any order. A minimum of 2 rounds will be flown. The final flight score
will consist of the total of the 2 best rounds divided by 2. The flight score
will be added to the static score for a maximum of 200 points.
Submitted by: Ernest Harwood, AMA 6550
SCA-05-8: Event #518, Sport Scale Soaring
Change section 8 to read:
8. RC Flight Plan
The RC Flight Plan shall consist of 10 maneuvers and/or scale operations,
three (3) mandatory and seven (7) optional. The mandatory items are:
Three hundred sixty degree thermal turns.
Landing.
Realism in flight.
The mandatory and optional maneuvers may be performed in any sequence,
but must follow the contestants flight plan presented to the judges.
Move “Climb to Release” maneuver from section 1. Mandatory Maneuvers
to section 2. Optional Flight Maneuvers.
Delete section 1.2 “maintain straight attitude” from maneuver lists.
Submitted by: Terry Edmonds, AMA 9438
SCA-05-9: Event 517, Sport Scale Soaring
10. Official Score.
Change present wording: “The official score shall be the total of static points
9100 maximum) ... ”
To: “The official score shall be the total of static points (30) time multiplier
maximum) ... ”
Also delete second reference to (100 maximum) for static points in section
10.
Submitted by: Terry Edmonds, AMA 9438
SCA-05-10: Event 517, Sport Scale Soaring
Delete first sentence of section 9.
Flight Scoring. Maximum total flight score is 100 points.
Add to end of section 9.1.
After the flight is complete each maneuver score is to be multiplied by the
difficulty factor for tat maneuver. If a competitor flies a maneuver not on the
list, a difficulty factor of 1.0 is to be used. (See attached list)
Delete reference to “(100 maximum)” for flight score in section 10.
MANEUVER DIFFICULTY FACTOR
1. Takeoff 1.0
2. Aerotow Including Release 1.2
3. Climb to Release (winch, hi-start, hand tow) 1.0
4. 360 Degree Thermal Turns 1.0
5. Straight Flight Back 0.7
6. Procedure Turn 0.8
7. Straight Flight Back 0.7
8. Figure Eight 1.0
9. Inside Loop 1.2
10. Outside Loop 1.5
11. Immelmann Turn 1.4
12. Stall Turn 1.3
13. Wingover 1.3
14. Split-S 1.2
15. Roll 1.2
16. Barrel Roll 1.2
17. Spin 1.4
18. Cuban Eight 1.5
19. Sideslip 1.2
20. Flight in a Triangular Circuit 0.9
21. Flight in a Rectangular Circuit 0.9
22. Chandelle 1.1
23. Traffic Pattern Approach to Landing 1.1
24. Spot Landing 1.0
25. Landing 1.0
26. Realism in Flight 1.0
27. Scale Operation: Retract Wheel 1.0
28. Scale Operation: Spoilers 0.5
29. Scale Operation: Flaps 0.5
30. Scale Operation: Dumpable Water Ballast 2.0
31. Scale Operation: Drop Dolly 0.7
Submitted by: Terry Edmonds, AMA 9438
SCA-05-11: Event 517, Sport Scale Soaring
Change 7.2 “Launch shall be by winch or aero tow” to “Launch shall be by
winch, aero tow, high-start or hand tow”.
Change 7.2 “ Two winch launches per round will be allowed if a pilot
requires them to complete his flight maneuvers. In the case of two winch
launches, a given maneuver will be judged only
once, the first time it is performed”. To: “Two launches per round will be
allowed except for aero tow, if a pilot requires them to complete his flight
maneuvers. In the case of two launches, a given maneuver will be judged
only once, the first time it is performed”.
Submitted by: Robert Harold, AMA 2457
SCA-05-12: Worksheet for static judging of CL and RC Sport Scale.
Worksheet is attached to original proposal.
Submitted by: Charles Bauer, AMA 21824
RC Electric
ECL-05-1 page 186 Adds new event: Elexaco
Summary of Elexaco Competition Rules: (Old Timer or Open) The
investment flying electric using a 400 motor is nominal as an existing radio
with at least 3 channels is all that is needed. What makes it real interesting is
that the performance of a 7 cell battery pak with a direct 400 motor system is
outstanding. Using alkaline battery cells in the Tx makes the model always
available for flight when stored in the trunk of your car. Due to the small size
it is stored assembled. In traveling where a field is sited (A football field will
do) simply stop, charge the flight battery for motor and RX power by BEC
and fly as the alkalines for the TX are always ready. Now to add interest a
simple endurance competitive event was designed that can be decided at the
flying field. All that is required is a stop watch. To establish equity the
Elexaco event is offered making it easy as it defines specifically the
hardware required. It is designed as an electric version of the ever popular
1⁄2A Glo-Powered Texaco event and can be restricted to old-timer if desired
by option.
Elexaco Event Rules
1. Any model with an aspect wing ratio of less than 7 qualifies (wingspan
divided by center chord).
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 183
184 MODEL AVIATION
2. Any rated 400 Electric ferrite motor (not brushless or cobalt and not geared)
qualifies.
3. A 7 cell 250 to 350 MAH power pak must be used.
4. Any motor shut off device is acceptable.
Flight Rules
Timed from either take-off or hand launch, motor is allowed to fun for 2 minutes
and shut off by radio—if motor is shut off prior to 2 minutes it is not to be turned
back on—if turned back on score is 0. Flight is continued and timed toward max
flight time of 15 minutes to land at designated field. Score 1 point per second
(max 900 points). Exceeding max results in penalty of 1 point per second.
Submitted by: Joe Beshar, AMA 175
ELC-05-2, page 186 section 4.21 Indoor electric duration. Change “Battery size
is limited to (6) 50 mAh cells” to “Battery size is limited to (6) N-AAA Nicad
cells.
Submitted by: Steve Leitgen, AMA 322830
ECL-05-3, add new event 629. Plane shall not exceed 21 ounces flying weight.
Maximum wing loading shall not exceed three and one half (3 «) ounces/square
feet. Battery size is limited to any combination of cells designated by the
manufacturer as rechargeable. The plane shall fly a circular or oval or figure
eight course as specified by the judges. Either ROG or handlaunch is permitted.
Total points will be the duration time in seconds. Contest director will determine
number of attempts allowed.
Submitted by: Steve Leitgen, AMA 322830
ELC-05-4, page 186 section 4.21 Electric Indoor Duration. Change “Battery
size is limited to (6) 50 mAh cells” to “Battery size is limited to a maximum of
(6) 50 mAH Nicad cells”.
Submitted by: Steve Leitgen, AMA 322830
Special Events
SEB-05-1 was moved to Executive Council jurisdiction.
SEB-05-2: R/C Competition Fun Fly, adds timed flight wording to allow
variations in total flight time and maneuvers to be performed.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department for a
copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Dan Luchaco, AMA 723
RC Combat
RCC-05-1, page 62, section 3.1. Create new Open RC Combat Class.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department for a
copy of the complete proposal. Watch for similar proposal!
Submitted by: John Vaught, AMA 122092
RCC-05-2 Create a new class of Open RC Combat:
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department for a
copy of the complete proposal. Watch for similar proposal!
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-3 page 193, 3.3.1.
3.3.1 A maximum dry weight of 3.5 pounds for any single engine design.
3.3.2 The maximum dry weight for multi-engine designs shall be
determined from the following table:
Twins up to and including a 50 inch span, 4 lbs.
Twins with greater than 50 inch span up to and including 60 inch span, 4.5
lbs.
Twins over 60 inch span, 5 lbs.
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-4 page 193. 3.1 The model must be minimum 1/12 scale replica
of a Pursuit, Fighter or Attack aircraft produced or in service between
1935 and 1955. For the purpose of this contest, an aircraft shall be
considered a Pursuit, Fighter or Attack aircraft if its missions routinely
involved, or its designer intended any of the following: a) interception of
enemy aircraft, b) high speed ground or sea attack, c) dogfighting, d) long
and short range escort. The aircraft must have been originally designed to
have had onboard guns installed. Aircraft that had guns mounted for
defensive purposes only shall not qualify as Pursuit, Fighter or Attack
aircraft.
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-5 page 193. 3.2.1 Engine Rpm’s will be limited to the following
chart for open B events. Engines will be spot inspected to comply with this
section. Sport inspection will be incur only at the C.D. request. No one can
suggest to the C.D. to inspect an engine. Non-compliance will result in
disqualification from the event. If non-compliance is discovered, one extra
test by a non-partial participate can be executed. Full access to the
transmitter and needle valve setting will be provided to the inspector.
Prop Diameter
1. 8” x 4 19,000+/-100rpms
2. 9” x 4 17,500+/-100rpms
3. 9” x 5 17,000+/-100rpms
4. 10” x 3 16,800+/-100rpms
5. 10” x 4 16,500+/-100rpms
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-6, page 193, event 750, Scale RC Combat. Proposal attempts to
improve the existing event without introducing new classes, formats or
other major changes to existing rules.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Ed Kettler, AMA 730493
RCC-05-7: Add new Class 1520 to Scale RC Combat
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Ronald Caravon, AMA 668956
RCC-05-8: Page 193, Event 750 Proposal changes aircraft rules regarding
dimensions and maximum engine sizes.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Louis Melancon, AMA 15165
Key Dates
(Events attended by AMA HQ staff and/or officers)
February 20 - 23
Florida Jets
Bunnell FL
February 21 - 23
WRAM Show 2003
White Plains NY
April 23 - 27
Top Gun 2003
Lakeland FL
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 184

Author: Steve Kaluf


Edition: Model Aviation - 2003/03
Page Numbers: 175,176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184

2005 Rules Change Cycle
Basic Rules Change Proposals
The following are the Basic Rules Change Proposals that have been submitted for
consideration in the 2005 Rules Change Cycle. These proposals have been
reviewed by each Contest Board chairperson and/or the Executive Council
(depending on jurisdiction).
The proposals are now being published to allow the AMA membership an
opportunity to comment to those voting before action takes place. If any of these
proposals are of interest to you, you are encouraged to contact the appropriate
Contest Board representative for the event and your AMA district. If the
proposal is under Executive Council jurisdiction, please contact your district
vice president to make your comments.
All proposals will be voted on in February. Proposals that pass this initial vote
will continue to be considered during subsequent voting. Proposals failing the initial
vote will no longer be considered. Please contact the Competition Department if
you have any questions or need complete copies of proposals not reproduced in
their entirety here.
Executive Council
EC-05-1: To move the Scale Helicopter rules from the Scale section to the
Helicopter section.
Submitted by: Peter Wales, AMA 532418
EC-05-2: R/C Competition Fun Fly creates new Contest Board and category for
R/C Competition Fun Fly. Move event 705 to this category.
Submitted by: Dan Luchaco, AMA 723
Outdoor Free Flight
OFF-05-1, page 15, paragraph 1.4, 1.41, 1.42, and 1.43. In the section for P-30
MODEL — For Event 124 paragraph 1.4; change the last line “only the following
changes will be allowed.” To “Any modifications to this propeller will be allowed.”
Paragraphs 1.4.1, 1.4.2. and 1.4.3 will now be unnecessary and shall be removed.
Submitted by: William Jenkins, AMA 22121
OFF-05-2, page 18, Free Flight Electric Power, for events 160 & 161.
Change to:
2. General. A Free Flight electric Power model airplane is powered by a
motor that receives as its sole source of power, energy from rechargeable
batteries rated at 1.5 volts per cell or less, self-contained in the model.
2.1 The following events have been established according to the
number of rechargeable battery cells used:
160 Class A—Six (6) cells or less
161 Class B—More than six (6) cells
Submitted by: Francis B. Hodson, AMA 1688
OFF-05-3, page 18, Free Flight Electric Power for events 160 & 161.
Change to:
1. Motor Run/Flight Maximum. The length of the motor run after the
model has been released for flight shall be twenty (20) seconds, excluding
flyoff flights. The maximum recorded duration for each flight shall be
two (2) minutes, including qualified flyoff flights.
3.1 All models shall be hand launched. Launching shall be as
specified for hand launch of land plane models, FF General.
Change to:
6. Number of Flights. Each contestant shall be allowed a total of six (6)
attempts to make three (3) official flights. All official and unofficial
flights are described above are attempts.
6.1 If the three (3) official flights total the maximum allowed, then a
series of flyoff flights may be taken. Flyoff flights may continue until the
contestant’s model fails to reach the flight maximum. Only one (1)
attempt is permitted for each flyoff flight. Flyoff motor runs are as
follows:
First (1st) Flyoff Flight through Third (3)
15 Seconds
F o c u s o n C o m p e t i t i o n
Technical
Director
Steve
Kaluf
[email protected]
WE HAVE REACHED the first critical
stage in the 2005 Rules Change Cycle. All
basic rules change proposals have been
received, reviewed, and are now being
published in this copy of Model Aviation so
that the membership may make comments
on them.
This is the critical part. If you fly in
competition, you should read every
proposal that has anything to do with the
events you fly. The critical part is that you
should make comments regarding the
proposal to the proper Contest Board
representative for that discipline and your
district. The Contest Board members are in
place to represent their constituents’ views
on competition matters. If they do not hear
from the membership, it becomes difficult
for them to properly represent these views.
So do your part; let them know what you
think!
In February of 2003 I will be sending the
initial ballot for these proposals to all of the
Contest Boards. Those proposals that fail
the initial ballot will no longer be
considered. Those that pass will continue on
through the interim and final votes (more on
that part of the cycle in a future column).
One last thing for this column (short due
to the many pages needed to publish the
basic proposals): I have another Urgent
Rules Change Proposal to publish. Due to
the nature of this proposal it was assigned to
the Executive Council for consideration.
Proposals are assigned to the Executive
Council when the issue is perhaps
contentious due to it affecting two or more
Contest Boards or when the issue is clearly
an item that falls under EC jurisdiction.
Approximately four weeks after this
publication I will be taking a ratification
vote. If passed, the proposal will go into
effect January 1.
Urgent Rules Change Proposal
Wording for change: Proposal seeks to
move events 501 (Outdoor Peanut Scale),
503 (Outdoor Flying Rubber Scale) and
504 (Outdoor Gas Power Scale) from
Scale Contest Board jurisdiction to the
Free Flight Contest Board jurisdiction. The
events would also move to the Free Flight
category in the Competition Regulations.
Logic behind proposed change: The Free
Flight Outdoor Scale events are all but
dead, while events such as Flying Aces
Club events continue to grow in
popularity. In 2002 the Nats was one of the
only events to offer AMA Free Flight
Scale events; other events offered FAC
Scale. The Scale Contest Board is
composed of people who are experts in
controlled flight but have little experience
with the issues facing the Free Flight
community.
Submitted by: Jerold Murphy, AMA 917
’Til next time … MA
March 2003 175
03sig6.QXD 1.6.03 9:09 am Page 175
176 MODEL AVIATION
Fourth Flyoff Flight and All Succeeding Flights
10 Seconds
6.2 The CD may at his discretion, add further definitions and/or reduce the
maximum duration limits due to weather, terrain, or local conditions, so long
as adequate notice is given to all contestants before competition begins.
However, all flight(s) and flight time(s) flown under CD imposed rule
deviations shall not to be considered for record purposes.
Submitted by: Francis B. Hodson, AMA 1688
Indoor Free Flight
IND-05-1, page 21. FAI Indoor Model (F1L EZB)—specifications, flying
rules, and scoring rules are the same as for FAI Indoor Models. (See FAI
Sporting Code.)
Control Line General
CLG-05-1, page 28, paragraph 2. Add to the end of paragraph “No control of
any aircraft function is allowed except via the control lines”.
Submitted by: Tom Dixon, AMA 1028
CLG-05-2, Event 332, page 66.
1. Change CL Endurance, Event 332, Rule 3, first sentence from: “Engine(s)
shall be of the reciprocating internal combustion type with total piston
displacement from .0900 to .3600 cubic inches”.
Change to:
“Engine(s) shall be of the reciprocating internal combustion type with total
piston displacement from .0900 to .3661 cubic inches”.
2. Change the CL Endurance Pull Test Table (page 66), Class Engine Size
Column. “.0900—.3600”
Change to:
“.0900—.3661”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
CLG-05-3, Event 332, page 66.
For event #332 Control Line Endurance, paragraph 4., Fuel Capacity. Change:
“The maximum fuel capacity permitted is four (4) fluid ounces”.
To:
“The maximum fuel capacity permitted is one (1) fluid ounce”.
Submitted by: Walt Gifford, AMA 59229
Control Line Speed
CLS-05-1, page 32, 4. Classification of Control Line Speed Models. Class
1⁄2A .0000—.0504 cubic inch.
Submitted by: Barry Tippett, AMA 4373092
Page 33 Chart. Correct to read 1⁄2A .0000 - .0615 cubic inches.
CLS-05-2 page 32, AMA rulebook, .21 Proto Speed, event 306, 2. Design
The model must have a full fuselage and rudder. Stabilizer must be flat,
butterfly type stabilizers are not acceptable unless it is a true scale model.
Page 39 AMA rulebook, 21 Proto Speed Event #306 Airplane Specifications
Rudder/fin area shall be a minimum of 5% of the wing area, rudder must be
standard upright configuration on top of the fuselage, sub rudders not
allowed.
Submitted by: Barry Tippett, AMA 373092
CLS-05-3 page 33, AMA rulebook. 7. Fuel
Fuel for all two cycle glow plug engines shall contain not less than 10%
nitromethane, not less than 20% lubricant and the rest methanol.
Omit — of more than .0504 cubic inch displacement
CLS-05-4, page 33, paragraph 7. Fuel. Fuel for jet engines shall consist of
80% methanol and 20% nitromethane.
Submitted by: Earl Bailey, AMA 41658
CLS-05-5 page 39, .21 Proto Speed. Make 21 proto an official event. Present
rules as printed in the rulebook are adequate.
Submitted by: Glenn Lee, AMA 5087
CLS-05-6: Page 41, section “ESTABLISHMENT OF LINE SIZES AND
PULL TESTS IN CL SPEED”, under paragraph “Implementation”.
IMPLEMENTATION: It is the responsibility of the Control Line Speed
Contest Board Chairman to monitor and maintain the line sizes and pull tests
as described above. In the event a new record is established which
necessitates an increase in line size, pull test, or both, any changes will be
published concurrently with announcement of new record.
In the case of a record established on a newly increased line size, whereby the
previous pull test standard exceeds the need of the new record, the CLSCB
Chairman will establish a new appropriate pull test standard. For all classes
that have 48G and higher pull tests, the new standard will be no less than 48G.
Changes will become effectively immediately upon publication in Model
Aviation magazine. Changes are to be automatic, with no action required by
the control line speed contest board or the AMA Executive Council.
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
CLS-5-7: Page 33, 1⁄2A Speed (Event #310).
Change minimum diameter of 1 line system from .014 to .016.
Change minimum diameter of 2 line system from .012 to .010.
Change pull test from 48G to 40 G.
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
CLS-05-8: Page 37, Control Line Speed, Paragraph 11. “Timing of Flight”.
Use existing paragraph except change: “once-tenth (1⁄10)” to “one-hundredth
(1⁄100).
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
CLS-05-9: Page 38, Control Line Speed, Paragraph 18 “Timing Pole —
Height Marker”.
Replace paragraph with:
“A pole or reference marker shall be provided outside of the flight circle for
timing and judging flight. Maintenance of flight in excess of 15 feet in any
class for more than « lap shall constitute a foul”.
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
Control Line Racing
CLR-05-1, page 46, 2.2 Mouse Racer. Change Class II Mouse
(Supplemental) to CLASS II Mouse (Official).
Add: 2.2.2 Fuel will be contest supplied 10 percent nitromethane 20 percent
lubricant.
Add: 2.2.3 Spring starters are not allowed.
Submitted by: John McCollum, AMA 15542
CLR-05-2 Event 312, page 44.
Change CL Slow Rat Racing, Event 312, (page 44), Pull Test Table, Class
Engine Size column from:
“.3600”
To:
“.3661”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
Control Line Carrier
CLC-05-1 page 47, paragraph 3.3.1. Delete existing paragraph 3.3.1 and
replace with:
3.3.1 The engines in the profile Navy Carrier event shall have a maximum
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 176
March 2003 177
total displacement of .3661 cubic inch. Two-stroke cycle engines must be of
the front intake type. No pressure fuel systems will be permitted; however,
the vents in the tank may be pointed forward in the airstream.
(Note also that CL General, Page 31, paragraph 11.1 states that 60% of the
displacement of a 4 stroke is taken for competition, so that a 10cc (.61 cu in)
4 stroke may be used in Profile Carrier).
Submitted by: William Bischoff, AMA 53549
Control Line Aerobatics
CLA-05-1, page 55, paragraph 13:14, Four Leaf Clover. Reference the C.L.
Precision Aerobatics maneuver description for the four leaf clover, Paragraph
13:14:
In the first sentence, change “approximately 38 degrees” to “approximately
42 degrees”.
In the drawing of the maneuver showing the four leaf clover, change “38°
elev” to “42° elev”.
In the errors section of this same paragraph, first sentence; change; “38
degrees” to “42 degrees”.
In the Maneuver section, Paragraph 15.3.14, first sentence, change “38
degrees” to “42 degrees”.
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-2, page 50, Reference CL Precision Aerobatics Model
Requirements, Paragraph 2:
Replace the first two sentences “Engines shall be of will be allowed”. With
the following:
“Permitted power source/s shall include any power except rocket motors.
Piston engine/s shall be subject to a total swept volume limitation of 15cc
(0.92 cubic inches). Electric power shall be limited to a maximum no-load
voltage of 42 volts. Gas turbine engines shall be limited to 3.5 Kg (7lbs
11ozs) static thrust. There is no adjustment allowance for the swept volume
displacement of four-stroke cycle engines as specified in Paragraph 11.1,
General Control Line rules. No combination of jet, turbine, electric or
reciprocating engine installation will be allowed. Maximum model weight
including any batteries but excluding fuel is 3.5Kg (7lbs 11 oz).
Proposed changes to the line sizes and pull test chart are shown in the
attached sheet. Changes/additions are highlighted. (Note: there is an apparent
typographical error in the current rule book chart showing the entry “.4801-
.6500”. This should be corrected to “.4601-.6500” if the above proposed
change is not accepted. This entry will be superseded if the proposed change
is accepted).
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-3, page 50, Reference CL Precision Aerobatics rule 2.3: Delete the
last sentence “It is suggested that the letter “N” be placed in front of the
license number when the number is affixed to the side of the fuselage or
vertical stabilizer.”
Insert a new sentence which reads:
“It is suggested that the letters “USA” (25mm (1 inch) or higher) be placed at
least once on the model”.
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-4, page 56, Reference the CL Precision Aerobatics Rules, paragraph
14: Delete paragraph 14: “Judging Procedures” and delete “Paragraph 15”:
“Maneuver Assessment” in their entirety. Insert a new “Paragraph 14”:
“Judging Procedures”.
Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-5, page 50, add paragraph 2.4. The builder of the Model for
Precision Aerobatics (AMA events 322, 323, 324, 325, 326) (J, S, O) shall be
considered the person who causes the wing(s) and tail(s) to be permanently
aligned with the body or fuselage of the aircraft, either by gluing or by
adhering permanent mounting points (in the case of take-apart aircraft).
Submitted by: Richard Peabody, AMA 393728
CLA-05-6, page 61, add wording.
Add wording used in defining “BOM Rule and Appearance Points” in
current rule book 6.2 (page 61) and 8.2 (page 61) to “Model Requirements
and Contestant Qualification” section of current rule book, page 50. Add as
2.4.
Submitted by: Richard Peabody, AMA 393728
CLA-05-7: Add new paragraph and change existing paragraph.
Add: Paragraph 16:
The builder of the model rule does not apply to Control Line Precision
Aerobatics.
Delete Paragraph 10. Appearance
Delete Paragraph 10.1 Appearance points are added to the contestant’s flight
points for scoring purposes.
Submitted by: R. Steven Moon, AMA 521164
CLA-05-8: Events 322, 323, 324, 325, 326. Page 50, Paragraph 4. Control
Lines. Revises control line chart.
Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Dave Gardner, AMA 717
Control Line Combat
CLB-05-1, Event 328, page 61, Rule 3, first sentence.
1. Change CL Combat, Event 328, (page 61), rule 3, first sentence from:
“Propulsion shall be provided by a propeller equipped piston engine(s) with
total swept volume of not more than .3600 cubic inches”.
To:
“Propulsion shall be provided by a propeller-equipped piston engine(s) with
total swept volume of not more than .3661 cubic inches”.
2. Change the CL Combat Pull Test Table (page 61), Class Engine Size
column, second line
from:
“.1525—.3600”
To:
“.1525—.3661”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
CLB-05-2: Event #328, paragraph 4: Streamers (Change to read):
Streamers shall be supplied by the contest management. Streamers shall be
made of crepe paper sheets, or other suitable material such as plastic, be of
uniform length, using tow distinct colors, and shall be cut two (2) inches
wide and up to ten feet long. The streamer material should then be doubled
and the folded lengthwise for two inches before being double tied with the
string leader. The string leader shall be 16 to 20 pound test, shall be
marked 84 inches from the know, and shall extend beyond the ink mark 18
inches.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB-05-3: Event #328, paragraph 8.2.2: (Add to end of current
paragraph) Exception: In the event of tangled lines when one plane has
crashed or landed, the pilot of the airborne plane must maneuver in a
manner (such as loops and figure 8s) that allows the other pilot to untangle
his lines from the airborne pilot’s lines. Both pilots must cooperate in
efforts to safely and expeditiously untangle the lines.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB-05-4: Event #328, paragraph 5: Change 75 foot radius safety circle
to read 70 to 75 foot radius safety circle. Also change other references to
the 75 foot circle to 70 to 75.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 177
178 MODEL AVIATION
CLB-05-5: Event #328, paragraph 11.1 Forfeiture: Sub paragraph 1.: (Delete
that portion that reads) “The crankshaft/propeller is also excepted if due to
crankshaft breakage”.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB-05-6: Event #328: Fuel shall not contain more than 10% nitromethane,
not less than 20% lubricant, and the rest shall be methanol. At the discretion
of the CD, use of contest-supplied fuel may be required.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB05-7: Add new paragraph: Optional Equipment/Specifications: At the
CD’s discretion sanction applications may specify “High Performance 1⁄2A
rules in effect”. Doing so indicates line length will be 42’ + plus or minus 3”,
mechanical and electric starters allowed, streamers will be 3⁄4” wide with a
string leader marked 60” from the knot, and shall extend beyond the ink mark
12 inches.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
RC Aerobatics
RCA-05-1, page 72, Flight pattern and maneuvering area, paragraph 14. Add
the following to Radio Control Aerobatics, No. 14 Flight pattern and
maneuvering area. Calling of box entry must be done so there is a minimum
of a 15 meter straight line before the first maneuver. Judging of the maneuver
will begin then. (As the lines into and out of maneuvers are part of the
maneuver and are always judged). Calling of exiting the box must be done
after a minimum of a 15 meter straight line after the maneuver. Judging will
cease at that point.
Submitted by: C. W. Reed, AMA 21971
RCA-05-2, Page 70, paragraph 6.4. Delete last part of sentence beginning “
Maneuvers are no longer done in line with the center of the runway. E.g.
straight flight out/back or touch and goes.”
Page 72, paragraph 13.2. Delete paragraph. Holdover from time when
normalizing was “controversial”.
Page 72, paragraph 14. 6 lines up from bottom of paragraph beginning with
“Maneuvers in those classes “ Delete phrase “ in those classes with all scored
turnarounds.” Holdover from when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 75, paragraph B.c. Positioning, 3rd sentence beginning “In those
classes” delete “In those classes with scored turnarounds”. Holdover from
when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 75, paragraph B.c. Positioning, last paragraph, beginning with 3rd
sentence “In those classes with “ delete to end of paragraph. Holdover from
when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 75, paragraph B.d. 3rd paragraph, delete sentence beginning “In those
classes “ Holdover from when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 76, paragraph D. Middle of 3rd paragraph. Delete phrase “Additionally,
in classes with predominately scored turnarounds,”. Capitalize the following
“the”. Holdover from when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 77, 2nd paragraph “Maneuvers Off Center”. Delete phrase “In those
classed with scored turnarounds”. Capitalize “if”.
Page 77, paragraph “Lines, bottom of page change sentence “If there is a
complete absence of a line before or after the roll” to read “More points are
subtracted for greater differences.” This sentence discusses line relationships
and is in conflict with the next paragraph discussing rolls placed on lines.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-3, Page 68, paragraph 4.2., 2nd to last sentence. Delete phrase
“however, such deletion must be published in advance of the event date”.
Page 71, paragraph 9; Change 3rd sentence to read, “Once this number has
been announced, this is the exact number of flights that should be flown”.
Page 71, paragraph 10.3. Delete sentence in middle of paragraph. “The
contestants may, at their option, elect to refly the entire flight”. Delete second
to last sentence “Maneuver scores prior to the collision will not be used if the
contestant chooses to refly the entire flight”.
Page 72, paragraph 14. 3rd sentence change to read “ ...150 meters in from of
the pilot and by surface lines of white or contrasting color originating at the
pilots position”.
Page 74, paragraph 20.7. In 2nd sentence, delete phrase “It is suggested
that” and change 2nd sentence to read “Each maneuver will be scored
immediately after it is performed”.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-4, page 78. Make the following change to the AMA Judges Guide
by adding subparagraph 6 to “Spins” on page 78.
6. The pilot who can best combine precision/geometry of the spin
(shape of the maneuver/correct number of degrees of rotation/ plus wind
correction to adjust track should receive the higher score.
Make the following change to page 84. “Spins, any number of rotations,
Upright or Inverted”:
Delete subparagraph beginning with “Crabbing the model .”.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-5. Delete the current landing (page 82) and takeoff (page 86)
descriptions from the rulebook, and replace with the following.
Landing Sequence: Execute a 180-degree turn to a downwind heading (or
optional 360 degree turn if flight is completed on a downwind maneuver).
Fly a downwind leg, and then turn 180 degrees into the wind for a final
approach to the runway touching down in the landing zone. The landing is
complete when the model has either rolled 10 meters or comes to rest.
Landing Zone: The landing zone shall be marked by lines placed
perpendicular across the runway and spaced 100 meters apart. The width of
the landing zone shall normally be the width of the runway but in no case
shall exceed 30 meters.
Downgrades:
1. Model does not follow landing sequence zero (0) points.
2. Any landing gear leg retracts or collapses on landing, zero (0) points.
3. Model ends up on its back, zero (0) points.
4. Model passes behind the judges’ line (“flight line”), zero (0) points.
5. Model land outside of the landing zone, zero (0) points.
6. Only two scores a 10 or a 0 may be awarded for the landing sequence.
Take-off Sequence: The model is placed on the runway, takes off from
within the landing zone, then turns 90 degrees toward the line defined by
the upwind and downwind marker poles. When approximately over this line
the model turns either 90 degrees or 270 degrees for a downwind trim pass.
When approximately even with the downwind marker the model initiates a
180-degree turn, reversal or other turn-around maneuver of pilot’s choice.
Downgrades:
1. Takeoff sequence not followed, zero (0) points.
2. Model takes off outside of the landing zone, zero (0) points.
3. Model passes behind the judges’ line (“flight line”), zero (0) points.
4. Only two scores a 10 or a 0 may be awarded for the take-off
sequence.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-6 Replace the schedule 18 (404) Masters schedule on page 73 with
the following schedule and insert new maneuver instructions alphabetically
in section E beginning on page 77.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Eric Henderson, AMA 131150
RCA-05-7 page 69, paragraph 4.3: Add the following sentence on the end
of paragraph 4.3: “The Contest Director shall have the option of deleting
the weight and size requirements for the Sportsman Class at any
sanctioned event, however, such deletion must be published in advance of
the event date, and the model in question must conform to AMA weight
limits”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-8: Replace the first sentence in paragraph 8.2.3 to read: “The
accumulated points for required class advancement will be based on a
sliding scale of 4 years time. Advancement points acquired before the
forth (4) year will not count towards advancement”.
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 178
March 2003 179
Replace the second sentence in paragraph 8.2.3 to read: “In other words, a
contestant’s point accumulation is based on the total accumulation for his/her
previous four (4) years of competition”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-9: In Paragraph 8.2.1, insert the words, “Except for those contestants
over 60 years of age”, as a conditional clause in the front of the sentence; “A
flyer accumulating 100 points “.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-10: Correct the criteria for (2) Horizontal Rolls. Replace the text
“center is inverted portion of second roll “ with the following; “Center is that
point when the plane is upright between the two rolls”, and in item 4, replace the
word “three (3)” with the word “two (2)”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-11: Withdrawn by proposer.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-12: Add the following line to Takeoff Downgrades on page 86.
Following item 8 in list, add, “9. Liftoff not centered”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-13: Insert in Section E. “Description of Maneuvers”, in the first
paragraph following the words; “ will have the same altitude and heading for
entry and exit unless otherwise noted”. The words “There is no requirement that
all centered maneuvers have to be performed at the same top and bottom
altitudes throughout the total sequence”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-14: Change paragraph 5 in the Spin definitions on page 78 to read;
“Once the model has entered the spin, drift caused by the wind, even if the
model drifts out of the aerobatic box, is not a judging criteria”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-15: Insert in the introductory paragraph for “Spins” the following
phrase, after the words “ in front of the judges on the center line/pole. The stall
may occur while the plane has forward motion with respect to the ground”. And
before the words, “The following criteria applies to spins”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-16: Remove Paragraph 4.4.1 (Watch for similar proposal.)
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-17: paragraph 16, page 73, change maneuver 17 to “Immelmann Turn
K=1”, add maneuver 18 as, “one positive snap roll on 45 deg. Down line K=3”,
and add maneuver 19 as “Landing K=1”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-18: Add to AMA RC PATTERN JUDGES GUIDE, Paragraph B.a.,
Precision, following the words in the second paragraph; “ straight and level exit
should also result in downgrading”. Add the following definition, “In all cases,
straight and level flight means flight parallel to the flight line, at a constant
altitude, and with wings level”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-19: Insert in paragraph 3, page 78, for the category of “Spins” the
following statement. Following the words “ after the rotation stops”. Add “There
will be no downgrade if the plane is pointed down by the pilot after the spin
rotation stops”. Before the words, “The pull or pushout “.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA05-20: Delete 4.4.1 entirely. (Watch for similar proposal.)
Submitted by: Dave Burton, AMA 8961
RCA-05-21: 7. Pattern event classes: Add an additional sentence at the end as
follows; “A contestant may enter any one class of his/her choice at any contest”.
Eliminate paragraph 8 in its entirety.
Submitted by: Dave Burton, AMA 8961
RCA-05-22: Masters pattern maneuvers: The Masters class will fly the
current FAI preliminary schedule (F3A RC Aerobatics) as a separate class.
Submitted by: Dave Burton, AMA 8961
RCA-05-23: FAI Patter Maneuvers. Add after the first sentence “The noise
limit shall be the current noise limit used in AMA competition for classes
401-404, except in the case of a USA Team Selection contest, where the
noise limit shall be the current FAI noise rule”.
Submitted by: Tony Stillman, AMA 936
RCA-05-25: Page 88, paragraph 8, Add new event for Scale Aerobatics,
Intermediate.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-26: Page 88, Change to add: Insert Rule 3.4 to read as follows:
3.3 No change.
3.4 The Unknown sequences will be drawn from the Catalog of legal
Unknown figures for each class. The Catalog of legal Unknown figures is
located in the Contest Directors Guide located on the IMAC website.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-27: Page 88, Insert new 5.5 and make current 5.5 now 5.6.
5.6 Scale shall be determined by the wingspan. A change in wingspan will
become a change in overall Scale. Fuselage width, height and aircraft
planform or any other variations shall not exceed 10% of scale, with the
exception of airfoils and size/shape of control surface within the scale outline
rule.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-28: Page 88, paragraph 6, Achievement Award Patches.
Change to: Achievement award patches may be earned in each category by
scoring seven (7) or better on each maneuver in Basic, Sportsman, Advanced,
or Unlimited sequence. Award Patches along with the Scale Aerobatics
Newsletter, IMAC, and Scale Aerobatics patches, pins, decals, and wearing
apparel are available through the International Miniature Aerobatic Club
(IMAC) Secretary.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-29: Page 88, 8.1 The event shall be divided into five (5) classes, in
order of increasing difficulty. The classes are Basic (411), Intermediate (4xx),
(412), Advanced (413), and Unlimited (414).
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-30: Page 89, 10.1.3 If a know sequence in progress cannot be
completed due to mechanical problems with the aircraft (including but not
limited to engine failure, radio malfunctions, etc.) the contestant will receive
zeros (0) for each unscored maneuver in that sequence. If the second sequence
is yet to be flown and the aircraft can be made ready to fly (Refer to rule 7),
the contestant may attempt the second sequence.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-31: Page 89, Delete all and print:
12. Aerobatic Box refer to Flying and Judging Guide rule number 4.1.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-32: Page 90, 16.3 Optional Unknown Maneuver Sequences shall
include separate Sportsman, Intermediate, Advanced and Unlimited
sequences, each consisting of up to 15 maneuvers.
16.4 The contestant must fly his entire flight according to the established
flight schedule for his particular class and in the sequence listed. Maneuvers
that are executed out of sequence, or not executed as required by the
sequence, will be zeroed. Remaining maneuvers that are flown in their
appropriate area and in the appropriate order following the zeroed maneuver
will be scored.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 179
180 MODEL AVIATION
RCA-05-33: Page 90, paragraph 17. (4) Minute Freestyle Program. Replaces
existing text for paragraph 17.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-34: Page 90, paragraph 1.
Change to add reference to gender in last sentence:
1. PREFACE
The purpose of this Scale Aerobatics Flying and Judging Guide is to provide
an accurate description of each type of maneuver used in competition and to
provide a reference for use in developing a uniformly high standard of
judging in all AMA sanctioned contests. Study of this guide by the
competitor will help him or her learn exactly what is expected, while study
by the judges will help them decide precisely how well the competitor meets
these expectations.
Flying and judging are very similar in nature; this is why contestant judging
is generally promoted. Nevertheless, there are some key differences between
judges and pilots, mostly related to Mental Attitude and Technical
Knowledge. Reference to any gender in this document shall include both
male and female.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-35: Page 91, paragraph 2 Delete:
Scale Aerobatics maneuvers also use the standard K-factors defined by the
FAI, but with two exceptions:
1) The FAI K-Factors for Rolling circle maneuvers (Family 2.3 to 2.20) must
be doubled (i.e.: A FAI K-factor of 13 should become 26).
2) The FAI K-Factor for Tailslide maneuvers (Family 6) must be multiplied
by one and half (1.5) (i.e.: a FAI K-Factor of 16 should become 24). When
the original FAI K-Factor is an odd number, the result of the multiplication
used should be reduced to the lower whole number (i.e.: a FAI K-Factor of
15 should become 22, or 15+7.5=22.5, reduced to the lower number=22).
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-36: Page 92 Change as follows:
3. RULES
Scale Aerobatics has several rules that differ from either Full Scale
Aerobatics (IAC) or AMA RC Aerobatics (AMA Pattern). Because the
judging pool used in Scale Aerobatics contests sometimes comes from both
or either of those two groups, it is useful to go through the major differences:
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-37: Page 92, change as follows:
4. RCA-05-37: Positioning
Scale Aerobatics requires all scored maneuvers to be flown in front of the
judges, in an area called the “box”. Competitors should perform their
sequence within the aerobatic box balance about the center of the x-axis and
at an optimal distance from the judges. Judges will give the position grade
according to the total impression of the balanced use of the aerobatic box and
the overall presentation of the sequence. It is not required, however, to use all
the available airspace vertically or on the x or y-axis. As a judge, what is
important is that you apply the same presentation criteria in consistent
manner to every pilot flying the program. The range of possible scores is
from 10 to 0 in .5 increments.
If the sun is positioned such that it hampers positioning and judging of any
maneuvers, the contestant may request the judges to allow an offset of certain
maneuvers. This agreement shall take place prior to the start of the flight.
Also, flying the figures in the front or the back of the box while on the X-axis
is not a criterion for judging. Before entering the box, the pilot or caller
should announce to the judges the direction of flight (Left-to-Right or Rightto-
Left). This is completely the pilot’s option and independent of the wind
direction. Once this announcement is made, the relationship and positioning
between maneuvers is defined by the Aresti sequence drawing.
Category Positioning coefficients are as follows:
Basic 5K
Sportsman 10K
Intermediate 15K
Advanced 20K
Unlimited 25K
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-38: Page 92
4.1 Scale Aerobatic Box
Two (2) horizontal lines, 90 degrees to each side of the centerline. The total
length of the box shall be 2000 feet (610 meters) along a line parallel to the
flight line. The rear boundary of the box shall be a line parallel to the flight
line and 1000 feet (305 meters) from the competitors position.
Whenever the “complete aircraft” is observed to fly past any boundary, an
infringement penalty will be noted by the maneuver score being circled by
the judge. It should be noted that the judges could disagree on box
infringements (i.e. one judge circles the maneuver and the other doesn’t). The
penalty will be assessed when the scores are tabulated and vary by the class
flown:
i. Basic = two (2) points per infringement
ii. Sportsman = four (4) points per infringement
iii. Intermediate = six (6) points per infringement
iv. Advanced = eight (8) points per infringement
v. Unlimited = ten (10) points per infringement
Because the judges are located behind the pilot, the only box infringements
generally noted are the one that can easily be assessed using the 90 degree
markers reference on the ground. Although judging the side and back
infringements are more difficult due to the lack of references, judges should
still take them into account if the aircraft clearly goes past these boundaries.
In case of uncertainty, always give the competitor the benefit of the doubt.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-39: Page 93, 4.2 Scale Aerobatic zones through 4.2.2 Side Zones.
Eliminated all above rules.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-40 Page 97, paragraph 6.3 Zero, redefines reason a zero may be
given.
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 180
March 2003 181
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-41: Page 103, 8.6. Family 6: Tailslides
Fifth Paragraph Down;
As with the hammerhead, the aircraft will be in a stalled or near stalled
condition at the top of the vertical line and no deduction for wind drift
should be applied during that particular time.
Delete Figure 28
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-42 Page 73, Changes maneuver sequences for Event 404, Masters.
Watch for similar proposal.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by Troy Newman, AMA 163080
RCA-05-43: New Event. Indoor RC Aerobatics.
It is the intention to provide a safe aerobatic event for electric powered
models that will be flown indoors. Wherever possible, the rules will be the
same as outdoor radio control pattern. Rather than reproduce the entire set
of pattern rules, the exceptions will be noted.
4. Model aircraft requirements.
4.1 Power. Models shall be powered by battery powered electric
motors. The maximum battery voltage shall be 9.6 volts (manufacturers
ratings). No limit is placed on the number of motors, but the maximum
power delivered to the motor(s) shall be 30 watts. In cases where there is a
question, the contestant may be required to sign an affidavit stating that his
entry conforms to this rule.
4.2 Weight and size. No model shall weigh more than 7 ounces ready to
fly.
1.5 Change radius of spinner tip to 2 millimeters.
7. Pattern event classes.
The indoor pattern event shall be divided into two classes. The first, (class
I) shall be open to any model design that meets the weight and power
criteria. The second (class II) will be limited to models which clearly
resemble an aircraft used in aerobatic competition. This includes outdoor
pattern event models as well as full scale aircraft. Both classes will fly the
same maneuver pattern.
8. Contestant classification. This system will not be used in indoor
aerobatics. Delete sections 8.-8.3.
10. Official flight. Change time limit to two (2) minutes.
11. Time limits. Change time to (2) minutes.
14. The CD will determine the boundary limits for the “box” based on site
conditions, as well as the distance from the judges for the flight path of
maneuvers.
16. Both indoor classes will use the intermediate pattern maneuver
schedule.
20.7 Delete references to weather.
20.8 Delete references to the sun.
Submitted by: Bob Wilder, AMA 14951
RC Pylon Racing
RCR-05-1, page 123, paragraph 16.3.1. Airframe. Redefines current
regulations of event #424 for the purpose of clarity and enforceability.
Exact wording proposed for the rulebook:
Under section 16.3.1 Airframe:
The airframe specifications for this event are identical to those for Quickie
500 (Event No. 428).
New exact wording of section 16.3.1
The airframe specifications for this event are identical to those for
Quickie 500 (Event No. 428) with the following exceptions: Wing and
tail construction. Wings must be constructed of either all wood or wood
sheeting over a solid foam core. Wings manufactured in molds designed
to produce hollow core composite wings, is prohibited. The last three
inches of each wing tip may be made of any material. The intent of the
rule is to keep the cost of participation to a minimum.
Submitted by: Dan Kane, AMA 26835
RCR-05-2, page 123, 16.3.2 Powerplant.
Under section 16.3.2 Powerplant, sub-section A. Engine. Remove the
following sentence from item #6 Power Output:
As such, it is not a suitable event for the use of engines that some with
tuned mufflers or otherwise are capable of turning a stock 9 x 6 APC
propeller at over 16, 500 rpm on the ground.
Reword paragraph 6:
“Sport Quickie is intended as an entry-level event for pilots who are
new to racing. Sample engines are tested via committee and a list of
permissible engines is published and updated as necessary, annually.
Criteria include purchase price and power output in both the normal
takeoff RPM range and the presumed in-air (“unloaded”) RPM range.
Any engine with a tuned muffler is strictly prohibited. The cost of the
engine must be below $120 (street price). If engines more powerful than
this are to be used at a contest, the contest should be sanctioned as
Quickie 500 (Event No. 428), not sport Quickie.”
Add paragraph 7:
“Prior approval of engines”.
a). Procedure: All engines, past and future inclusive, shall not be
entered into competition until a five-member sub-committee of the RC
Racing Contest Board has approved the engine by an affirmative vote of
at least three members thereof. Such approval may be given orally, but
shall be recorded for future reference. An engine shall be considered
eligible for competition if it meets all requirements of section 16.3.2
and, in addition, does not hinder the state of this entry level event as
determined by the aforementioned five-member committee. The
committee is appointed by the Racing Contest Board Chairman and will
not include any member with a vested interest in the sale of
manufacturing of an engine for this event. In addition any engine can be
removed from the list by an affirmative vote of at least three members
thereof.
Under section 16.3.3. Special Provisions, sub-section b. Rule Variations
Permitted: Remove item #1: Approval engine list: Sample engines are
tested and a list of permissible engines is published annually. Criteria
include purchase price and power output in both the normal takeoff rpm
range and the presumed in-air (“unloaded”) rpm range.
Remove item #2: Prohibited Features: Typically these include
Schneurle porting and ABC/AAC metallurgy.
Change item #3 Claiming rule, to item #1.
RCR-05-3: Adds new (provisional) event Formula 1 Sport
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Robert Dible, AMA 41701
RC Helicopter
RCH-05-1, Class I. Change pilot position for Class I. page 130,
paragraph 28.6.1. Class I position is fixed to a two (2) meter line on
side of box closest to the judges. If the pilot moves from the fixed
position from the beginning to the end of the flight a severe downgrade
shall be imposed.
Page 131, paragraph 29.1.1. (Change sentence #2 only). Pilot stands on
the two (2) meter line on the side of the box closest to the judges.
On page 127, course layout. Removed the two flags on the sides of the
box. Remove the two 1.2m circles on the front and back of the box.
Submitted by: Thomas Erb, AMA 98317
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 181
182 MODEL AVIATION
RC Soaring
SO-05-1. Add the following paragraphs to page 137.
Note: conflicts with proposal with SO-05-2
1.1 No object, device in its fully extended position, or part thereof can
protrude ahead of the nose of the aircraft.
1.2 Ahead of the leading edge of the wing, no part of an object or device in
its fully extended position can protrude more than one inch below the bottom
of the fuselage. If the fuselage bottom is curved, the length of the protrusion
or part thereof will be measured along the perpendicular to a tangent to the
fuselage at the point where the measurement is to be made. 1.3 From the
leading edge of the wing to the rearmost part of the fuselage, no part of an
object or device in its fully extended position can protrude more than three
inches below the bottom of the wing or an extension thereof. Measurements
will be made along a perpendicular to the bottom of the wing at the point in
question. In the event that an object/device is located behind the trailing edge
of the wing, the extension of the bottom of the sing will be determined by
placing a straight edge so that it is in contact with at least two points along
the bottom of the wing and measuring along a perpendicular to the side of the
straight edge that is in contact with the bottom of the wing. Flaps must be
fully retracted when measurements are made.
1.4 The forward facing edge of an object or device in its fully extended
position must have a radius of a t least 0.25 inch in the vertical plane.
1.5 All objects or devices in their fully extended position must lay in a single
plane that is perpendicular to the bottom surface of the wing and congruent
with the centerline of the fuselage.
1.6 The above rules do not apply to those classes that specifically prohibit the
use of devices whose intent it is to produce a rapid deceleration when
landing.
Submitted by: Robert Johnson, AMA 74650
SO-05-2, page 137, paragraph 3.1.6.d.
Note: conflicts with proposal with SO-05-1
Eliminate paragraph 3.1.6.d in its entirety.
Submitted by: Richard Eckel, AMA 467949
SO-05-3: Withdrawn by proposer.
Submitted by: Robert Glover, AMA V100
SO-05-4, Establish new event: RC Slope Soaring Combat.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Loren Blinde, AMA 91210
SO-05-5: Add new event: Nostalgia Sailplane.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Jack Iafret, AMA 7114
Scale
SCA-05-1, page 157, pull test and line size table, bottom row (15-20 lb
models). In the CL Precision Scale event, change the “CL Flying Scale” pull
test and line size table, bottom row (15 — 20 lb models), right column (pull
Test), from, “5G 80 lb max,” to “5G 80 lb min.”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
SCA-05-2, Add new event: Control Line Fun Scale
The intent of Fun Scale is to provide a CL Scale event, which is, and is to
remain, simple in concept. It minimizes the static judging and emphasizes the
flying segment.
1. ELIGIBILITY. The contest is open to modeler-built or factory built
CL Scale models. The event rules are identical to event #509, Control Line
Sport Scale except for static judging. General rule 4 (builder — flier) will
not apply in this event. With advance notice, the event may be conducted
in different classes based on skill or age level, i.e., Open, Entry, Junior,
Senior, etc.
2. STATIC JUDGING. The static scale outline score will be a graduated
zero (0) to five (5) points to contestants who show proof that a full size
aircraft or this type did/does exist. An additional score of a graduated zero (0)
to (5) points will be awarded if proof is shown as to replicating a
color/markings scheme of the original full size aircraft. A single sheet (3-
view drawing, photo, profile, painting, plastic kit box, etc.) is sufficient.
Contestant prepared drawings of a photo of the model itself is not acceptable.
If no proof of existence or color/markings is shown, no static points will be
awarded. However, it will be up to the contest director and/or event director
to determine if the scale model is indeed a replica of a full size aircraft of r
contest
eligibility.
3. FLYING. All rules as per CL Sport Scale (event #509).
4. SCORING. The official score shall be the total of static points (10
maximum) and the single best flight score (100 maximum) for a total of 110
points.
Submitted by: William Reynolds, AMA 49921
SCA-05-3 Rewrites Event 518 Scale Helicopter rules
Watch for similar proposal. Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please
contact the Competitions Department for a complete copy.
Submitted by: Peter Wales, AMA 532418
SCA-05-4 Rewrites Event 518 Scale Helicopter rules
Watch for similar proposal. Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please
contact the Competitions Department for a complete copy.
Submitted by: Brian Stewart, AMA 618578
SCA-05-5 page 162, event 521. To be added after dummy pilot exemption in
opening paragraph for event 521.
Event 521 Profile Scale is exempted from the retract rule, requiring flying
with wheels up if prototype had retractable landing gear.
(Control Line Scale Flight Judging Guide, Part e paragraph 4.2 Realism in
flight)
Submitted by: Charles Bauer, AMA 21824
SCA-05-6, page 165, Radio Control Sport Scale (Sportsman and Expert)
Event, revises rules to specifically allow for indoor flying of RC Scale
models in these events.
Revise current section 2. Safety Requirements
Leave items 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5 as is.
Re-number 2.8 to 2.6.
Add new section 3. Outdoor Events
3.1. There are no restrictions as to types of power plants that may be used in
R/C Sport Scale models that are flown outdoors. Reciprocating internal
combustion engines (including 2-stroke, 4-stroke, glow, gas, CO2,
compressed air), electric motors, and turbojet engines are allowed.
3.2. (same as old section “2.7. Turbojet engines “
3.3. With the exception of electric motors, the engine(s) must be equipped
with an effective muffler or silencer to limit noise output. A tuned pipe is
considered a muffler.
3.4. R/C Sport Scale models that are flown outdoors shall weigh no more
than 55 pounds, ready for flight, including fuel.
Add a new section 4. Indoor Events
4.1. R/C Sport Scale models that are flown indoors must be powered with
electric, CO2, orcompressed air motor(s). No other type of power plant is
permissible for indoor flying.
4.2. R/C sport Scale models that are flown indoors shall weigh no more than
12 ounces ready for flight, including fuel or batteries.
4.3. Maximum wing loading of the model, ready for flight, shall not exceed 6
ounces per square foot.
4.4. Due to wide variations in the size and shape of indoor flying sites, the
Contest Director has authority to adjust sections 4.2. and 4.3. as needed to fit
the contest flying site and local conditions. In all cases, any deviation from
these rulebook specifications must be noted in all pre-contest announcements
and literature well in advance of the event.
4.5. Because of the size restrictions that indoor flying naturally imposes on
the flight of a model, the Contest Director has authority to adjust any of the
maneuver descriptions in the “Radio Control Scale Flight Judging Guide” to
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 182
March 2003 183
fit the size of his facility. For example, the Judging Guides says that the Fly-
Past should be flown between 10 — 20 feet altitude for at least 5 seconds. At
many indoor flying facilities that would be impossible. In all cases, any
deviation from the Judging Guide maneuver descriptions must be noted in all
pre-contest announcements and literature well in advance of the event.
Revise current section 3. Model Requirements
Delete third paragraph; “With the exception of electric motors, the engine
must be equipped with an effective muffler “
Re-number current sections 3 through 11 as sections 5 through 13
respectively.
Submitted by: Mike Gretz, AMA 7614
SCA-05-7, Adds new event: Indoor Electric R/C Scale
Power and Model Requirements: Maximum motive power will be a single
stock speed 280 brush can motor or equipment with no restrictions on
gearing or propeller size and no restrictions on battery type and or size.
The model shall have a maximum wing loading of 5 oz per square foot.
Multiple motors will not exceed in total the equivalent of a speed 280 electric
motor.
Static Judging: The model will be judged at a distance of 5 feet for finish
color & markings and accuracy of outline and at 1 foot for craftsmanship.
Cockpit detail will be included s part of the craftsmanship judging. A 50
point maximum score can be given for each of the 3 categories giving a
maximum static score of 150 points. The builder of the model rule applies,
page 149 paragraph 4.
Flight Judging: A flight will consist of 10 maneuvers, 5 mandatory and 5
optional. Each maneuver will be scored 0 to 5 points for a maximum total of
50 points. Mandatory maneuvers consist of takeoff, minimum of 2 laps left
(counter clockwise), minimum of 2 laps right (clockwise), landing, and
realism of flight. Optional maneuvers can include retracting and extending
undercarriage, bomb or leaflet or tank drop, etc. The maneuvers can be done
in any order. A minimum of 2 rounds will be flown. The final flight score
will consist of the total of the 2 best rounds divided by 2. The flight score
will be added to the static score for a maximum of 200 points.
Submitted by: Ernest Harwood, AMA 6550
SCA-05-8: Event #518, Sport Scale Soaring
Change section 8 to read:
8. RC Flight Plan
The RC Flight Plan shall consist of 10 maneuvers and/or scale operations,
three (3) mandatory and seven (7) optional. The mandatory items are:
Three hundred sixty degree thermal turns.
Landing.
Realism in flight.
The mandatory and optional maneuvers may be performed in any sequence,
but must follow the contestants flight plan presented to the judges.
Move “Climb to Release” maneuver from section 1. Mandatory Maneuvers
to section 2. Optional Flight Maneuvers.
Delete section 1.2 “maintain straight attitude” from maneuver lists.
Submitted by: Terry Edmonds, AMA 9438
SCA-05-9: Event 517, Sport Scale Soaring
10. Official Score.
Change present wording: “The official score shall be the total of static points
9100 maximum) ... ”
To: “The official score shall be the total of static points (30) time multiplier
maximum) ... ”
Also delete second reference to (100 maximum) for static points in section
10.
Submitted by: Terry Edmonds, AMA 9438
SCA-05-10: Event 517, Sport Scale Soaring
Delete first sentence of section 9.
Flight Scoring. Maximum total flight score is 100 points.
Add to end of section 9.1.
After the flight is complete each maneuver score is to be multiplied by the
difficulty factor for tat maneuver. If a competitor flies a maneuver not on the
list, a difficulty factor of 1.0 is to be used. (See attached list)
Delete reference to “(100 maximum)” for flight score in section 10.
MANEUVER DIFFICULTY FACTOR
1. Takeoff 1.0
2. Aerotow Including Release 1.2
3. Climb to Release (winch, hi-start, hand tow) 1.0
4. 360 Degree Thermal Turns 1.0
5. Straight Flight Back 0.7
6. Procedure Turn 0.8
7. Straight Flight Back 0.7
8. Figure Eight 1.0
9. Inside Loop 1.2
10. Outside Loop 1.5
11. Immelmann Turn 1.4
12. Stall Turn 1.3
13. Wingover 1.3
14. Split-S 1.2
15. Roll 1.2
16. Barrel Roll 1.2
17. Spin 1.4
18. Cuban Eight 1.5
19. Sideslip 1.2
20. Flight in a Triangular Circuit 0.9
21. Flight in a Rectangular Circuit 0.9
22. Chandelle 1.1
23. Traffic Pattern Approach to Landing 1.1
24. Spot Landing 1.0
25. Landing 1.0
26. Realism in Flight 1.0
27. Scale Operation: Retract Wheel 1.0
28. Scale Operation: Spoilers 0.5
29. Scale Operation: Flaps 0.5
30. Scale Operation: Dumpable Water Ballast 2.0
31. Scale Operation: Drop Dolly 0.7
Submitted by: Terry Edmonds, AMA 9438
SCA-05-11: Event 517, Sport Scale Soaring
Change 7.2 “Launch shall be by winch or aero tow” to “Launch shall be by
winch, aero tow, high-start or hand tow”.
Change 7.2 “ Two winch launches per round will be allowed if a pilot
requires them to complete his flight maneuvers. In the case of two winch
launches, a given maneuver will be judged only
once, the first time it is performed”. To: “Two launches per round will be
allowed except for aero tow, if a pilot requires them to complete his flight
maneuvers. In the case of two launches, a given maneuver will be judged
only once, the first time it is performed”.
Submitted by: Robert Harold, AMA 2457
SCA-05-12: Worksheet for static judging of CL and RC Sport Scale.
Worksheet is attached to original proposal.
Submitted by: Charles Bauer, AMA 21824
RC Electric
ECL-05-1 page 186 Adds new event: Elexaco
Summary of Elexaco Competition Rules: (Old Timer or Open) The
investment flying electric using a 400 motor is nominal as an existing radio
with at least 3 channels is all that is needed. What makes it real interesting is
that the performance of a 7 cell battery pak with a direct 400 motor system is
outstanding. Using alkaline battery cells in the Tx makes the model always
available for flight when stored in the trunk of your car. Due to the small size
it is stored assembled. In traveling where a field is sited (A football field will
do) simply stop, charge the flight battery for motor and RX power by BEC
and fly as the alkalines for the TX are always ready. Now to add interest a
simple endurance competitive event was designed that can be decided at the
flying field. All that is required is a stop watch. To establish equity the
Elexaco event is offered making it easy as it defines specifically the
hardware required. It is designed as an electric version of the ever popular
1⁄2A Glo-Powered Texaco event and can be restricted to old-timer if desired
by option.
Elexaco Event Rules
1. Any model with an aspect wing ratio of less than 7 qualifies (wingspan
divided by center chord).
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 183
184 MODEL AVIATION
2. Any rated 400 Electric ferrite motor (not brushless or cobalt and not geared)
qualifies.
3. A 7 cell 250 to 350 MAH power pak must be used.
4. Any motor shut off device is acceptable.
Flight Rules
Timed from either take-off or hand launch, motor is allowed to fun for 2 minutes
and shut off by radio—if motor is shut off prior to 2 minutes it is not to be turned
back on—if turned back on score is 0. Flight is continued and timed toward max
flight time of 15 minutes to land at designated field. Score 1 point per second
(max 900 points). Exceeding max results in penalty of 1 point per second.
Submitted by: Joe Beshar, AMA 175
ELC-05-2, page 186 section 4.21 Indoor electric duration. Change “Battery size
is limited to (6) 50 mAh cells” to “Battery size is limited to (6) N-AAA Nicad
cells.
Submitted by: Steve Leitgen, AMA 322830
ECL-05-3, add new event 629. Plane shall not exceed 21 ounces flying weight.
Maximum wing loading shall not exceed three and one half (3 «) ounces/square
feet. Battery size is limited to any combination of cells designated by the
manufacturer as rechargeable. The plane shall fly a circular or oval or figure
eight course as specified by the judges. Either ROG or handlaunch is permitted.
Total points will be the duration time in seconds. Contest director will determine
number of attempts allowed.
Submitted by: Steve Leitgen, AMA 322830
ELC-05-4, page 186 section 4.21 Electric Indoor Duration. Change “Battery
size is limited to (6) 50 mAh cells” to “Battery size is limited to a maximum of
(6) 50 mAH Nicad cells”.
Submitted by: Steve Leitgen, AMA 322830
Special Events
SEB-05-1 was moved to Executive Council jurisdiction.
SEB-05-2: R/C Competition Fun Fly, adds timed flight wording to allow
variations in total flight time and maneuvers to be performed.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department for a
copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Dan Luchaco, AMA 723
RC Combat
RCC-05-1, page 62, section 3.1. Create new Open RC Combat Class.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department for a
copy of the complete proposal. Watch for similar proposal!
Submitted by: John Vaught, AMA 122092
RCC-05-2 Create a new class of Open RC Combat:
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department for a
copy of the complete proposal. Watch for similar proposal!
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-3 page 193, 3.3.1.
3.3.1 A maximum dry weight of 3.5 pounds for any single engine design.
3.3.2 The maximum dry weight for multi-engine designs shall be
determined from the following table:
Twins up to and including a 50 inch span, 4 lbs.
Twins with greater than 50 inch span up to and including 60 inch span, 4.5
lbs.
Twins over 60 inch span, 5 lbs.
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-4 page 193. 3.1 The model must be minimum 1/12 scale replica
of a Pursuit, Fighter or Attack aircraft produced or in service between
1935 and 1955. For the purpose of this contest, an aircraft shall be
considered a Pursuit, Fighter or Attack aircraft if its missions routinely
involved, or its designer intended any of the following: a) interception of
enemy aircraft, b) high speed ground or sea attack, c) dogfighting, d) long
and short range escort. The aircraft must have been originally designed to
have had onboard guns installed. Aircraft that had guns mounted for
defensive purposes only shall not qualify as Pursuit, Fighter or Attack
aircraft.
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-5 page 193. 3.2.1 Engine Rpm’s will be limited to the following
chart for open B events. Engines will be spot inspected to comply with this
section. Sport inspection will be incur only at the C.D. request. No one can
suggest to the C.D. to inspect an engine. Non-compliance will result in
disqualification from the event. If non-compliance is discovered, one extra
test by a non-partial participate can be executed. Full access to the
transmitter and needle valve setting will be provided to the inspector.
Prop Diameter
1. 8” x 4 19,000+/-100rpms
2. 9” x 4 17,500+/-100rpms
3. 9” x 5 17,000+/-100rpms
4. 10” x 3 16,800+/-100rpms
5. 10” x 4 16,500+/-100rpms
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-6, page 193, event 750, Scale RC Combat. Proposal attempts to
improve the existing event without introducing new classes, formats or
other major changes to existing rules.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Ed Kettler, AMA 730493
RCC-05-7: Add new Class 1520 to Scale RC Combat
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Ronald Caravon, AMA 668956
RCC-05-8: Page 193, Event 750 Proposal changes aircraft rules regarding
dimensions and maximum engine sizes.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Louis Melancon, AMA 15165
Key Dates
(Events attended by AMA HQ staff and/or officers)
February 20 - 23
Florida Jets
Bunnell FL
February 21 - 23
WRAM Show 2003
White Plains NY
April 23 - 27
Top Gun 2003
Lakeland FL
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 184

Author: Steve Kaluf


Edition: Model Aviation - 2003/03
Page Numbers: 175,176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184

2005 Rules Change Cycle
Basic Rules Change Proposals
The following are the Basic Rules Change Proposals that have been submitted for
consideration in the 2005 Rules Change Cycle. These proposals have been
reviewed by each Contest Board chairperson and/or the Executive Council
(depending on jurisdiction).
The proposals are now being published to allow the AMA membership an
opportunity to comment to those voting before action takes place. If any of these
proposals are of interest to you, you are encouraged to contact the appropriate
Contest Board representative for the event and your AMA district. If the
proposal is under Executive Council jurisdiction, please contact your district
vice president to make your comments.
All proposals will be voted on in February. Proposals that pass this initial vote
will continue to be considered during subsequent voting. Proposals failing the initial
vote will no longer be considered. Please contact the Competition Department if
you have any questions or need complete copies of proposals not reproduced in
their entirety here.
Executive Council
EC-05-1: To move the Scale Helicopter rules from the Scale section to the
Helicopter section.
Submitted by: Peter Wales, AMA 532418
EC-05-2: R/C Competition Fun Fly creates new Contest Board and category for
R/C Competition Fun Fly. Move event 705 to this category.
Submitted by: Dan Luchaco, AMA 723
Outdoor Free Flight
OFF-05-1, page 15, paragraph 1.4, 1.41, 1.42, and 1.43. In the section for P-30
MODEL — For Event 124 paragraph 1.4; change the last line “only the following
changes will be allowed.” To “Any modifications to this propeller will be allowed.”
Paragraphs 1.4.1, 1.4.2. and 1.4.3 will now be unnecessary and shall be removed.
Submitted by: William Jenkins, AMA 22121
OFF-05-2, page 18, Free Flight Electric Power, for events 160 & 161.
Change to:
2. General. A Free Flight electric Power model airplane is powered by a
motor that receives as its sole source of power, energy from rechargeable
batteries rated at 1.5 volts per cell or less, self-contained in the model.
2.1 The following events have been established according to the
number of rechargeable battery cells used:
160 Class A—Six (6) cells or less
161 Class B—More than six (6) cells
Submitted by: Francis B. Hodson, AMA 1688
OFF-05-3, page 18, Free Flight Electric Power for events 160 & 161.
Change to:
1. Motor Run/Flight Maximum. The length of the motor run after the
model has been released for flight shall be twenty (20) seconds, excluding
flyoff flights. The maximum recorded duration for each flight shall be
two (2) minutes, including qualified flyoff flights.
3.1 All models shall be hand launched. Launching shall be as
specified for hand launch of land plane models, FF General.
Change to:
6. Number of Flights. Each contestant shall be allowed a total of six (6)
attempts to make three (3) official flights. All official and unofficial
flights are described above are attempts.
6.1 If the three (3) official flights total the maximum allowed, then a
series of flyoff flights may be taken. Flyoff flights may continue until the
contestant’s model fails to reach the flight maximum. Only one (1)
attempt is permitted for each flyoff flight. Flyoff motor runs are as
follows:
First (1st) Flyoff Flight through Third (3)
15 Seconds
F o c u s o n C o m p e t i t i o n
Technical
Director
Steve
Kaluf
[email protected]
WE HAVE REACHED the first critical
stage in the 2005 Rules Change Cycle. All
basic rules change proposals have been
received, reviewed, and are now being
published in this copy of Model Aviation so
that the membership may make comments
on them.
This is the critical part. If you fly in
competition, you should read every
proposal that has anything to do with the
events you fly. The critical part is that you
should make comments regarding the
proposal to the proper Contest Board
representative for that discipline and your
district. The Contest Board members are in
place to represent their constituents’ views
on competition matters. If they do not hear
from the membership, it becomes difficult
for them to properly represent these views.
So do your part; let them know what you
think!
In February of 2003 I will be sending the
initial ballot for these proposals to all of the
Contest Boards. Those proposals that fail
the initial ballot will no longer be
considered. Those that pass will continue on
through the interim and final votes (more on
that part of the cycle in a future column).
One last thing for this column (short due
to the many pages needed to publish the
basic proposals): I have another Urgent
Rules Change Proposal to publish. Due to
the nature of this proposal it was assigned to
the Executive Council for consideration.
Proposals are assigned to the Executive
Council when the issue is perhaps
contentious due to it affecting two or more
Contest Boards or when the issue is clearly
an item that falls under EC jurisdiction.
Approximately four weeks after this
publication I will be taking a ratification
vote. If passed, the proposal will go into
effect January 1.
Urgent Rules Change Proposal
Wording for change: Proposal seeks to
move events 501 (Outdoor Peanut Scale),
503 (Outdoor Flying Rubber Scale) and
504 (Outdoor Gas Power Scale) from
Scale Contest Board jurisdiction to the
Free Flight Contest Board jurisdiction. The
events would also move to the Free Flight
category in the Competition Regulations.
Logic behind proposed change: The Free
Flight Outdoor Scale events are all but
dead, while events such as Flying Aces
Club events continue to grow in
popularity. In 2002 the Nats was one of the
only events to offer AMA Free Flight
Scale events; other events offered FAC
Scale. The Scale Contest Board is
composed of people who are experts in
controlled flight but have little experience
with the issues facing the Free Flight
community.
Submitted by: Jerold Murphy, AMA 917
’Til next time … MA
March 2003 175
03sig6.QXD 1.6.03 9:09 am Page 175
176 MODEL AVIATION
Fourth Flyoff Flight and All Succeeding Flights
10 Seconds
6.2 The CD may at his discretion, add further definitions and/or reduce the
maximum duration limits due to weather, terrain, or local conditions, so long
as adequate notice is given to all contestants before competition begins.
However, all flight(s) and flight time(s) flown under CD imposed rule
deviations shall not to be considered for record purposes.
Submitted by: Francis B. Hodson, AMA 1688
Indoor Free Flight
IND-05-1, page 21. FAI Indoor Model (F1L EZB)—specifications, flying
rules, and scoring rules are the same as for FAI Indoor Models. (See FAI
Sporting Code.)
Control Line General
CLG-05-1, page 28, paragraph 2. Add to the end of paragraph “No control of
any aircraft function is allowed except via the control lines”.
Submitted by: Tom Dixon, AMA 1028
CLG-05-2, Event 332, page 66.
1. Change CL Endurance, Event 332, Rule 3, first sentence from: “Engine(s)
shall be of the reciprocating internal combustion type with total piston
displacement from .0900 to .3600 cubic inches”.
Change to:
“Engine(s) shall be of the reciprocating internal combustion type with total
piston displacement from .0900 to .3661 cubic inches”.
2. Change the CL Endurance Pull Test Table (page 66), Class Engine Size
Column. “.0900—.3600”
Change to:
“.0900—.3661”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
CLG-05-3, Event 332, page 66.
For event #332 Control Line Endurance, paragraph 4., Fuel Capacity. Change:
“The maximum fuel capacity permitted is four (4) fluid ounces”.
To:
“The maximum fuel capacity permitted is one (1) fluid ounce”.
Submitted by: Walt Gifford, AMA 59229
Control Line Speed
CLS-05-1, page 32, 4. Classification of Control Line Speed Models. Class
1⁄2A .0000—.0504 cubic inch.
Submitted by: Barry Tippett, AMA 4373092
Page 33 Chart. Correct to read 1⁄2A .0000 - .0615 cubic inches.
CLS-05-2 page 32, AMA rulebook, .21 Proto Speed, event 306, 2. Design
The model must have a full fuselage and rudder. Stabilizer must be flat,
butterfly type stabilizers are not acceptable unless it is a true scale model.
Page 39 AMA rulebook, 21 Proto Speed Event #306 Airplane Specifications
Rudder/fin area shall be a minimum of 5% of the wing area, rudder must be
standard upright configuration on top of the fuselage, sub rudders not
allowed.
Submitted by: Barry Tippett, AMA 373092
CLS-05-3 page 33, AMA rulebook. 7. Fuel
Fuel for all two cycle glow plug engines shall contain not less than 10%
nitromethane, not less than 20% lubricant and the rest methanol.
Omit — of more than .0504 cubic inch displacement
CLS-05-4, page 33, paragraph 7. Fuel. Fuel for jet engines shall consist of
80% methanol and 20% nitromethane.
Submitted by: Earl Bailey, AMA 41658
CLS-05-5 page 39, .21 Proto Speed. Make 21 proto an official event. Present
rules as printed in the rulebook are adequate.
Submitted by: Glenn Lee, AMA 5087
CLS-05-6: Page 41, section “ESTABLISHMENT OF LINE SIZES AND
PULL TESTS IN CL SPEED”, under paragraph “Implementation”.
IMPLEMENTATION: It is the responsibility of the Control Line Speed
Contest Board Chairman to monitor and maintain the line sizes and pull tests
as described above. In the event a new record is established which
necessitates an increase in line size, pull test, or both, any changes will be
published concurrently with announcement of new record.
In the case of a record established on a newly increased line size, whereby the
previous pull test standard exceeds the need of the new record, the CLSCB
Chairman will establish a new appropriate pull test standard. For all classes
that have 48G and higher pull tests, the new standard will be no less than 48G.
Changes will become effectively immediately upon publication in Model
Aviation magazine. Changes are to be automatic, with no action required by
the control line speed contest board or the AMA Executive Council.
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
CLS-5-7: Page 33, 1⁄2A Speed (Event #310).
Change minimum diameter of 1 line system from .014 to .016.
Change minimum diameter of 2 line system from .012 to .010.
Change pull test from 48G to 40 G.
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
CLS-05-8: Page 37, Control Line Speed, Paragraph 11. “Timing of Flight”.
Use existing paragraph except change: “once-tenth (1⁄10)” to “one-hundredth
(1⁄100).
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
CLS-05-9: Page 38, Control Line Speed, Paragraph 18 “Timing Pole —
Height Marker”.
Replace paragraph with:
“A pole or reference marker shall be provided outside of the flight circle for
timing and judging flight. Maintenance of flight in excess of 15 feet in any
class for more than « lap shall constitute a foul”.
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
Control Line Racing
CLR-05-1, page 46, 2.2 Mouse Racer. Change Class II Mouse
(Supplemental) to CLASS II Mouse (Official).
Add: 2.2.2 Fuel will be contest supplied 10 percent nitromethane 20 percent
lubricant.
Add: 2.2.3 Spring starters are not allowed.
Submitted by: John McCollum, AMA 15542
CLR-05-2 Event 312, page 44.
Change CL Slow Rat Racing, Event 312, (page 44), Pull Test Table, Class
Engine Size column from:
“.3600”
To:
“.3661”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
Control Line Carrier
CLC-05-1 page 47, paragraph 3.3.1. Delete existing paragraph 3.3.1 and
replace with:
3.3.1 The engines in the profile Navy Carrier event shall have a maximum
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 176
March 2003 177
total displacement of .3661 cubic inch. Two-stroke cycle engines must be of
the front intake type. No pressure fuel systems will be permitted; however,
the vents in the tank may be pointed forward in the airstream.
(Note also that CL General, Page 31, paragraph 11.1 states that 60% of the
displacement of a 4 stroke is taken for competition, so that a 10cc (.61 cu in)
4 stroke may be used in Profile Carrier).
Submitted by: William Bischoff, AMA 53549
Control Line Aerobatics
CLA-05-1, page 55, paragraph 13:14, Four Leaf Clover. Reference the C.L.
Precision Aerobatics maneuver description for the four leaf clover, Paragraph
13:14:
In the first sentence, change “approximately 38 degrees” to “approximately
42 degrees”.
In the drawing of the maneuver showing the four leaf clover, change “38°
elev” to “42° elev”.
In the errors section of this same paragraph, first sentence; change; “38
degrees” to “42 degrees”.
In the Maneuver section, Paragraph 15.3.14, first sentence, change “38
degrees” to “42 degrees”.
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-2, page 50, Reference CL Precision Aerobatics Model
Requirements, Paragraph 2:
Replace the first two sentences “Engines shall be of will be allowed”. With
the following:
“Permitted power source/s shall include any power except rocket motors.
Piston engine/s shall be subject to a total swept volume limitation of 15cc
(0.92 cubic inches). Electric power shall be limited to a maximum no-load
voltage of 42 volts. Gas turbine engines shall be limited to 3.5 Kg (7lbs
11ozs) static thrust. There is no adjustment allowance for the swept volume
displacement of four-stroke cycle engines as specified in Paragraph 11.1,
General Control Line rules. No combination of jet, turbine, electric or
reciprocating engine installation will be allowed. Maximum model weight
including any batteries but excluding fuel is 3.5Kg (7lbs 11 oz).
Proposed changes to the line sizes and pull test chart are shown in the
attached sheet. Changes/additions are highlighted. (Note: there is an apparent
typographical error in the current rule book chart showing the entry “.4801-
.6500”. This should be corrected to “.4601-.6500” if the above proposed
change is not accepted. This entry will be superseded if the proposed change
is accepted).
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-3, page 50, Reference CL Precision Aerobatics rule 2.3: Delete the
last sentence “It is suggested that the letter “N” be placed in front of the
license number when the number is affixed to the side of the fuselage or
vertical stabilizer.”
Insert a new sentence which reads:
“It is suggested that the letters “USA” (25mm (1 inch) or higher) be placed at
least once on the model”.
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-4, page 56, Reference the CL Precision Aerobatics Rules, paragraph
14: Delete paragraph 14: “Judging Procedures” and delete “Paragraph 15”:
“Maneuver Assessment” in their entirety. Insert a new “Paragraph 14”:
“Judging Procedures”.
Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-5, page 50, add paragraph 2.4. The builder of the Model for
Precision Aerobatics (AMA events 322, 323, 324, 325, 326) (J, S, O) shall be
considered the person who causes the wing(s) and tail(s) to be permanently
aligned with the body or fuselage of the aircraft, either by gluing or by
adhering permanent mounting points (in the case of take-apart aircraft).
Submitted by: Richard Peabody, AMA 393728
CLA-05-6, page 61, add wording.
Add wording used in defining “BOM Rule and Appearance Points” in
current rule book 6.2 (page 61) and 8.2 (page 61) to “Model Requirements
and Contestant Qualification” section of current rule book, page 50. Add as
2.4.
Submitted by: Richard Peabody, AMA 393728
CLA-05-7: Add new paragraph and change existing paragraph.
Add: Paragraph 16:
The builder of the model rule does not apply to Control Line Precision
Aerobatics.
Delete Paragraph 10. Appearance
Delete Paragraph 10.1 Appearance points are added to the contestant’s flight
points for scoring purposes.
Submitted by: R. Steven Moon, AMA 521164
CLA-05-8: Events 322, 323, 324, 325, 326. Page 50, Paragraph 4. Control
Lines. Revises control line chart.
Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Dave Gardner, AMA 717
Control Line Combat
CLB-05-1, Event 328, page 61, Rule 3, first sentence.
1. Change CL Combat, Event 328, (page 61), rule 3, first sentence from:
“Propulsion shall be provided by a propeller equipped piston engine(s) with
total swept volume of not more than .3600 cubic inches”.
To:
“Propulsion shall be provided by a propeller-equipped piston engine(s) with
total swept volume of not more than .3661 cubic inches”.
2. Change the CL Combat Pull Test Table (page 61), Class Engine Size
column, second line
from:
“.1525—.3600”
To:
“.1525—.3661”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
CLB-05-2: Event #328, paragraph 4: Streamers (Change to read):
Streamers shall be supplied by the contest management. Streamers shall be
made of crepe paper sheets, or other suitable material such as plastic, be of
uniform length, using tow distinct colors, and shall be cut two (2) inches
wide and up to ten feet long. The streamer material should then be doubled
and the folded lengthwise for two inches before being double tied with the
string leader. The string leader shall be 16 to 20 pound test, shall be
marked 84 inches from the know, and shall extend beyond the ink mark 18
inches.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB-05-3: Event #328, paragraph 8.2.2: (Add to end of current
paragraph) Exception: In the event of tangled lines when one plane has
crashed or landed, the pilot of the airborne plane must maneuver in a
manner (such as loops and figure 8s) that allows the other pilot to untangle
his lines from the airborne pilot’s lines. Both pilots must cooperate in
efforts to safely and expeditiously untangle the lines.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB-05-4: Event #328, paragraph 5: Change 75 foot radius safety circle
to read 70 to 75 foot radius safety circle. Also change other references to
the 75 foot circle to 70 to 75.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 177
178 MODEL AVIATION
CLB-05-5: Event #328, paragraph 11.1 Forfeiture: Sub paragraph 1.: (Delete
that portion that reads) “The crankshaft/propeller is also excepted if due to
crankshaft breakage”.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB-05-6: Event #328: Fuel shall not contain more than 10% nitromethane,
not less than 20% lubricant, and the rest shall be methanol. At the discretion
of the CD, use of contest-supplied fuel may be required.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB05-7: Add new paragraph: Optional Equipment/Specifications: At the
CD’s discretion sanction applications may specify “High Performance 1⁄2A
rules in effect”. Doing so indicates line length will be 42’ + plus or minus 3”,
mechanical and electric starters allowed, streamers will be 3⁄4” wide with a
string leader marked 60” from the knot, and shall extend beyond the ink mark
12 inches.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
RC Aerobatics
RCA-05-1, page 72, Flight pattern and maneuvering area, paragraph 14. Add
the following to Radio Control Aerobatics, No. 14 Flight pattern and
maneuvering area. Calling of box entry must be done so there is a minimum
of a 15 meter straight line before the first maneuver. Judging of the maneuver
will begin then. (As the lines into and out of maneuvers are part of the
maneuver and are always judged). Calling of exiting the box must be done
after a minimum of a 15 meter straight line after the maneuver. Judging will
cease at that point.
Submitted by: C. W. Reed, AMA 21971
RCA-05-2, Page 70, paragraph 6.4. Delete last part of sentence beginning “
Maneuvers are no longer done in line with the center of the runway. E.g.
straight flight out/back or touch and goes.”
Page 72, paragraph 13.2. Delete paragraph. Holdover from time when
normalizing was “controversial”.
Page 72, paragraph 14. 6 lines up from bottom of paragraph beginning with
“Maneuvers in those classes “ Delete phrase “ in those classes with all scored
turnarounds.” Holdover from when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 75, paragraph B.c. Positioning, 3rd sentence beginning “In those
classes” delete “In those classes with scored turnarounds”. Holdover from
when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 75, paragraph B.c. Positioning, last paragraph, beginning with 3rd
sentence “In those classes with “ delete to end of paragraph. Holdover from
when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 75, paragraph B.d. 3rd paragraph, delete sentence beginning “In those
classes “ Holdover from when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 76, paragraph D. Middle of 3rd paragraph. Delete phrase “Additionally,
in classes with predominately scored turnarounds,”. Capitalize the following
“the”. Holdover from when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 77, 2nd paragraph “Maneuvers Off Center”. Delete phrase “In those
classed with scored turnarounds”. Capitalize “if”.
Page 77, paragraph “Lines, bottom of page change sentence “If there is a
complete absence of a line before or after the roll” to read “More points are
subtracted for greater differences.” This sentence discusses line relationships
and is in conflict with the next paragraph discussing rolls placed on lines.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-3, Page 68, paragraph 4.2., 2nd to last sentence. Delete phrase
“however, such deletion must be published in advance of the event date”.
Page 71, paragraph 9; Change 3rd sentence to read, “Once this number has
been announced, this is the exact number of flights that should be flown”.
Page 71, paragraph 10.3. Delete sentence in middle of paragraph. “The
contestants may, at their option, elect to refly the entire flight”. Delete second
to last sentence “Maneuver scores prior to the collision will not be used if the
contestant chooses to refly the entire flight”.
Page 72, paragraph 14. 3rd sentence change to read “ ...150 meters in from of
the pilot and by surface lines of white or contrasting color originating at the
pilots position”.
Page 74, paragraph 20.7. In 2nd sentence, delete phrase “It is suggested
that” and change 2nd sentence to read “Each maneuver will be scored
immediately after it is performed”.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-4, page 78. Make the following change to the AMA Judges Guide
by adding subparagraph 6 to “Spins” on page 78.
6. The pilot who can best combine precision/geometry of the spin
(shape of the maneuver/correct number of degrees of rotation/ plus wind
correction to adjust track should receive the higher score.
Make the following change to page 84. “Spins, any number of rotations,
Upright or Inverted”:
Delete subparagraph beginning with “Crabbing the model .”.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-5. Delete the current landing (page 82) and takeoff (page 86)
descriptions from the rulebook, and replace with the following.
Landing Sequence: Execute a 180-degree turn to a downwind heading (or
optional 360 degree turn if flight is completed on a downwind maneuver).
Fly a downwind leg, and then turn 180 degrees into the wind for a final
approach to the runway touching down in the landing zone. The landing is
complete when the model has either rolled 10 meters or comes to rest.
Landing Zone: The landing zone shall be marked by lines placed
perpendicular across the runway and spaced 100 meters apart. The width of
the landing zone shall normally be the width of the runway but in no case
shall exceed 30 meters.
Downgrades:
1. Model does not follow landing sequence zero (0) points.
2. Any landing gear leg retracts or collapses on landing, zero (0) points.
3. Model ends up on its back, zero (0) points.
4. Model passes behind the judges’ line (“flight line”), zero (0) points.
5. Model land outside of the landing zone, zero (0) points.
6. Only two scores a 10 or a 0 may be awarded for the landing sequence.
Take-off Sequence: The model is placed on the runway, takes off from
within the landing zone, then turns 90 degrees toward the line defined by
the upwind and downwind marker poles. When approximately over this line
the model turns either 90 degrees or 270 degrees for a downwind trim pass.
When approximately even with the downwind marker the model initiates a
180-degree turn, reversal or other turn-around maneuver of pilot’s choice.
Downgrades:
1. Takeoff sequence not followed, zero (0) points.
2. Model takes off outside of the landing zone, zero (0) points.
3. Model passes behind the judges’ line (“flight line”), zero (0) points.
4. Only two scores a 10 or a 0 may be awarded for the take-off
sequence.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-6 Replace the schedule 18 (404) Masters schedule on page 73 with
the following schedule and insert new maneuver instructions alphabetically
in section E beginning on page 77.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Eric Henderson, AMA 131150
RCA-05-7 page 69, paragraph 4.3: Add the following sentence on the end
of paragraph 4.3: “The Contest Director shall have the option of deleting
the weight and size requirements for the Sportsman Class at any
sanctioned event, however, such deletion must be published in advance of
the event date, and the model in question must conform to AMA weight
limits”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-8: Replace the first sentence in paragraph 8.2.3 to read: “The
accumulated points for required class advancement will be based on a
sliding scale of 4 years time. Advancement points acquired before the
forth (4) year will not count towards advancement”.
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 178
March 2003 179
Replace the second sentence in paragraph 8.2.3 to read: “In other words, a
contestant’s point accumulation is based on the total accumulation for his/her
previous four (4) years of competition”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-9: In Paragraph 8.2.1, insert the words, “Except for those contestants
over 60 years of age”, as a conditional clause in the front of the sentence; “A
flyer accumulating 100 points “.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-10: Correct the criteria for (2) Horizontal Rolls. Replace the text
“center is inverted portion of second roll “ with the following; “Center is that
point when the plane is upright between the two rolls”, and in item 4, replace the
word “three (3)” with the word “two (2)”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-11: Withdrawn by proposer.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-12: Add the following line to Takeoff Downgrades on page 86.
Following item 8 in list, add, “9. Liftoff not centered”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-13: Insert in Section E. “Description of Maneuvers”, in the first
paragraph following the words; “ will have the same altitude and heading for
entry and exit unless otherwise noted”. The words “There is no requirement that
all centered maneuvers have to be performed at the same top and bottom
altitudes throughout the total sequence”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-14: Change paragraph 5 in the Spin definitions on page 78 to read;
“Once the model has entered the spin, drift caused by the wind, even if the
model drifts out of the aerobatic box, is not a judging criteria”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-15: Insert in the introductory paragraph for “Spins” the following
phrase, after the words “ in front of the judges on the center line/pole. The stall
may occur while the plane has forward motion with respect to the ground”. And
before the words, “The following criteria applies to spins”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-16: Remove Paragraph 4.4.1 (Watch for similar proposal.)
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-17: paragraph 16, page 73, change maneuver 17 to “Immelmann Turn
K=1”, add maneuver 18 as, “one positive snap roll on 45 deg. Down line K=3”,
and add maneuver 19 as “Landing K=1”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-18: Add to AMA RC PATTERN JUDGES GUIDE, Paragraph B.a.,
Precision, following the words in the second paragraph; “ straight and level exit
should also result in downgrading”. Add the following definition, “In all cases,
straight and level flight means flight parallel to the flight line, at a constant
altitude, and with wings level”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-19: Insert in paragraph 3, page 78, for the category of “Spins” the
following statement. Following the words “ after the rotation stops”. Add “There
will be no downgrade if the plane is pointed down by the pilot after the spin
rotation stops”. Before the words, “The pull or pushout “.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA05-20: Delete 4.4.1 entirely. (Watch for similar proposal.)
Submitted by: Dave Burton, AMA 8961
RCA-05-21: 7. Pattern event classes: Add an additional sentence at the end as
follows; “A contestant may enter any one class of his/her choice at any contest”.
Eliminate paragraph 8 in its entirety.
Submitted by: Dave Burton, AMA 8961
RCA-05-22: Masters pattern maneuvers: The Masters class will fly the
current FAI preliminary schedule (F3A RC Aerobatics) as a separate class.
Submitted by: Dave Burton, AMA 8961
RCA-05-23: FAI Patter Maneuvers. Add after the first sentence “The noise
limit shall be the current noise limit used in AMA competition for classes
401-404, except in the case of a USA Team Selection contest, where the
noise limit shall be the current FAI noise rule”.
Submitted by: Tony Stillman, AMA 936
RCA-05-25: Page 88, paragraph 8, Add new event for Scale Aerobatics,
Intermediate.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-26: Page 88, Change to add: Insert Rule 3.4 to read as follows:
3.3 No change.
3.4 The Unknown sequences will be drawn from the Catalog of legal
Unknown figures for each class. The Catalog of legal Unknown figures is
located in the Contest Directors Guide located on the IMAC website.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-27: Page 88, Insert new 5.5 and make current 5.5 now 5.6.
5.6 Scale shall be determined by the wingspan. A change in wingspan will
become a change in overall Scale. Fuselage width, height and aircraft
planform or any other variations shall not exceed 10% of scale, with the
exception of airfoils and size/shape of control surface within the scale outline
rule.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-28: Page 88, paragraph 6, Achievement Award Patches.
Change to: Achievement award patches may be earned in each category by
scoring seven (7) or better on each maneuver in Basic, Sportsman, Advanced,
or Unlimited sequence. Award Patches along with the Scale Aerobatics
Newsletter, IMAC, and Scale Aerobatics patches, pins, decals, and wearing
apparel are available through the International Miniature Aerobatic Club
(IMAC) Secretary.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-29: Page 88, 8.1 The event shall be divided into five (5) classes, in
order of increasing difficulty. The classes are Basic (411), Intermediate (4xx),
(412), Advanced (413), and Unlimited (414).
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-30: Page 89, 10.1.3 If a know sequence in progress cannot be
completed due to mechanical problems with the aircraft (including but not
limited to engine failure, radio malfunctions, etc.) the contestant will receive
zeros (0) for each unscored maneuver in that sequence. If the second sequence
is yet to be flown and the aircraft can be made ready to fly (Refer to rule 7),
the contestant may attempt the second sequence.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-31: Page 89, Delete all and print:
12. Aerobatic Box refer to Flying and Judging Guide rule number 4.1.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-32: Page 90, 16.3 Optional Unknown Maneuver Sequences shall
include separate Sportsman, Intermediate, Advanced and Unlimited
sequences, each consisting of up to 15 maneuvers.
16.4 The contestant must fly his entire flight according to the established
flight schedule for his particular class and in the sequence listed. Maneuvers
that are executed out of sequence, or not executed as required by the
sequence, will be zeroed. Remaining maneuvers that are flown in their
appropriate area and in the appropriate order following the zeroed maneuver
will be scored.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 179
180 MODEL AVIATION
RCA-05-33: Page 90, paragraph 17. (4) Minute Freestyle Program. Replaces
existing text for paragraph 17.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-34: Page 90, paragraph 1.
Change to add reference to gender in last sentence:
1. PREFACE
The purpose of this Scale Aerobatics Flying and Judging Guide is to provide
an accurate description of each type of maneuver used in competition and to
provide a reference for use in developing a uniformly high standard of
judging in all AMA sanctioned contests. Study of this guide by the
competitor will help him or her learn exactly what is expected, while study
by the judges will help them decide precisely how well the competitor meets
these expectations.
Flying and judging are very similar in nature; this is why contestant judging
is generally promoted. Nevertheless, there are some key differences between
judges and pilots, mostly related to Mental Attitude and Technical
Knowledge. Reference to any gender in this document shall include both
male and female.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-35: Page 91, paragraph 2 Delete:
Scale Aerobatics maneuvers also use the standard K-factors defined by the
FAI, but with two exceptions:
1) The FAI K-Factors for Rolling circle maneuvers (Family 2.3 to 2.20) must
be doubled (i.e.: A FAI K-factor of 13 should become 26).
2) The FAI K-Factor for Tailslide maneuvers (Family 6) must be multiplied
by one and half (1.5) (i.e.: a FAI K-Factor of 16 should become 24). When
the original FAI K-Factor is an odd number, the result of the multiplication
used should be reduced to the lower whole number (i.e.: a FAI K-Factor of
15 should become 22, or 15+7.5=22.5, reduced to the lower number=22).
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-36: Page 92 Change as follows:
3. RULES
Scale Aerobatics has several rules that differ from either Full Scale
Aerobatics (IAC) or AMA RC Aerobatics (AMA Pattern). Because the
judging pool used in Scale Aerobatics contests sometimes comes from both
or either of those two groups, it is useful to go through the major differences:
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-37: Page 92, change as follows:
4. RCA-05-37: Positioning
Scale Aerobatics requires all scored maneuvers to be flown in front of the
judges, in an area called the “box”. Competitors should perform their
sequence within the aerobatic box balance about the center of the x-axis and
at an optimal distance from the judges. Judges will give the position grade
according to the total impression of the balanced use of the aerobatic box and
the overall presentation of the sequence. It is not required, however, to use all
the available airspace vertically or on the x or y-axis. As a judge, what is
important is that you apply the same presentation criteria in consistent
manner to every pilot flying the program. The range of possible scores is
from 10 to 0 in .5 increments.
If the sun is positioned such that it hampers positioning and judging of any
maneuvers, the contestant may request the judges to allow an offset of certain
maneuvers. This agreement shall take place prior to the start of the flight.
Also, flying the figures in the front or the back of the box while on the X-axis
is not a criterion for judging. Before entering the box, the pilot or caller
should announce to the judges the direction of flight (Left-to-Right or Rightto-
Left). This is completely the pilot’s option and independent of the wind
direction. Once this announcement is made, the relationship and positioning
between maneuvers is defined by the Aresti sequence drawing.
Category Positioning coefficients are as follows:
Basic 5K
Sportsman 10K
Intermediate 15K
Advanced 20K
Unlimited 25K
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-38: Page 92
4.1 Scale Aerobatic Box
Two (2) horizontal lines, 90 degrees to each side of the centerline. The total
length of the box shall be 2000 feet (610 meters) along a line parallel to the
flight line. The rear boundary of the box shall be a line parallel to the flight
line and 1000 feet (305 meters) from the competitors position.
Whenever the “complete aircraft” is observed to fly past any boundary, an
infringement penalty will be noted by the maneuver score being circled by
the judge. It should be noted that the judges could disagree on box
infringements (i.e. one judge circles the maneuver and the other doesn’t). The
penalty will be assessed when the scores are tabulated and vary by the class
flown:
i. Basic = two (2) points per infringement
ii. Sportsman = four (4) points per infringement
iii. Intermediate = six (6) points per infringement
iv. Advanced = eight (8) points per infringement
v. Unlimited = ten (10) points per infringement
Because the judges are located behind the pilot, the only box infringements
generally noted are the one that can easily be assessed using the 90 degree
markers reference on the ground. Although judging the side and back
infringements are more difficult due to the lack of references, judges should
still take them into account if the aircraft clearly goes past these boundaries.
In case of uncertainty, always give the competitor the benefit of the doubt.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-39: Page 93, 4.2 Scale Aerobatic zones through 4.2.2 Side Zones.
Eliminated all above rules.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-40 Page 97, paragraph 6.3 Zero, redefines reason a zero may be
given.
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 180
March 2003 181
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-41: Page 103, 8.6. Family 6: Tailslides
Fifth Paragraph Down;
As with the hammerhead, the aircraft will be in a stalled or near stalled
condition at the top of the vertical line and no deduction for wind drift
should be applied during that particular time.
Delete Figure 28
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-42 Page 73, Changes maneuver sequences for Event 404, Masters.
Watch for similar proposal.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by Troy Newman, AMA 163080
RCA-05-43: New Event. Indoor RC Aerobatics.
It is the intention to provide a safe aerobatic event for electric powered
models that will be flown indoors. Wherever possible, the rules will be the
same as outdoor radio control pattern. Rather than reproduce the entire set
of pattern rules, the exceptions will be noted.
4. Model aircraft requirements.
4.1 Power. Models shall be powered by battery powered electric
motors. The maximum battery voltage shall be 9.6 volts (manufacturers
ratings). No limit is placed on the number of motors, but the maximum
power delivered to the motor(s) shall be 30 watts. In cases where there is a
question, the contestant may be required to sign an affidavit stating that his
entry conforms to this rule.
4.2 Weight and size. No model shall weigh more than 7 ounces ready to
fly.
1.5 Change radius of spinner tip to 2 millimeters.
7. Pattern event classes.
The indoor pattern event shall be divided into two classes. The first, (class
I) shall be open to any model design that meets the weight and power
criteria. The second (class II) will be limited to models which clearly
resemble an aircraft used in aerobatic competition. This includes outdoor
pattern event models as well as full scale aircraft. Both classes will fly the
same maneuver pattern.
8. Contestant classification. This system will not be used in indoor
aerobatics. Delete sections 8.-8.3.
10. Official flight. Change time limit to two (2) minutes.
11. Time limits. Change time to (2) minutes.
14. The CD will determine the boundary limits for the “box” based on site
conditions, as well as the distance from the judges for the flight path of
maneuvers.
16. Both indoor classes will use the intermediate pattern maneuver
schedule.
20.7 Delete references to weather.
20.8 Delete references to the sun.
Submitted by: Bob Wilder, AMA 14951
RC Pylon Racing
RCR-05-1, page 123, paragraph 16.3.1. Airframe. Redefines current
regulations of event #424 for the purpose of clarity and enforceability.
Exact wording proposed for the rulebook:
Under section 16.3.1 Airframe:
The airframe specifications for this event are identical to those for Quickie
500 (Event No. 428).
New exact wording of section 16.3.1
The airframe specifications for this event are identical to those for
Quickie 500 (Event No. 428) with the following exceptions: Wing and
tail construction. Wings must be constructed of either all wood or wood
sheeting over a solid foam core. Wings manufactured in molds designed
to produce hollow core composite wings, is prohibited. The last three
inches of each wing tip may be made of any material. The intent of the
rule is to keep the cost of participation to a minimum.
Submitted by: Dan Kane, AMA 26835
RCR-05-2, page 123, 16.3.2 Powerplant.
Under section 16.3.2 Powerplant, sub-section A. Engine. Remove the
following sentence from item #6 Power Output:
As such, it is not a suitable event for the use of engines that some with
tuned mufflers or otherwise are capable of turning a stock 9 x 6 APC
propeller at over 16, 500 rpm on the ground.
Reword paragraph 6:
“Sport Quickie is intended as an entry-level event for pilots who are
new to racing. Sample engines are tested via committee and a list of
permissible engines is published and updated as necessary, annually.
Criteria include purchase price and power output in both the normal
takeoff RPM range and the presumed in-air (“unloaded”) RPM range.
Any engine with a tuned muffler is strictly prohibited. The cost of the
engine must be below $120 (street price). If engines more powerful than
this are to be used at a contest, the contest should be sanctioned as
Quickie 500 (Event No. 428), not sport Quickie.”
Add paragraph 7:
“Prior approval of engines”.
a). Procedure: All engines, past and future inclusive, shall not be
entered into competition until a five-member sub-committee of the RC
Racing Contest Board has approved the engine by an affirmative vote of
at least three members thereof. Such approval may be given orally, but
shall be recorded for future reference. An engine shall be considered
eligible for competition if it meets all requirements of section 16.3.2
and, in addition, does not hinder the state of this entry level event as
determined by the aforementioned five-member committee. The
committee is appointed by the Racing Contest Board Chairman and will
not include any member with a vested interest in the sale of
manufacturing of an engine for this event. In addition any engine can be
removed from the list by an affirmative vote of at least three members
thereof.
Under section 16.3.3. Special Provisions, sub-section b. Rule Variations
Permitted: Remove item #1: Approval engine list: Sample engines are
tested and a list of permissible engines is published annually. Criteria
include purchase price and power output in both the normal takeoff rpm
range and the presumed in-air (“unloaded”) rpm range.
Remove item #2: Prohibited Features: Typically these include
Schneurle porting and ABC/AAC metallurgy.
Change item #3 Claiming rule, to item #1.
RCR-05-3: Adds new (provisional) event Formula 1 Sport
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Robert Dible, AMA 41701
RC Helicopter
RCH-05-1, Class I. Change pilot position for Class I. page 130,
paragraph 28.6.1. Class I position is fixed to a two (2) meter line on
side of box closest to the judges. If the pilot moves from the fixed
position from the beginning to the end of the flight a severe downgrade
shall be imposed.
Page 131, paragraph 29.1.1. (Change sentence #2 only). Pilot stands on
the two (2) meter line on the side of the box closest to the judges.
On page 127, course layout. Removed the two flags on the sides of the
box. Remove the two 1.2m circles on the front and back of the box.
Submitted by: Thomas Erb, AMA 98317
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 181
182 MODEL AVIATION
RC Soaring
SO-05-1. Add the following paragraphs to page 137.
Note: conflicts with proposal with SO-05-2
1.1 No object, device in its fully extended position, or part thereof can
protrude ahead of the nose of the aircraft.
1.2 Ahead of the leading edge of the wing, no part of an object or device in
its fully extended position can protrude more than one inch below the bottom
of the fuselage. If the fuselage bottom is curved, the length of the protrusion
or part thereof will be measured along the perpendicular to a tangent to the
fuselage at the point where the measurement is to be made. 1.3 From the
leading edge of the wing to the rearmost part of the fuselage, no part of an
object or device in its fully extended position can protrude more than three
inches below the bottom of the wing or an extension thereof. Measurements
will be made along a perpendicular to the bottom of the wing at the point in
question. In the event that an object/device is located behind the trailing edge
of the wing, the extension of the bottom of the sing will be determined by
placing a straight edge so that it is in contact with at least two points along
the bottom of the wing and measuring along a perpendicular to the side of the
straight edge that is in contact with the bottom of the wing. Flaps must be
fully retracted when measurements are made.
1.4 The forward facing edge of an object or device in its fully extended
position must have a radius of a t least 0.25 inch in the vertical plane.
1.5 All objects or devices in their fully extended position must lay in a single
plane that is perpendicular to the bottom surface of the wing and congruent
with the centerline of the fuselage.
1.6 The above rules do not apply to those classes that specifically prohibit the
use of devices whose intent it is to produce a rapid deceleration when
landing.
Submitted by: Robert Johnson, AMA 74650
SO-05-2, page 137, paragraph 3.1.6.d.
Note: conflicts with proposal with SO-05-1
Eliminate paragraph 3.1.6.d in its entirety.
Submitted by: Richard Eckel, AMA 467949
SO-05-3: Withdrawn by proposer.
Submitted by: Robert Glover, AMA V100
SO-05-4, Establish new event: RC Slope Soaring Combat.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Loren Blinde, AMA 91210
SO-05-5: Add new event: Nostalgia Sailplane.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Jack Iafret, AMA 7114
Scale
SCA-05-1, page 157, pull test and line size table, bottom row (15-20 lb
models). In the CL Precision Scale event, change the “CL Flying Scale” pull
test and line size table, bottom row (15 — 20 lb models), right column (pull
Test), from, “5G 80 lb max,” to “5G 80 lb min.”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
SCA-05-2, Add new event: Control Line Fun Scale
The intent of Fun Scale is to provide a CL Scale event, which is, and is to
remain, simple in concept. It minimizes the static judging and emphasizes the
flying segment.
1. ELIGIBILITY. The contest is open to modeler-built or factory built
CL Scale models. The event rules are identical to event #509, Control Line
Sport Scale except for static judging. General rule 4 (builder — flier) will
not apply in this event. With advance notice, the event may be conducted
in different classes based on skill or age level, i.e., Open, Entry, Junior,
Senior, etc.
2. STATIC JUDGING. The static scale outline score will be a graduated
zero (0) to five (5) points to contestants who show proof that a full size
aircraft or this type did/does exist. An additional score of a graduated zero (0)
to (5) points will be awarded if proof is shown as to replicating a
color/markings scheme of the original full size aircraft. A single sheet (3-
view drawing, photo, profile, painting, plastic kit box, etc.) is sufficient.
Contestant prepared drawings of a photo of the model itself is not acceptable.
If no proof of existence or color/markings is shown, no static points will be
awarded. However, it will be up to the contest director and/or event director
to determine if the scale model is indeed a replica of a full size aircraft of r
contest
eligibility.
3. FLYING. All rules as per CL Sport Scale (event #509).
4. SCORING. The official score shall be the total of static points (10
maximum) and the single best flight score (100 maximum) for a total of 110
points.
Submitted by: William Reynolds, AMA 49921
SCA-05-3 Rewrites Event 518 Scale Helicopter rules
Watch for similar proposal. Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please
contact the Competitions Department for a complete copy.
Submitted by: Peter Wales, AMA 532418
SCA-05-4 Rewrites Event 518 Scale Helicopter rules
Watch for similar proposal. Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please
contact the Competitions Department for a complete copy.
Submitted by: Brian Stewart, AMA 618578
SCA-05-5 page 162, event 521. To be added after dummy pilot exemption in
opening paragraph for event 521.
Event 521 Profile Scale is exempted from the retract rule, requiring flying
with wheels up if prototype had retractable landing gear.
(Control Line Scale Flight Judging Guide, Part e paragraph 4.2 Realism in
flight)
Submitted by: Charles Bauer, AMA 21824
SCA-05-6, page 165, Radio Control Sport Scale (Sportsman and Expert)
Event, revises rules to specifically allow for indoor flying of RC Scale
models in these events.
Revise current section 2. Safety Requirements
Leave items 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5 as is.
Re-number 2.8 to 2.6.
Add new section 3. Outdoor Events
3.1. There are no restrictions as to types of power plants that may be used in
R/C Sport Scale models that are flown outdoors. Reciprocating internal
combustion engines (including 2-stroke, 4-stroke, glow, gas, CO2,
compressed air), electric motors, and turbojet engines are allowed.
3.2. (same as old section “2.7. Turbojet engines “
3.3. With the exception of electric motors, the engine(s) must be equipped
with an effective muffler or silencer to limit noise output. A tuned pipe is
considered a muffler.
3.4. R/C Sport Scale models that are flown outdoors shall weigh no more
than 55 pounds, ready for flight, including fuel.
Add a new section 4. Indoor Events
4.1. R/C Sport Scale models that are flown indoors must be powered with
electric, CO2, orcompressed air motor(s). No other type of power plant is
permissible for indoor flying.
4.2. R/C sport Scale models that are flown indoors shall weigh no more than
12 ounces ready for flight, including fuel or batteries.
4.3. Maximum wing loading of the model, ready for flight, shall not exceed 6
ounces per square foot.
4.4. Due to wide variations in the size and shape of indoor flying sites, the
Contest Director has authority to adjust sections 4.2. and 4.3. as needed to fit
the contest flying site and local conditions. In all cases, any deviation from
these rulebook specifications must be noted in all pre-contest announcements
and literature well in advance of the event.
4.5. Because of the size restrictions that indoor flying naturally imposes on
the flight of a model, the Contest Director has authority to adjust any of the
maneuver descriptions in the “Radio Control Scale Flight Judging Guide” to
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 182
March 2003 183
fit the size of his facility. For example, the Judging Guides says that the Fly-
Past should be flown between 10 — 20 feet altitude for at least 5 seconds. At
many indoor flying facilities that would be impossible. In all cases, any
deviation from the Judging Guide maneuver descriptions must be noted in all
pre-contest announcements and literature well in advance of the event.
Revise current section 3. Model Requirements
Delete third paragraph; “With the exception of electric motors, the engine
must be equipped with an effective muffler “
Re-number current sections 3 through 11 as sections 5 through 13
respectively.
Submitted by: Mike Gretz, AMA 7614
SCA-05-7, Adds new event: Indoor Electric R/C Scale
Power and Model Requirements: Maximum motive power will be a single
stock speed 280 brush can motor or equipment with no restrictions on
gearing or propeller size and no restrictions on battery type and or size.
The model shall have a maximum wing loading of 5 oz per square foot.
Multiple motors will not exceed in total the equivalent of a speed 280 electric
motor.
Static Judging: The model will be judged at a distance of 5 feet for finish
color & markings and accuracy of outline and at 1 foot for craftsmanship.
Cockpit detail will be included s part of the craftsmanship judging. A 50
point maximum score can be given for each of the 3 categories giving a
maximum static score of 150 points. The builder of the model rule applies,
page 149 paragraph 4.
Flight Judging: A flight will consist of 10 maneuvers, 5 mandatory and 5
optional. Each maneuver will be scored 0 to 5 points for a maximum total of
50 points. Mandatory maneuvers consist of takeoff, minimum of 2 laps left
(counter clockwise), minimum of 2 laps right (clockwise), landing, and
realism of flight. Optional maneuvers can include retracting and extending
undercarriage, bomb or leaflet or tank drop, etc. The maneuvers can be done
in any order. A minimum of 2 rounds will be flown. The final flight score
will consist of the total of the 2 best rounds divided by 2. The flight score
will be added to the static score for a maximum of 200 points.
Submitted by: Ernest Harwood, AMA 6550
SCA-05-8: Event #518, Sport Scale Soaring
Change section 8 to read:
8. RC Flight Plan
The RC Flight Plan shall consist of 10 maneuvers and/or scale operations,
three (3) mandatory and seven (7) optional. The mandatory items are:
Three hundred sixty degree thermal turns.
Landing.
Realism in flight.
The mandatory and optional maneuvers may be performed in any sequence,
but must follow the contestants flight plan presented to the judges.
Move “Climb to Release” maneuver from section 1. Mandatory Maneuvers
to section 2. Optional Flight Maneuvers.
Delete section 1.2 “maintain straight attitude” from maneuver lists.
Submitted by: Terry Edmonds, AMA 9438
SCA-05-9: Event 517, Sport Scale Soaring
10. Official Score.
Change present wording: “The official score shall be the total of static points
9100 maximum) ... ”
To: “The official score shall be the total of static points (30) time multiplier
maximum) ... ”
Also delete second reference to (100 maximum) for static points in section
10.
Submitted by: Terry Edmonds, AMA 9438
SCA-05-10: Event 517, Sport Scale Soaring
Delete first sentence of section 9.
Flight Scoring. Maximum total flight score is 100 points.
Add to end of section 9.1.
After the flight is complete each maneuver score is to be multiplied by the
difficulty factor for tat maneuver. If a competitor flies a maneuver not on the
list, a difficulty factor of 1.0 is to be used. (See attached list)
Delete reference to “(100 maximum)” for flight score in section 10.
MANEUVER DIFFICULTY FACTOR
1. Takeoff 1.0
2. Aerotow Including Release 1.2
3. Climb to Release (winch, hi-start, hand tow) 1.0
4. 360 Degree Thermal Turns 1.0
5. Straight Flight Back 0.7
6. Procedure Turn 0.8
7. Straight Flight Back 0.7
8. Figure Eight 1.0
9. Inside Loop 1.2
10. Outside Loop 1.5
11. Immelmann Turn 1.4
12. Stall Turn 1.3
13. Wingover 1.3
14. Split-S 1.2
15. Roll 1.2
16. Barrel Roll 1.2
17. Spin 1.4
18. Cuban Eight 1.5
19. Sideslip 1.2
20. Flight in a Triangular Circuit 0.9
21. Flight in a Rectangular Circuit 0.9
22. Chandelle 1.1
23. Traffic Pattern Approach to Landing 1.1
24. Spot Landing 1.0
25. Landing 1.0
26. Realism in Flight 1.0
27. Scale Operation: Retract Wheel 1.0
28. Scale Operation: Spoilers 0.5
29. Scale Operation: Flaps 0.5
30. Scale Operation: Dumpable Water Ballast 2.0
31. Scale Operation: Drop Dolly 0.7
Submitted by: Terry Edmonds, AMA 9438
SCA-05-11: Event 517, Sport Scale Soaring
Change 7.2 “Launch shall be by winch or aero tow” to “Launch shall be by
winch, aero tow, high-start or hand tow”.
Change 7.2 “ Two winch launches per round will be allowed if a pilot
requires them to complete his flight maneuvers. In the case of two winch
launches, a given maneuver will be judged only
once, the first time it is performed”. To: “Two launches per round will be
allowed except for aero tow, if a pilot requires them to complete his flight
maneuvers. In the case of two launches, a given maneuver will be judged
only once, the first time it is performed”.
Submitted by: Robert Harold, AMA 2457
SCA-05-12: Worksheet for static judging of CL and RC Sport Scale.
Worksheet is attached to original proposal.
Submitted by: Charles Bauer, AMA 21824
RC Electric
ECL-05-1 page 186 Adds new event: Elexaco
Summary of Elexaco Competition Rules: (Old Timer or Open) The
investment flying electric using a 400 motor is nominal as an existing radio
with at least 3 channels is all that is needed. What makes it real interesting is
that the performance of a 7 cell battery pak with a direct 400 motor system is
outstanding. Using alkaline battery cells in the Tx makes the model always
available for flight when stored in the trunk of your car. Due to the small size
it is stored assembled. In traveling where a field is sited (A football field will
do) simply stop, charge the flight battery for motor and RX power by BEC
and fly as the alkalines for the TX are always ready. Now to add interest a
simple endurance competitive event was designed that can be decided at the
flying field. All that is required is a stop watch. To establish equity the
Elexaco event is offered making it easy as it defines specifically the
hardware required. It is designed as an electric version of the ever popular
1⁄2A Glo-Powered Texaco event and can be restricted to old-timer if desired
by option.
Elexaco Event Rules
1. Any model with an aspect wing ratio of less than 7 qualifies (wingspan
divided by center chord).
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 183
184 MODEL AVIATION
2. Any rated 400 Electric ferrite motor (not brushless or cobalt and not geared)
qualifies.
3. A 7 cell 250 to 350 MAH power pak must be used.
4. Any motor shut off device is acceptable.
Flight Rules
Timed from either take-off or hand launch, motor is allowed to fun for 2 minutes
and shut off by radio—if motor is shut off prior to 2 minutes it is not to be turned
back on—if turned back on score is 0. Flight is continued and timed toward max
flight time of 15 minutes to land at designated field. Score 1 point per second
(max 900 points). Exceeding max results in penalty of 1 point per second.
Submitted by: Joe Beshar, AMA 175
ELC-05-2, page 186 section 4.21 Indoor electric duration. Change “Battery size
is limited to (6) 50 mAh cells” to “Battery size is limited to (6) N-AAA Nicad
cells.
Submitted by: Steve Leitgen, AMA 322830
ECL-05-3, add new event 629. Plane shall not exceed 21 ounces flying weight.
Maximum wing loading shall not exceed three and one half (3 «) ounces/square
feet. Battery size is limited to any combination of cells designated by the
manufacturer as rechargeable. The plane shall fly a circular or oval or figure
eight course as specified by the judges. Either ROG or handlaunch is permitted.
Total points will be the duration time in seconds. Contest director will determine
number of attempts allowed.
Submitted by: Steve Leitgen, AMA 322830
ELC-05-4, page 186 section 4.21 Electric Indoor Duration. Change “Battery
size is limited to (6) 50 mAh cells” to “Battery size is limited to a maximum of
(6) 50 mAH Nicad cells”.
Submitted by: Steve Leitgen, AMA 322830
Special Events
SEB-05-1 was moved to Executive Council jurisdiction.
SEB-05-2: R/C Competition Fun Fly, adds timed flight wording to allow
variations in total flight time and maneuvers to be performed.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department for a
copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Dan Luchaco, AMA 723
RC Combat
RCC-05-1, page 62, section 3.1. Create new Open RC Combat Class.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department for a
copy of the complete proposal. Watch for similar proposal!
Submitted by: John Vaught, AMA 122092
RCC-05-2 Create a new class of Open RC Combat:
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department for a
copy of the complete proposal. Watch for similar proposal!
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-3 page 193, 3.3.1.
3.3.1 A maximum dry weight of 3.5 pounds for any single engine design.
3.3.2 The maximum dry weight for multi-engine designs shall be
determined from the following table:
Twins up to and including a 50 inch span, 4 lbs.
Twins with greater than 50 inch span up to and including 60 inch span, 4.5
lbs.
Twins over 60 inch span, 5 lbs.
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-4 page 193. 3.1 The model must be minimum 1/12 scale replica
of a Pursuit, Fighter or Attack aircraft produced or in service between
1935 and 1955. For the purpose of this contest, an aircraft shall be
considered a Pursuit, Fighter or Attack aircraft if its missions routinely
involved, or its designer intended any of the following: a) interception of
enemy aircraft, b) high speed ground or sea attack, c) dogfighting, d) long
and short range escort. The aircraft must have been originally designed to
have had onboard guns installed. Aircraft that had guns mounted for
defensive purposes only shall not qualify as Pursuit, Fighter or Attack
aircraft.
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-5 page 193. 3.2.1 Engine Rpm’s will be limited to the following
chart for open B events. Engines will be spot inspected to comply with this
section. Sport inspection will be incur only at the C.D. request. No one can
suggest to the C.D. to inspect an engine. Non-compliance will result in
disqualification from the event. If non-compliance is discovered, one extra
test by a non-partial participate can be executed. Full access to the
transmitter and needle valve setting will be provided to the inspector.
Prop Diameter
1. 8” x 4 19,000+/-100rpms
2. 9” x 4 17,500+/-100rpms
3. 9” x 5 17,000+/-100rpms
4. 10” x 3 16,800+/-100rpms
5. 10” x 4 16,500+/-100rpms
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-6, page 193, event 750, Scale RC Combat. Proposal attempts to
improve the existing event without introducing new classes, formats or
other major changes to existing rules.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Ed Kettler, AMA 730493
RCC-05-7: Add new Class 1520 to Scale RC Combat
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Ronald Caravon, AMA 668956
RCC-05-8: Page 193, Event 750 Proposal changes aircraft rules regarding
dimensions and maximum engine sizes.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Louis Melancon, AMA 15165
Key Dates
(Events attended by AMA HQ staff and/or officers)
February 20 - 23
Florida Jets
Bunnell FL
February 21 - 23
WRAM Show 2003
White Plains NY
April 23 - 27
Top Gun 2003
Lakeland FL
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 184

Author: Steve Kaluf


Edition: Model Aviation - 2003/03
Page Numbers: 175,176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184

2005 Rules Change Cycle
Basic Rules Change Proposals
The following are the Basic Rules Change Proposals that have been submitted for
consideration in the 2005 Rules Change Cycle. These proposals have been
reviewed by each Contest Board chairperson and/or the Executive Council
(depending on jurisdiction).
The proposals are now being published to allow the AMA membership an
opportunity to comment to those voting before action takes place. If any of these
proposals are of interest to you, you are encouraged to contact the appropriate
Contest Board representative for the event and your AMA district. If the
proposal is under Executive Council jurisdiction, please contact your district
vice president to make your comments.
All proposals will be voted on in February. Proposals that pass this initial vote
will continue to be considered during subsequent voting. Proposals failing the initial
vote will no longer be considered. Please contact the Competition Department if
you have any questions or need complete copies of proposals not reproduced in
their entirety here.
Executive Council
EC-05-1: To move the Scale Helicopter rules from the Scale section to the
Helicopter section.
Submitted by: Peter Wales, AMA 532418
EC-05-2: R/C Competition Fun Fly creates new Contest Board and category for
R/C Competition Fun Fly. Move event 705 to this category.
Submitted by: Dan Luchaco, AMA 723
Outdoor Free Flight
OFF-05-1, page 15, paragraph 1.4, 1.41, 1.42, and 1.43. In the section for P-30
MODEL — For Event 124 paragraph 1.4; change the last line “only the following
changes will be allowed.” To “Any modifications to this propeller will be allowed.”
Paragraphs 1.4.1, 1.4.2. and 1.4.3 will now be unnecessary and shall be removed.
Submitted by: William Jenkins, AMA 22121
OFF-05-2, page 18, Free Flight Electric Power, for events 160 & 161.
Change to:
2. General. A Free Flight electric Power model airplane is powered by a
motor that receives as its sole source of power, energy from rechargeable
batteries rated at 1.5 volts per cell or less, self-contained in the model.
2.1 The following events have been established according to the
number of rechargeable battery cells used:
160 Class A—Six (6) cells or less
161 Class B—More than six (6) cells
Submitted by: Francis B. Hodson, AMA 1688
OFF-05-3, page 18, Free Flight Electric Power for events 160 & 161.
Change to:
1. Motor Run/Flight Maximum. The length of the motor run after the
model has been released for flight shall be twenty (20) seconds, excluding
flyoff flights. The maximum recorded duration for each flight shall be
two (2) minutes, including qualified flyoff flights.
3.1 All models shall be hand launched. Launching shall be as
specified for hand launch of land plane models, FF General.
Change to:
6. Number of Flights. Each contestant shall be allowed a total of six (6)
attempts to make three (3) official flights. All official and unofficial
flights are described above are attempts.
6.1 If the three (3) official flights total the maximum allowed, then a
series of flyoff flights may be taken. Flyoff flights may continue until the
contestant’s model fails to reach the flight maximum. Only one (1)
attempt is permitted for each flyoff flight. Flyoff motor runs are as
follows:
First (1st) Flyoff Flight through Third (3)
15 Seconds
F o c u s o n C o m p e t i t i o n
Technical
Director
Steve
Kaluf
[email protected]
WE HAVE REACHED the first critical
stage in the 2005 Rules Change Cycle. All
basic rules change proposals have been
received, reviewed, and are now being
published in this copy of Model Aviation so
that the membership may make comments
on them.
This is the critical part. If you fly in
competition, you should read every
proposal that has anything to do with the
events you fly. The critical part is that you
should make comments regarding the
proposal to the proper Contest Board
representative for that discipline and your
district. The Contest Board members are in
place to represent their constituents’ views
on competition matters. If they do not hear
from the membership, it becomes difficult
for them to properly represent these views.
So do your part; let them know what you
think!
In February of 2003 I will be sending the
initial ballot for these proposals to all of the
Contest Boards. Those proposals that fail
the initial ballot will no longer be
considered. Those that pass will continue on
through the interim and final votes (more on
that part of the cycle in a future column).
One last thing for this column (short due
to the many pages needed to publish the
basic proposals): I have another Urgent
Rules Change Proposal to publish. Due to
the nature of this proposal it was assigned to
the Executive Council for consideration.
Proposals are assigned to the Executive
Council when the issue is perhaps
contentious due to it affecting two or more
Contest Boards or when the issue is clearly
an item that falls under EC jurisdiction.
Approximately four weeks after this
publication I will be taking a ratification
vote. If passed, the proposal will go into
effect January 1.
Urgent Rules Change Proposal
Wording for change: Proposal seeks to
move events 501 (Outdoor Peanut Scale),
503 (Outdoor Flying Rubber Scale) and
504 (Outdoor Gas Power Scale) from
Scale Contest Board jurisdiction to the
Free Flight Contest Board jurisdiction. The
events would also move to the Free Flight
category in the Competition Regulations.
Logic behind proposed change: The Free
Flight Outdoor Scale events are all but
dead, while events such as Flying Aces
Club events continue to grow in
popularity. In 2002 the Nats was one of the
only events to offer AMA Free Flight
Scale events; other events offered FAC
Scale. The Scale Contest Board is
composed of people who are experts in
controlled flight but have little experience
with the issues facing the Free Flight
community.
Submitted by: Jerold Murphy, AMA 917
’Til next time … MA
March 2003 175
03sig6.QXD 1.6.03 9:09 am Page 175
176 MODEL AVIATION
Fourth Flyoff Flight and All Succeeding Flights
10 Seconds
6.2 The CD may at his discretion, add further definitions and/or reduce the
maximum duration limits due to weather, terrain, or local conditions, so long
as adequate notice is given to all contestants before competition begins.
However, all flight(s) and flight time(s) flown under CD imposed rule
deviations shall not to be considered for record purposes.
Submitted by: Francis B. Hodson, AMA 1688
Indoor Free Flight
IND-05-1, page 21. FAI Indoor Model (F1L EZB)—specifications, flying
rules, and scoring rules are the same as for FAI Indoor Models. (See FAI
Sporting Code.)
Control Line General
CLG-05-1, page 28, paragraph 2. Add to the end of paragraph “No control of
any aircraft function is allowed except via the control lines”.
Submitted by: Tom Dixon, AMA 1028
CLG-05-2, Event 332, page 66.
1. Change CL Endurance, Event 332, Rule 3, first sentence from: “Engine(s)
shall be of the reciprocating internal combustion type with total piston
displacement from .0900 to .3600 cubic inches”.
Change to:
“Engine(s) shall be of the reciprocating internal combustion type with total
piston displacement from .0900 to .3661 cubic inches”.
2. Change the CL Endurance Pull Test Table (page 66), Class Engine Size
Column. “.0900—.3600”
Change to:
“.0900—.3661”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
CLG-05-3, Event 332, page 66.
For event #332 Control Line Endurance, paragraph 4., Fuel Capacity. Change:
“The maximum fuel capacity permitted is four (4) fluid ounces”.
To:
“The maximum fuel capacity permitted is one (1) fluid ounce”.
Submitted by: Walt Gifford, AMA 59229
Control Line Speed
CLS-05-1, page 32, 4. Classification of Control Line Speed Models. Class
1⁄2A .0000—.0504 cubic inch.
Submitted by: Barry Tippett, AMA 4373092
Page 33 Chart. Correct to read 1⁄2A .0000 - .0615 cubic inches.
CLS-05-2 page 32, AMA rulebook, .21 Proto Speed, event 306, 2. Design
The model must have a full fuselage and rudder. Stabilizer must be flat,
butterfly type stabilizers are not acceptable unless it is a true scale model.
Page 39 AMA rulebook, 21 Proto Speed Event #306 Airplane Specifications
Rudder/fin area shall be a minimum of 5% of the wing area, rudder must be
standard upright configuration on top of the fuselage, sub rudders not
allowed.
Submitted by: Barry Tippett, AMA 373092
CLS-05-3 page 33, AMA rulebook. 7. Fuel
Fuel for all two cycle glow plug engines shall contain not less than 10%
nitromethane, not less than 20% lubricant and the rest methanol.
Omit — of more than .0504 cubic inch displacement
CLS-05-4, page 33, paragraph 7. Fuel. Fuel for jet engines shall consist of
80% methanol and 20% nitromethane.
Submitted by: Earl Bailey, AMA 41658
CLS-05-5 page 39, .21 Proto Speed. Make 21 proto an official event. Present
rules as printed in the rulebook are adequate.
Submitted by: Glenn Lee, AMA 5087
CLS-05-6: Page 41, section “ESTABLISHMENT OF LINE SIZES AND
PULL TESTS IN CL SPEED”, under paragraph “Implementation”.
IMPLEMENTATION: It is the responsibility of the Control Line Speed
Contest Board Chairman to monitor and maintain the line sizes and pull tests
as described above. In the event a new record is established which
necessitates an increase in line size, pull test, or both, any changes will be
published concurrently with announcement of new record.
In the case of a record established on a newly increased line size, whereby the
previous pull test standard exceeds the need of the new record, the CLSCB
Chairman will establish a new appropriate pull test standard. For all classes
that have 48G and higher pull tests, the new standard will be no less than 48G.
Changes will become effectively immediately upon publication in Model
Aviation magazine. Changes are to be automatic, with no action required by
the control line speed contest board or the AMA Executive Council.
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
CLS-5-7: Page 33, 1⁄2A Speed (Event #310).
Change minimum diameter of 1 line system from .014 to .016.
Change minimum diameter of 2 line system from .012 to .010.
Change pull test from 48G to 40 G.
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
CLS-05-8: Page 37, Control Line Speed, Paragraph 11. “Timing of Flight”.
Use existing paragraph except change: “once-tenth (1⁄10)” to “one-hundredth
(1⁄100).
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
CLS-05-9: Page 38, Control Line Speed, Paragraph 18 “Timing Pole —
Height Marker”.
Replace paragraph with:
“A pole or reference marker shall be provided outside of the flight circle for
timing and judging flight. Maintenance of flight in excess of 15 feet in any
class for more than « lap shall constitute a foul”.
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
Control Line Racing
CLR-05-1, page 46, 2.2 Mouse Racer. Change Class II Mouse
(Supplemental) to CLASS II Mouse (Official).
Add: 2.2.2 Fuel will be contest supplied 10 percent nitromethane 20 percent
lubricant.
Add: 2.2.3 Spring starters are not allowed.
Submitted by: John McCollum, AMA 15542
CLR-05-2 Event 312, page 44.
Change CL Slow Rat Racing, Event 312, (page 44), Pull Test Table, Class
Engine Size column from:
“.3600”
To:
“.3661”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
Control Line Carrier
CLC-05-1 page 47, paragraph 3.3.1. Delete existing paragraph 3.3.1 and
replace with:
3.3.1 The engines in the profile Navy Carrier event shall have a maximum
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 176
March 2003 177
total displacement of .3661 cubic inch. Two-stroke cycle engines must be of
the front intake type. No pressure fuel systems will be permitted; however,
the vents in the tank may be pointed forward in the airstream.
(Note also that CL General, Page 31, paragraph 11.1 states that 60% of the
displacement of a 4 stroke is taken for competition, so that a 10cc (.61 cu in)
4 stroke may be used in Profile Carrier).
Submitted by: William Bischoff, AMA 53549
Control Line Aerobatics
CLA-05-1, page 55, paragraph 13:14, Four Leaf Clover. Reference the C.L.
Precision Aerobatics maneuver description for the four leaf clover, Paragraph
13:14:
In the first sentence, change “approximately 38 degrees” to “approximately
42 degrees”.
In the drawing of the maneuver showing the four leaf clover, change “38°
elev” to “42° elev”.
In the errors section of this same paragraph, first sentence; change; “38
degrees” to “42 degrees”.
In the Maneuver section, Paragraph 15.3.14, first sentence, change “38
degrees” to “42 degrees”.
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-2, page 50, Reference CL Precision Aerobatics Model
Requirements, Paragraph 2:
Replace the first two sentences “Engines shall be of will be allowed”. With
the following:
“Permitted power source/s shall include any power except rocket motors.
Piston engine/s shall be subject to a total swept volume limitation of 15cc
(0.92 cubic inches). Electric power shall be limited to a maximum no-load
voltage of 42 volts. Gas turbine engines shall be limited to 3.5 Kg (7lbs
11ozs) static thrust. There is no adjustment allowance for the swept volume
displacement of four-stroke cycle engines as specified in Paragraph 11.1,
General Control Line rules. No combination of jet, turbine, electric or
reciprocating engine installation will be allowed. Maximum model weight
including any batteries but excluding fuel is 3.5Kg (7lbs 11 oz).
Proposed changes to the line sizes and pull test chart are shown in the
attached sheet. Changes/additions are highlighted. (Note: there is an apparent
typographical error in the current rule book chart showing the entry “.4801-
.6500”. This should be corrected to “.4601-.6500” if the above proposed
change is not accepted. This entry will be superseded if the proposed change
is accepted).
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-3, page 50, Reference CL Precision Aerobatics rule 2.3: Delete the
last sentence “It is suggested that the letter “N” be placed in front of the
license number when the number is affixed to the side of the fuselage or
vertical stabilizer.”
Insert a new sentence which reads:
“It is suggested that the letters “USA” (25mm (1 inch) or higher) be placed at
least once on the model”.
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-4, page 56, Reference the CL Precision Aerobatics Rules, paragraph
14: Delete paragraph 14: “Judging Procedures” and delete “Paragraph 15”:
“Maneuver Assessment” in their entirety. Insert a new “Paragraph 14”:
“Judging Procedures”.
Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-5, page 50, add paragraph 2.4. The builder of the Model for
Precision Aerobatics (AMA events 322, 323, 324, 325, 326) (J, S, O) shall be
considered the person who causes the wing(s) and tail(s) to be permanently
aligned with the body or fuselage of the aircraft, either by gluing or by
adhering permanent mounting points (in the case of take-apart aircraft).
Submitted by: Richard Peabody, AMA 393728
CLA-05-6, page 61, add wording.
Add wording used in defining “BOM Rule and Appearance Points” in
current rule book 6.2 (page 61) and 8.2 (page 61) to “Model Requirements
and Contestant Qualification” section of current rule book, page 50. Add as
2.4.
Submitted by: Richard Peabody, AMA 393728
CLA-05-7: Add new paragraph and change existing paragraph.
Add: Paragraph 16:
The builder of the model rule does not apply to Control Line Precision
Aerobatics.
Delete Paragraph 10. Appearance
Delete Paragraph 10.1 Appearance points are added to the contestant’s flight
points for scoring purposes.
Submitted by: R. Steven Moon, AMA 521164
CLA-05-8: Events 322, 323, 324, 325, 326. Page 50, Paragraph 4. Control
Lines. Revises control line chart.
Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Dave Gardner, AMA 717
Control Line Combat
CLB-05-1, Event 328, page 61, Rule 3, first sentence.
1. Change CL Combat, Event 328, (page 61), rule 3, first sentence from:
“Propulsion shall be provided by a propeller equipped piston engine(s) with
total swept volume of not more than .3600 cubic inches”.
To:
“Propulsion shall be provided by a propeller-equipped piston engine(s) with
total swept volume of not more than .3661 cubic inches”.
2. Change the CL Combat Pull Test Table (page 61), Class Engine Size
column, second line
from:
“.1525—.3600”
To:
“.1525—.3661”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
CLB-05-2: Event #328, paragraph 4: Streamers (Change to read):
Streamers shall be supplied by the contest management. Streamers shall be
made of crepe paper sheets, or other suitable material such as plastic, be of
uniform length, using tow distinct colors, and shall be cut two (2) inches
wide and up to ten feet long. The streamer material should then be doubled
and the folded lengthwise for two inches before being double tied with the
string leader. The string leader shall be 16 to 20 pound test, shall be
marked 84 inches from the know, and shall extend beyond the ink mark 18
inches.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB-05-3: Event #328, paragraph 8.2.2: (Add to end of current
paragraph) Exception: In the event of tangled lines when one plane has
crashed or landed, the pilot of the airborne plane must maneuver in a
manner (such as loops and figure 8s) that allows the other pilot to untangle
his lines from the airborne pilot’s lines. Both pilots must cooperate in
efforts to safely and expeditiously untangle the lines.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB-05-4: Event #328, paragraph 5: Change 75 foot radius safety circle
to read 70 to 75 foot radius safety circle. Also change other references to
the 75 foot circle to 70 to 75.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 177
178 MODEL AVIATION
CLB-05-5: Event #328, paragraph 11.1 Forfeiture: Sub paragraph 1.: (Delete
that portion that reads) “The crankshaft/propeller is also excepted if due to
crankshaft breakage”.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB-05-6: Event #328: Fuel shall not contain more than 10% nitromethane,
not less than 20% lubricant, and the rest shall be methanol. At the discretion
of the CD, use of contest-supplied fuel may be required.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB05-7: Add new paragraph: Optional Equipment/Specifications: At the
CD’s discretion sanction applications may specify “High Performance 1⁄2A
rules in effect”. Doing so indicates line length will be 42’ + plus or minus 3”,
mechanical and electric starters allowed, streamers will be 3⁄4” wide with a
string leader marked 60” from the knot, and shall extend beyond the ink mark
12 inches.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
RC Aerobatics
RCA-05-1, page 72, Flight pattern and maneuvering area, paragraph 14. Add
the following to Radio Control Aerobatics, No. 14 Flight pattern and
maneuvering area. Calling of box entry must be done so there is a minimum
of a 15 meter straight line before the first maneuver. Judging of the maneuver
will begin then. (As the lines into and out of maneuvers are part of the
maneuver and are always judged). Calling of exiting the box must be done
after a minimum of a 15 meter straight line after the maneuver. Judging will
cease at that point.
Submitted by: C. W. Reed, AMA 21971
RCA-05-2, Page 70, paragraph 6.4. Delete last part of sentence beginning “
Maneuvers are no longer done in line with the center of the runway. E.g.
straight flight out/back or touch and goes.”
Page 72, paragraph 13.2. Delete paragraph. Holdover from time when
normalizing was “controversial”.
Page 72, paragraph 14. 6 lines up from bottom of paragraph beginning with
“Maneuvers in those classes “ Delete phrase “ in those classes with all scored
turnarounds.” Holdover from when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 75, paragraph B.c. Positioning, 3rd sentence beginning “In those
classes” delete “In those classes with scored turnarounds”. Holdover from
when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 75, paragraph B.c. Positioning, last paragraph, beginning with 3rd
sentence “In those classes with “ delete to end of paragraph. Holdover from
when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 75, paragraph B.d. 3rd paragraph, delete sentence beginning “In those
classes “ Holdover from when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 76, paragraph D. Middle of 3rd paragraph. Delete phrase “Additionally,
in classes with predominately scored turnarounds,”. Capitalize the following
“the”. Holdover from when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 77, 2nd paragraph “Maneuvers Off Center”. Delete phrase “In those
classed with scored turnarounds”. Capitalize “if”.
Page 77, paragraph “Lines, bottom of page change sentence “If there is a
complete absence of a line before or after the roll” to read “More points are
subtracted for greater differences.” This sentence discusses line relationships
and is in conflict with the next paragraph discussing rolls placed on lines.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-3, Page 68, paragraph 4.2., 2nd to last sentence. Delete phrase
“however, such deletion must be published in advance of the event date”.
Page 71, paragraph 9; Change 3rd sentence to read, “Once this number has
been announced, this is the exact number of flights that should be flown”.
Page 71, paragraph 10.3. Delete sentence in middle of paragraph. “The
contestants may, at their option, elect to refly the entire flight”. Delete second
to last sentence “Maneuver scores prior to the collision will not be used if the
contestant chooses to refly the entire flight”.
Page 72, paragraph 14. 3rd sentence change to read “ ...150 meters in from of
the pilot and by surface lines of white or contrasting color originating at the
pilots position”.
Page 74, paragraph 20.7. In 2nd sentence, delete phrase “It is suggested
that” and change 2nd sentence to read “Each maneuver will be scored
immediately after it is performed”.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-4, page 78. Make the following change to the AMA Judges Guide
by adding subparagraph 6 to “Spins” on page 78.
6. The pilot who can best combine precision/geometry of the spin
(shape of the maneuver/correct number of degrees of rotation/ plus wind
correction to adjust track should receive the higher score.
Make the following change to page 84. “Spins, any number of rotations,
Upright or Inverted”:
Delete subparagraph beginning with “Crabbing the model .”.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-5. Delete the current landing (page 82) and takeoff (page 86)
descriptions from the rulebook, and replace with the following.
Landing Sequence: Execute a 180-degree turn to a downwind heading (or
optional 360 degree turn if flight is completed on a downwind maneuver).
Fly a downwind leg, and then turn 180 degrees into the wind for a final
approach to the runway touching down in the landing zone. The landing is
complete when the model has either rolled 10 meters or comes to rest.
Landing Zone: The landing zone shall be marked by lines placed
perpendicular across the runway and spaced 100 meters apart. The width of
the landing zone shall normally be the width of the runway but in no case
shall exceed 30 meters.
Downgrades:
1. Model does not follow landing sequence zero (0) points.
2. Any landing gear leg retracts or collapses on landing, zero (0) points.
3. Model ends up on its back, zero (0) points.
4. Model passes behind the judges’ line (“flight line”), zero (0) points.
5. Model land outside of the landing zone, zero (0) points.
6. Only two scores a 10 or a 0 may be awarded for the landing sequence.
Take-off Sequence: The model is placed on the runway, takes off from
within the landing zone, then turns 90 degrees toward the line defined by
the upwind and downwind marker poles. When approximately over this line
the model turns either 90 degrees or 270 degrees for a downwind trim pass.
When approximately even with the downwind marker the model initiates a
180-degree turn, reversal or other turn-around maneuver of pilot’s choice.
Downgrades:
1. Takeoff sequence not followed, zero (0) points.
2. Model takes off outside of the landing zone, zero (0) points.
3. Model passes behind the judges’ line (“flight line”), zero (0) points.
4. Only two scores a 10 or a 0 may be awarded for the take-off
sequence.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-6 Replace the schedule 18 (404) Masters schedule on page 73 with
the following schedule and insert new maneuver instructions alphabetically
in section E beginning on page 77.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Eric Henderson, AMA 131150
RCA-05-7 page 69, paragraph 4.3: Add the following sentence on the end
of paragraph 4.3: “The Contest Director shall have the option of deleting
the weight and size requirements for the Sportsman Class at any
sanctioned event, however, such deletion must be published in advance of
the event date, and the model in question must conform to AMA weight
limits”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-8: Replace the first sentence in paragraph 8.2.3 to read: “The
accumulated points for required class advancement will be based on a
sliding scale of 4 years time. Advancement points acquired before the
forth (4) year will not count towards advancement”.
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 178
March 2003 179
Replace the second sentence in paragraph 8.2.3 to read: “In other words, a
contestant’s point accumulation is based on the total accumulation for his/her
previous four (4) years of competition”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-9: In Paragraph 8.2.1, insert the words, “Except for those contestants
over 60 years of age”, as a conditional clause in the front of the sentence; “A
flyer accumulating 100 points “.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-10: Correct the criteria for (2) Horizontal Rolls. Replace the text
“center is inverted portion of second roll “ with the following; “Center is that
point when the plane is upright between the two rolls”, and in item 4, replace the
word “three (3)” with the word “two (2)”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-11: Withdrawn by proposer.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-12: Add the following line to Takeoff Downgrades on page 86.
Following item 8 in list, add, “9. Liftoff not centered”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-13: Insert in Section E. “Description of Maneuvers”, in the first
paragraph following the words; “ will have the same altitude and heading for
entry and exit unless otherwise noted”. The words “There is no requirement that
all centered maneuvers have to be performed at the same top and bottom
altitudes throughout the total sequence”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-14: Change paragraph 5 in the Spin definitions on page 78 to read;
“Once the model has entered the spin, drift caused by the wind, even if the
model drifts out of the aerobatic box, is not a judging criteria”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-15: Insert in the introductory paragraph for “Spins” the following
phrase, after the words “ in front of the judges on the center line/pole. The stall
may occur while the plane has forward motion with respect to the ground”. And
before the words, “The following criteria applies to spins”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-16: Remove Paragraph 4.4.1 (Watch for similar proposal.)
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-17: paragraph 16, page 73, change maneuver 17 to “Immelmann Turn
K=1”, add maneuver 18 as, “one positive snap roll on 45 deg. Down line K=3”,
and add maneuver 19 as “Landing K=1”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-18: Add to AMA RC PATTERN JUDGES GUIDE, Paragraph B.a.,
Precision, following the words in the second paragraph; “ straight and level exit
should also result in downgrading”. Add the following definition, “In all cases,
straight and level flight means flight parallel to the flight line, at a constant
altitude, and with wings level”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-19: Insert in paragraph 3, page 78, for the category of “Spins” the
following statement. Following the words “ after the rotation stops”. Add “There
will be no downgrade if the plane is pointed down by the pilot after the spin
rotation stops”. Before the words, “The pull or pushout “.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA05-20: Delete 4.4.1 entirely. (Watch for similar proposal.)
Submitted by: Dave Burton, AMA 8961
RCA-05-21: 7. Pattern event classes: Add an additional sentence at the end as
follows; “A contestant may enter any one class of his/her choice at any contest”.
Eliminate paragraph 8 in its entirety.
Submitted by: Dave Burton, AMA 8961
RCA-05-22: Masters pattern maneuvers: The Masters class will fly the
current FAI preliminary schedule (F3A RC Aerobatics) as a separate class.
Submitted by: Dave Burton, AMA 8961
RCA-05-23: FAI Patter Maneuvers. Add after the first sentence “The noise
limit shall be the current noise limit used in AMA competition for classes
401-404, except in the case of a USA Team Selection contest, where the
noise limit shall be the current FAI noise rule”.
Submitted by: Tony Stillman, AMA 936
RCA-05-25: Page 88, paragraph 8, Add new event for Scale Aerobatics,
Intermediate.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-26: Page 88, Change to add: Insert Rule 3.4 to read as follows:
3.3 No change.
3.4 The Unknown sequences will be drawn from the Catalog of legal
Unknown figures for each class. The Catalog of legal Unknown figures is
located in the Contest Directors Guide located on the IMAC website.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-27: Page 88, Insert new 5.5 and make current 5.5 now 5.6.
5.6 Scale shall be determined by the wingspan. A change in wingspan will
become a change in overall Scale. Fuselage width, height and aircraft
planform or any other variations shall not exceed 10% of scale, with the
exception of airfoils and size/shape of control surface within the scale outline
rule.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-28: Page 88, paragraph 6, Achievement Award Patches.
Change to: Achievement award patches may be earned in each category by
scoring seven (7) or better on each maneuver in Basic, Sportsman, Advanced,
or Unlimited sequence. Award Patches along with the Scale Aerobatics
Newsletter, IMAC, and Scale Aerobatics patches, pins, decals, and wearing
apparel are available through the International Miniature Aerobatic Club
(IMAC) Secretary.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-29: Page 88, 8.1 The event shall be divided into five (5) classes, in
order of increasing difficulty. The classes are Basic (411), Intermediate (4xx),
(412), Advanced (413), and Unlimited (414).
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-30: Page 89, 10.1.3 If a know sequence in progress cannot be
completed due to mechanical problems with the aircraft (including but not
limited to engine failure, radio malfunctions, etc.) the contestant will receive
zeros (0) for each unscored maneuver in that sequence. If the second sequence
is yet to be flown and the aircraft can be made ready to fly (Refer to rule 7),
the contestant may attempt the second sequence.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-31: Page 89, Delete all and print:
12. Aerobatic Box refer to Flying and Judging Guide rule number 4.1.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-32: Page 90, 16.3 Optional Unknown Maneuver Sequences shall
include separate Sportsman, Intermediate, Advanced and Unlimited
sequences, each consisting of up to 15 maneuvers.
16.4 The contestant must fly his entire flight according to the established
flight schedule for his particular class and in the sequence listed. Maneuvers
that are executed out of sequence, or not executed as required by the
sequence, will be zeroed. Remaining maneuvers that are flown in their
appropriate area and in the appropriate order following the zeroed maneuver
will be scored.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 179
180 MODEL AVIATION
RCA-05-33: Page 90, paragraph 17. (4) Minute Freestyle Program. Replaces
existing text for paragraph 17.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-34: Page 90, paragraph 1.
Change to add reference to gender in last sentence:
1. PREFACE
The purpose of this Scale Aerobatics Flying and Judging Guide is to provide
an accurate description of each type of maneuver used in competition and to
provide a reference for use in developing a uniformly high standard of
judging in all AMA sanctioned contests. Study of this guide by the
competitor will help him or her learn exactly what is expected, while study
by the judges will help them decide precisely how well the competitor meets
these expectations.
Flying and judging are very similar in nature; this is why contestant judging
is generally promoted. Nevertheless, there are some key differences between
judges and pilots, mostly related to Mental Attitude and Technical
Knowledge. Reference to any gender in this document shall include both
male and female.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-35: Page 91, paragraph 2 Delete:
Scale Aerobatics maneuvers also use the standard K-factors defined by the
FAI, but with two exceptions:
1) The FAI K-Factors for Rolling circle maneuvers (Family 2.3 to 2.20) must
be doubled (i.e.: A FAI K-factor of 13 should become 26).
2) The FAI K-Factor for Tailslide maneuvers (Family 6) must be multiplied
by one and half (1.5) (i.e.: a FAI K-Factor of 16 should become 24). When
the original FAI K-Factor is an odd number, the result of the multiplication
used should be reduced to the lower whole number (i.e.: a FAI K-Factor of
15 should become 22, or 15+7.5=22.5, reduced to the lower number=22).
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-36: Page 92 Change as follows:
3. RULES
Scale Aerobatics has several rules that differ from either Full Scale
Aerobatics (IAC) or AMA RC Aerobatics (AMA Pattern). Because the
judging pool used in Scale Aerobatics contests sometimes comes from both
or either of those two groups, it is useful to go through the major differences:
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-37: Page 92, change as follows:
4. RCA-05-37: Positioning
Scale Aerobatics requires all scored maneuvers to be flown in front of the
judges, in an area called the “box”. Competitors should perform their
sequence within the aerobatic box balance about the center of the x-axis and
at an optimal distance from the judges. Judges will give the position grade
according to the total impression of the balanced use of the aerobatic box and
the overall presentation of the sequence. It is not required, however, to use all
the available airspace vertically or on the x or y-axis. As a judge, what is
important is that you apply the same presentation criteria in consistent
manner to every pilot flying the program. The range of possible scores is
from 10 to 0 in .5 increments.
If the sun is positioned such that it hampers positioning and judging of any
maneuvers, the contestant may request the judges to allow an offset of certain
maneuvers. This agreement shall take place prior to the start of the flight.
Also, flying the figures in the front or the back of the box while on the X-axis
is not a criterion for judging. Before entering the box, the pilot or caller
should announce to the judges the direction of flight (Left-to-Right or Rightto-
Left). This is completely the pilot’s option and independent of the wind
direction. Once this announcement is made, the relationship and positioning
between maneuvers is defined by the Aresti sequence drawing.
Category Positioning coefficients are as follows:
Basic 5K
Sportsman 10K
Intermediate 15K
Advanced 20K
Unlimited 25K
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-38: Page 92
4.1 Scale Aerobatic Box
Two (2) horizontal lines, 90 degrees to each side of the centerline. The total
length of the box shall be 2000 feet (610 meters) along a line parallel to the
flight line. The rear boundary of the box shall be a line parallel to the flight
line and 1000 feet (305 meters) from the competitors position.
Whenever the “complete aircraft” is observed to fly past any boundary, an
infringement penalty will be noted by the maneuver score being circled by
the judge. It should be noted that the judges could disagree on box
infringements (i.e. one judge circles the maneuver and the other doesn’t). The
penalty will be assessed when the scores are tabulated and vary by the class
flown:
i. Basic = two (2) points per infringement
ii. Sportsman = four (4) points per infringement
iii. Intermediate = six (6) points per infringement
iv. Advanced = eight (8) points per infringement
v. Unlimited = ten (10) points per infringement
Because the judges are located behind the pilot, the only box infringements
generally noted are the one that can easily be assessed using the 90 degree
markers reference on the ground. Although judging the side and back
infringements are more difficult due to the lack of references, judges should
still take them into account if the aircraft clearly goes past these boundaries.
In case of uncertainty, always give the competitor the benefit of the doubt.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-39: Page 93, 4.2 Scale Aerobatic zones through 4.2.2 Side Zones.
Eliminated all above rules.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-40 Page 97, paragraph 6.3 Zero, redefines reason a zero may be
given.
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 180
March 2003 181
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-41: Page 103, 8.6. Family 6: Tailslides
Fifth Paragraph Down;
As with the hammerhead, the aircraft will be in a stalled or near stalled
condition at the top of the vertical line and no deduction for wind drift
should be applied during that particular time.
Delete Figure 28
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-42 Page 73, Changes maneuver sequences for Event 404, Masters.
Watch for similar proposal.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by Troy Newman, AMA 163080
RCA-05-43: New Event. Indoor RC Aerobatics.
It is the intention to provide a safe aerobatic event for electric powered
models that will be flown indoors. Wherever possible, the rules will be the
same as outdoor radio control pattern. Rather than reproduce the entire set
of pattern rules, the exceptions will be noted.
4. Model aircraft requirements.
4.1 Power. Models shall be powered by battery powered electric
motors. The maximum battery voltage shall be 9.6 volts (manufacturers
ratings). No limit is placed on the number of motors, but the maximum
power delivered to the motor(s) shall be 30 watts. In cases where there is a
question, the contestant may be required to sign an affidavit stating that his
entry conforms to this rule.
4.2 Weight and size. No model shall weigh more than 7 ounces ready to
fly.
1.5 Change radius of spinner tip to 2 millimeters.
7. Pattern event classes.
The indoor pattern event shall be divided into two classes. The first, (class
I) shall be open to any model design that meets the weight and power
criteria. The second (class II) will be limited to models which clearly
resemble an aircraft used in aerobatic competition. This includes outdoor
pattern event models as well as full scale aircraft. Both classes will fly the
same maneuver pattern.
8. Contestant classification. This system will not be used in indoor
aerobatics. Delete sections 8.-8.3.
10. Official flight. Change time limit to two (2) minutes.
11. Time limits. Change time to (2) minutes.
14. The CD will determine the boundary limits for the “box” based on site
conditions, as well as the distance from the judges for the flight path of
maneuvers.
16. Both indoor classes will use the intermediate pattern maneuver
schedule.
20.7 Delete references to weather.
20.8 Delete references to the sun.
Submitted by: Bob Wilder, AMA 14951
RC Pylon Racing
RCR-05-1, page 123, paragraph 16.3.1. Airframe. Redefines current
regulations of event #424 for the purpose of clarity and enforceability.
Exact wording proposed for the rulebook:
Under section 16.3.1 Airframe:
The airframe specifications for this event are identical to those for Quickie
500 (Event No. 428).
New exact wording of section 16.3.1
The airframe specifications for this event are identical to those for
Quickie 500 (Event No. 428) with the following exceptions: Wing and
tail construction. Wings must be constructed of either all wood or wood
sheeting over a solid foam core. Wings manufactured in molds designed
to produce hollow core composite wings, is prohibited. The last three
inches of each wing tip may be made of any material. The intent of the
rule is to keep the cost of participation to a minimum.
Submitted by: Dan Kane, AMA 26835
RCR-05-2, page 123, 16.3.2 Powerplant.
Under section 16.3.2 Powerplant, sub-section A. Engine. Remove the
following sentence from item #6 Power Output:
As such, it is not a suitable event for the use of engines that some with
tuned mufflers or otherwise are capable of turning a stock 9 x 6 APC
propeller at over 16, 500 rpm on the ground.
Reword paragraph 6:
“Sport Quickie is intended as an entry-level event for pilots who are
new to racing. Sample engines are tested via committee and a list of
permissible engines is published and updated as necessary, annually.
Criteria include purchase price and power output in both the normal
takeoff RPM range and the presumed in-air (“unloaded”) RPM range.
Any engine with a tuned muffler is strictly prohibited. The cost of the
engine must be below $120 (street price). If engines more powerful than
this are to be used at a contest, the contest should be sanctioned as
Quickie 500 (Event No. 428), not sport Quickie.”
Add paragraph 7:
“Prior approval of engines”.
a). Procedure: All engines, past and future inclusive, shall not be
entered into competition until a five-member sub-committee of the RC
Racing Contest Board has approved the engine by an affirmative vote of
at least three members thereof. Such approval may be given orally, but
shall be recorded for future reference. An engine shall be considered
eligible for competition if it meets all requirements of section 16.3.2
and, in addition, does not hinder the state of this entry level event as
determined by the aforementioned five-member committee. The
committee is appointed by the Racing Contest Board Chairman and will
not include any member with a vested interest in the sale of
manufacturing of an engine for this event. In addition any engine can be
removed from the list by an affirmative vote of at least three members
thereof.
Under section 16.3.3. Special Provisions, sub-section b. Rule Variations
Permitted: Remove item #1: Approval engine list: Sample engines are
tested and a list of permissible engines is published annually. Criteria
include purchase price and power output in both the normal takeoff rpm
range and the presumed in-air (“unloaded”) rpm range.
Remove item #2: Prohibited Features: Typically these include
Schneurle porting and ABC/AAC metallurgy.
Change item #3 Claiming rule, to item #1.
RCR-05-3: Adds new (provisional) event Formula 1 Sport
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Robert Dible, AMA 41701
RC Helicopter
RCH-05-1, Class I. Change pilot position for Class I. page 130,
paragraph 28.6.1. Class I position is fixed to a two (2) meter line on
side of box closest to the judges. If the pilot moves from the fixed
position from the beginning to the end of the flight a severe downgrade
shall be imposed.
Page 131, paragraph 29.1.1. (Change sentence #2 only). Pilot stands on
the two (2) meter line on the side of the box closest to the judges.
On page 127, course layout. Removed the two flags on the sides of the
box. Remove the two 1.2m circles on the front and back of the box.
Submitted by: Thomas Erb, AMA 98317
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 181
182 MODEL AVIATION
RC Soaring
SO-05-1. Add the following paragraphs to page 137.
Note: conflicts with proposal with SO-05-2
1.1 No object, device in its fully extended position, or part thereof can
protrude ahead of the nose of the aircraft.
1.2 Ahead of the leading edge of the wing, no part of an object or device in
its fully extended position can protrude more than one inch below the bottom
of the fuselage. If the fuselage bottom is curved, the length of the protrusion
or part thereof will be measured along the perpendicular to a tangent to the
fuselage at the point where the measurement is to be made. 1.3 From the
leading edge of the wing to the rearmost part of the fuselage, no part of an
object or device in its fully extended position can protrude more than three
inches below the bottom of the wing or an extension thereof. Measurements
will be made along a perpendicular to the bottom of the wing at the point in
question. In the event that an object/device is located behind the trailing edge
of the wing, the extension of the bottom of the sing will be determined by
placing a straight edge so that it is in contact with at least two points along
the bottom of the wing and measuring along a perpendicular to the side of the
straight edge that is in contact with the bottom of the wing. Flaps must be
fully retracted when measurements are made.
1.4 The forward facing edge of an object or device in its fully extended
position must have a radius of a t least 0.25 inch in the vertical plane.
1.5 All objects or devices in their fully extended position must lay in a single
plane that is perpendicular to the bottom surface of the wing and congruent
with the centerline of the fuselage.
1.6 The above rules do not apply to those classes that specifically prohibit the
use of devices whose intent it is to produce a rapid deceleration when
landing.
Submitted by: Robert Johnson, AMA 74650
SO-05-2, page 137, paragraph 3.1.6.d.
Note: conflicts with proposal with SO-05-1
Eliminate paragraph 3.1.6.d in its entirety.
Submitted by: Richard Eckel, AMA 467949
SO-05-3: Withdrawn by proposer.
Submitted by: Robert Glover, AMA V100
SO-05-4, Establish new event: RC Slope Soaring Combat.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Loren Blinde, AMA 91210
SO-05-5: Add new event: Nostalgia Sailplane.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Jack Iafret, AMA 7114
Scale
SCA-05-1, page 157, pull test and line size table, bottom row (15-20 lb
models). In the CL Precision Scale event, change the “CL Flying Scale” pull
test and line size table, bottom row (15 — 20 lb models), right column (pull
Test), from, “5G 80 lb max,” to “5G 80 lb min.”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
SCA-05-2, Add new event: Control Line Fun Scale
The intent of Fun Scale is to provide a CL Scale event, which is, and is to
remain, simple in concept. It minimizes the static judging and emphasizes the
flying segment.
1. ELIGIBILITY. The contest is open to modeler-built or factory built
CL Scale models. The event rules are identical to event #509, Control Line
Sport Scale except for static judging. General rule 4 (builder — flier) will
not apply in this event. With advance notice, the event may be conducted
in different classes based on skill or age level, i.e., Open, Entry, Junior,
Senior, etc.
2. STATIC JUDGING. The static scale outline score will be a graduated
zero (0) to five (5) points to contestants who show proof that a full size
aircraft or this type did/does exist. An additional score of a graduated zero (0)
to (5) points will be awarded if proof is shown as to replicating a
color/markings scheme of the original full size aircraft. A single sheet (3-
view drawing, photo, profile, painting, plastic kit box, etc.) is sufficient.
Contestant prepared drawings of a photo of the model itself is not acceptable.
If no proof of existence or color/markings is shown, no static points will be
awarded. However, it will be up to the contest director and/or event director
to determine if the scale model is indeed a replica of a full size aircraft of r
contest
eligibility.
3. FLYING. All rules as per CL Sport Scale (event #509).
4. SCORING. The official score shall be the total of static points (10
maximum) and the single best flight score (100 maximum) for a total of 110
points.
Submitted by: William Reynolds, AMA 49921
SCA-05-3 Rewrites Event 518 Scale Helicopter rules
Watch for similar proposal. Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please
contact the Competitions Department for a complete copy.
Submitted by: Peter Wales, AMA 532418
SCA-05-4 Rewrites Event 518 Scale Helicopter rules
Watch for similar proposal. Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please
contact the Competitions Department for a complete copy.
Submitted by: Brian Stewart, AMA 618578
SCA-05-5 page 162, event 521. To be added after dummy pilot exemption in
opening paragraph for event 521.
Event 521 Profile Scale is exempted from the retract rule, requiring flying
with wheels up if prototype had retractable landing gear.
(Control Line Scale Flight Judging Guide, Part e paragraph 4.2 Realism in
flight)
Submitted by: Charles Bauer, AMA 21824
SCA-05-6, page 165, Radio Control Sport Scale (Sportsman and Expert)
Event, revises rules to specifically allow for indoor flying of RC Scale
models in these events.
Revise current section 2. Safety Requirements
Leave items 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5 as is.
Re-number 2.8 to 2.6.
Add new section 3. Outdoor Events
3.1. There are no restrictions as to types of power plants that may be used in
R/C Sport Scale models that are flown outdoors. Reciprocating internal
combustion engines (including 2-stroke, 4-stroke, glow, gas, CO2,
compressed air), electric motors, and turbojet engines are allowed.
3.2. (same as old section “2.7. Turbojet engines “
3.3. With the exception of electric motors, the engine(s) must be equipped
with an effective muffler or silencer to limit noise output. A tuned pipe is
considered a muffler.
3.4. R/C Sport Scale models that are flown outdoors shall weigh no more
than 55 pounds, ready for flight, including fuel.
Add a new section 4. Indoor Events
4.1. R/C Sport Scale models that are flown indoors must be powered with
electric, CO2, orcompressed air motor(s). No other type of power plant is
permissible for indoor flying.
4.2. R/C sport Scale models that are flown indoors shall weigh no more than
12 ounces ready for flight, including fuel or batteries.
4.3. Maximum wing loading of the model, ready for flight, shall not exceed 6
ounces per square foot.
4.4. Due to wide variations in the size and shape of indoor flying sites, the
Contest Director has authority to adjust sections 4.2. and 4.3. as needed to fit
the contest flying site and local conditions. In all cases, any deviation from
these rulebook specifications must be noted in all pre-contest announcements
and literature well in advance of the event.
4.5. Because of the size restrictions that indoor flying naturally imposes on
the flight of a model, the Contest Director has authority to adjust any of the
maneuver descriptions in the “Radio Control Scale Flight Judging Guide” to
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 182
March 2003 183
fit the size of his facility. For example, the Judging Guides says that the Fly-
Past should be flown between 10 — 20 feet altitude for at least 5 seconds. At
many indoor flying facilities that would be impossible. In all cases, any
deviation from the Judging Guide maneuver descriptions must be noted in all
pre-contest announcements and literature well in advance of the event.
Revise current section 3. Model Requirements
Delete third paragraph; “With the exception of electric motors, the engine
must be equipped with an effective muffler “
Re-number current sections 3 through 11 as sections 5 through 13
respectively.
Submitted by: Mike Gretz, AMA 7614
SCA-05-7, Adds new event: Indoor Electric R/C Scale
Power and Model Requirements: Maximum motive power will be a single
stock speed 280 brush can motor or equipment with no restrictions on
gearing or propeller size and no restrictions on battery type and or size.
The model shall have a maximum wing loading of 5 oz per square foot.
Multiple motors will not exceed in total the equivalent of a speed 280 electric
motor.
Static Judging: The model will be judged at a distance of 5 feet for finish
color & markings and accuracy of outline and at 1 foot for craftsmanship.
Cockpit detail will be included s part of the craftsmanship judging. A 50
point maximum score can be given for each of the 3 categories giving a
maximum static score of 150 points. The builder of the model rule applies,
page 149 paragraph 4.
Flight Judging: A flight will consist of 10 maneuvers, 5 mandatory and 5
optional. Each maneuver will be scored 0 to 5 points for a maximum total of
50 points. Mandatory maneuvers consist of takeoff, minimum of 2 laps left
(counter clockwise), minimum of 2 laps right (clockwise), landing, and
realism of flight. Optional maneuvers can include retracting and extending
undercarriage, bomb or leaflet or tank drop, etc. The maneuvers can be done
in any order. A minimum of 2 rounds will be flown. The final flight score
will consist of the total of the 2 best rounds divided by 2. The flight score
will be added to the static score for a maximum of 200 points.
Submitted by: Ernest Harwood, AMA 6550
SCA-05-8: Event #518, Sport Scale Soaring
Change section 8 to read:
8. RC Flight Plan
The RC Flight Plan shall consist of 10 maneuvers and/or scale operations,
three (3) mandatory and seven (7) optional. The mandatory items are:
Three hundred sixty degree thermal turns.
Landing.
Realism in flight.
The mandatory and optional maneuvers may be performed in any sequence,
but must follow the contestants flight plan presented to the judges.
Move “Climb to Release” maneuver from section 1. Mandatory Maneuvers
to section 2. Optional Flight Maneuvers.
Delete section 1.2 “maintain straight attitude” from maneuver lists.
Submitted by: Terry Edmonds, AMA 9438
SCA-05-9: Event 517, Sport Scale Soaring
10. Official Score.
Change present wording: “The official score shall be the total of static points
9100 maximum) ... ”
To: “The official score shall be the total of static points (30) time multiplier
maximum) ... ”
Also delete second reference to (100 maximum) for static points in section
10.
Submitted by: Terry Edmonds, AMA 9438
SCA-05-10: Event 517, Sport Scale Soaring
Delete first sentence of section 9.
Flight Scoring. Maximum total flight score is 100 points.
Add to end of section 9.1.
After the flight is complete each maneuver score is to be multiplied by the
difficulty factor for tat maneuver. If a competitor flies a maneuver not on the
list, a difficulty factor of 1.0 is to be used. (See attached list)
Delete reference to “(100 maximum)” for flight score in section 10.
MANEUVER DIFFICULTY FACTOR
1. Takeoff 1.0
2. Aerotow Including Release 1.2
3. Climb to Release (winch, hi-start, hand tow) 1.0
4. 360 Degree Thermal Turns 1.0
5. Straight Flight Back 0.7
6. Procedure Turn 0.8
7. Straight Flight Back 0.7
8. Figure Eight 1.0
9. Inside Loop 1.2
10. Outside Loop 1.5
11. Immelmann Turn 1.4
12. Stall Turn 1.3
13. Wingover 1.3
14. Split-S 1.2
15. Roll 1.2
16. Barrel Roll 1.2
17. Spin 1.4
18. Cuban Eight 1.5
19. Sideslip 1.2
20. Flight in a Triangular Circuit 0.9
21. Flight in a Rectangular Circuit 0.9
22. Chandelle 1.1
23. Traffic Pattern Approach to Landing 1.1
24. Spot Landing 1.0
25. Landing 1.0
26. Realism in Flight 1.0
27. Scale Operation: Retract Wheel 1.0
28. Scale Operation: Spoilers 0.5
29. Scale Operation: Flaps 0.5
30. Scale Operation: Dumpable Water Ballast 2.0
31. Scale Operation: Drop Dolly 0.7
Submitted by: Terry Edmonds, AMA 9438
SCA-05-11: Event 517, Sport Scale Soaring
Change 7.2 “Launch shall be by winch or aero tow” to “Launch shall be by
winch, aero tow, high-start or hand tow”.
Change 7.2 “ Two winch launches per round will be allowed if a pilot
requires them to complete his flight maneuvers. In the case of two winch
launches, a given maneuver will be judged only
once, the first time it is performed”. To: “Two launches per round will be
allowed except for aero tow, if a pilot requires them to complete his flight
maneuvers. In the case of two launches, a given maneuver will be judged
only once, the first time it is performed”.
Submitted by: Robert Harold, AMA 2457
SCA-05-12: Worksheet for static judging of CL and RC Sport Scale.
Worksheet is attached to original proposal.
Submitted by: Charles Bauer, AMA 21824
RC Electric
ECL-05-1 page 186 Adds new event: Elexaco
Summary of Elexaco Competition Rules: (Old Timer or Open) The
investment flying electric using a 400 motor is nominal as an existing radio
with at least 3 channels is all that is needed. What makes it real interesting is
that the performance of a 7 cell battery pak with a direct 400 motor system is
outstanding. Using alkaline battery cells in the Tx makes the model always
available for flight when stored in the trunk of your car. Due to the small size
it is stored assembled. In traveling where a field is sited (A football field will
do) simply stop, charge the flight battery for motor and RX power by BEC
and fly as the alkalines for the TX are always ready. Now to add interest a
simple endurance competitive event was designed that can be decided at the
flying field. All that is required is a stop watch. To establish equity the
Elexaco event is offered making it easy as it defines specifically the
hardware required. It is designed as an electric version of the ever popular
1⁄2A Glo-Powered Texaco event and can be restricted to old-timer if desired
by option.
Elexaco Event Rules
1. Any model with an aspect wing ratio of less than 7 qualifies (wingspan
divided by center chord).
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 183
184 MODEL AVIATION
2. Any rated 400 Electric ferrite motor (not brushless or cobalt and not geared)
qualifies.
3. A 7 cell 250 to 350 MAH power pak must be used.
4. Any motor shut off device is acceptable.
Flight Rules
Timed from either take-off or hand launch, motor is allowed to fun for 2 minutes
and shut off by radio—if motor is shut off prior to 2 minutes it is not to be turned
back on—if turned back on score is 0. Flight is continued and timed toward max
flight time of 15 minutes to land at designated field. Score 1 point per second
(max 900 points). Exceeding max results in penalty of 1 point per second.
Submitted by: Joe Beshar, AMA 175
ELC-05-2, page 186 section 4.21 Indoor electric duration. Change “Battery size
is limited to (6) 50 mAh cells” to “Battery size is limited to (6) N-AAA Nicad
cells.
Submitted by: Steve Leitgen, AMA 322830
ECL-05-3, add new event 629. Plane shall not exceed 21 ounces flying weight.
Maximum wing loading shall not exceed three and one half (3 «) ounces/square
feet. Battery size is limited to any combination of cells designated by the
manufacturer as rechargeable. The plane shall fly a circular or oval or figure
eight course as specified by the judges. Either ROG or handlaunch is permitted.
Total points will be the duration time in seconds. Contest director will determine
number of attempts allowed.
Submitted by: Steve Leitgen, AMA 322830
ELC-05-4, page 186 section 4.21 Electric Indoor Duration. Change “Battery
size is limited to (6) 50 mAh cells” to “Battery size is limited to a maximum of
(6) 50 mAH Nicad cells”.
Submitted by: Steve Leitgen, AMA 322830
Special Events
SEB-05-1 was moved to Executive Council jurisdiction.
SEB-05-2: R/C Competition Fun Fly, adds timed flight wording to allow
variations in total flight time and maneuvers to be performed.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department for a
copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Dan Luchaco, AMA 723
RC Combat
RCC-05-1, page 62, section 3.1. Create new Open RC Combat Class.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department for a
copy of the complete proposal. Watch for similar proposal!
Submitted by: John Vaught, AMA 122092
RCC-05-2 Create a new class of Open RC Combat:
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department for a
copy of the complete proposal. Watch for similar proposal!
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-3 page 193, 3.3.1.
3.3.1 A maximum dry weight of 3.5 pounds for any single engine design.
3.3.2 The maximum dry weight for multi-engine designs shall be
determined from the following table:
Twins up to and including a 50 inch span, 4 lbs.
Twins with greater than 50 inch span up to and including 60 inch span, 4.5
lbs.
Twins over 60 inch span, 5 lbs.
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-4 page 193. 3.1 The model must be minimum 1/12 scale replica
of a Pursuit, Fighter or Attack aircraft produced or in service between
1935 and 1955. For the purpose of this contest, an aircraft shall be
considered a Pursuit, Fighter or Attack aircraft if its missions routinely
involved, or its designer intended any of the following: a) interception of
enemy aircraft, b) high speed ground or sea attack, c) dogfighting, d) long
and short range escort. The aircraft must have been originally designed to
have had onboard guns installed. Aircraft that had guns mounted for
defensive purposes only shall not qualify as Pursuit, Fighter or Attack
aircraft.
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-5 page 193. 3.2.1 Engine Rpm’s will be limited to the following
chart for open B events. Engines will be spot inspected to comply with this
section. Sport inspection will be incur only at the C.D. request. No one can
suggest to the C.D. to inspect an engine. Non-compliance will result in
disqualification from the event. If non-compliance is discovered, one extra
test by a non-partial participate can be executed. Full access to the
transmitter and needle valve setting will be provided to the inspector.
Prop Diameter
1. 8” x 4 19,000+/-100rpms
2. 9” x 4 17,500+/-100rpms
3. 9” x 5 17,000+/-100rpms
4. 10” x 3 16,800+/-100rpms
5. 10” x 4 16,500+/-100rpms
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-6, page 193, event 750, Scale RC Combat. Proposal attempts to
improve the existing event without introducing new classes, formats or
other major changes to existing rules.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Ed Kettler, AMA 730493
RCC-05-7: Add new Class 1520 to Scale RC Combat
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Ronald Caravon, AMA 668956
RCC-05-8: Page 193, Event 750 Proposal changes aircraft rules regarding
dimensions and maximum engine sizes.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Louis Melancon, AMA 15165
Key Dates
(Events attended by AMA HQ staff and/or officers)
February 20 - 23
Florida Jets
Bunnell FL
February 21 - 23
WRAM Show 2003
White Plains NY
April 23 - 27
Top Gun 2003
Lakeland FL
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 184

Author: Steve Kaluf


Edition: Model Aviation - 2003/03
Page Numbers: 175,176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184

2005 Rules Change Cycle
Basic Rules Change Proposals
The following are the Basic Rules Change Proposals that have been submitted for
consideration in the 2005 Rules Change Cycle. These proposals have been
reviewed by each Contest Board chairperson and/or the Executive Council
(depending on jurisdiction).
The proposals are now being published to allow the AMA membership an
opportunity to comment to those voting before action takes place. If any of these
proposals are of interest to you, you are encouraged to contact the appropriate
Contest Board representative for the event and your AMA district. If the
proposal is under Executive Council jurisdiction, please contact your district
vice president to make your comments.
All proposals will be voted on in February. Proposals that pass this initial vote
will continue to be considered during subsequent voting. Proposals failing the initial
vote will no longer be considered. Please contact the Competition Department if
you have any questions or need complete copies of proposals not reproduced in
their entirety here.
Executive Council
EC-05-1: To move the Scale Helicopter rules from the Scale section to the
Helicopter section.
Submitted by: Peter Wales, AMA 532418
EC-05-2: R/C Competition Fun Fly creates new Contest Board and category for
R/C Competition Fun Fly. Move event 705 to this category.
Submitted by: Dan Luchaco, AMA 723
Outdoor Free Flight
OFF-05-1, page 15, paragraph 1.4, 1.41, 1.42, and 1.43. In the section for P-30
MODEL — For Event 124 paragraph 1.4; change the last line “only the following
changes will be allowed.” To “Any modifications to this propeller will be allowed.”
Paragraphs 1.4.1, 1.4.2. and 1.4.3 will now be unnecessary and shall be removed.
Submitted by: William Jenkins, AMA 22121
OFF-05-2, page 18, Free Flight Electric Power, for events 160 & 161.
Change to:
2. General. A Free Flight electric Power model airplane is powered by a
motor that receives as its sole source of power, energy from rechargeable
batteries rated at 1.5 volts per cell or less, self-contained in the model.
2.1 The following events have been established according to the
number of rechargeable battery cells used:
160 Class A—Six (6) cells or less
161 Class B—More than six (6) cells
Submitted by: Francis B. Hodson, AMA 1688
OFF-05-3, page 18, Free Flight Electric Power for events 160 & 161.
Change to:
1. Motor Run/Flight Maximum. The length of the motor run after the
model has been released for flight shall be twenty (20) seconds, excluding
flyoff flights. The maximum recorded duration for each flight shall be
two (2) minutes, including qualified flyoff flights.
3.1 All models shall be hand launched. Launching shall be as
specified for hand launch of land plane models, FF General.
Change to:
6. Number of Flights. Each contestant shall be allowed a total of six (6)
attempts to make three (3) official flights. All official and unofficial
flights are described above are attempts.
6.1 If the three (3) official flights total the maximum allowed, then a
series of flyoff flights may be taken. Flyoff flights may continue until the
contestant’s model fails to reach the flight maximum. Only one (1)
attempt is permitted for each flyoff flight. Flyoff motor runs are as
follows:
First (1st) Flyoff Flight through Third (3)
15 Seconds
F o c u s o n C o m p e t i t i o n
Technical
Director
Steve
Kaluf
[email protected]
WE HAVE REACHED the first critical
stage in the 2005 Rules Change Cycle. All
basic rules change proposals have been
received, reviewed, and are now being
published in this copy of Model Aviation so
that the membership may make comments
on them.
This is the critical part. If you fly in
competition, you should read every
proposal that has anything to do with the
events you fly. The critical part is that you
should make comments regarding the
proposal to the proper Contest Board
representative for that discipline and your
district. The Contest Board members are in
place to represent their constituents’ views
on competition matters. If they do not hear
from the membership, it becomes difficult
for them to properly represent these views.
So do your part; let them know what you
think!
In February of 2003 I will be sending the
initial ballot for these proposals to all of the
Contest Boards. Those proposals that fail
the initial ballot will no longer be
considered. Those that pass will continue on
through the interim and final votes (more on
that part of the cycle in a future column).
One last thing for this column (short due
to the many pages needed to publish the
basic proposals): I have another Urgent
Rules Change Proposal to publish. Due to
the nature of this proposal it was assigned to
the Executive Council for consideration.
Proposals are assigned to the Executive
Council when the issue is perhaps
contentious due to it affecting two or more
Contest Boards or when the issue is clearly
an item that falls under EC jurisdiction.
Approximately four weeks after this
publication I will be taking a ratification
vote. If passed, the proposal will go into
effect January 1.
Urgent Rules Change Proposal
Wording for change: Proposal seeks to
move events 501 (Outdoor Peanut Scale),
503 (Outdoor Flying Rubber Scale) and
504 (Outdoor Gas Power Scale) from
Scale Contest Board jurisdiction to the
Free Flight Contest Board jurisdiction. The
events would also move to the Free Flight
category in the Competition Regulations.
Logic behind proposed change: The Free
Flight Outdoor Scale events are all but
dead, while events such as Flying Aces
Club events continue to grow in
popularity. In 2002 the Nats was one of the
only events to offer AMA Free Flight
Scale events; other events offered FAC
Scale. The Scale Contest Board is
composed of people who are experts in
controlled flight but have little experience
with the issues facing the Free Flight
community.
Submitted by: Jerold Murphy, AMA 917
’Til next time … MA
March 2003 175
03sig6.QXD 1.6.03 9:09 am Page 175
176 MODEL AVIATION
Fourth Flyoff Flight and All Succeeding Flights
10 Seconds
6.2 The CD may at his discretion, add further definitions and/or reduce the
maximum duration limits due to weather, terrain, or local conditions, so long
as adequate notice is given to all contestants before competition begins.
However, all flight(s) and flight time(s) flown under CD imposed rule
deviations shall not to be considered for record purposes.
Submitted by: Francis B. Hodson, AMA 1688
Indoor Free Flight
IND-05-1, page 21. FAI Indoor Model (F1L EZB)—specifications, flying
rules, and scoring rules are the same as for FAI Indoor Models. (See FAI
Sporting Code.)
Control Line General
CLG-05-1, page 28, paragraph 2. Add to the end of paragraph “No control of
any aircraft function is allowed except via the control lines”.
Submitted by: Tom Dixon, AMA 1028
CLG-05-2, Event 332, page 66.
1. Change CL Endurance, Event 332, Rule 3, first sentence from: “Engine(s)
shall be of the reciprocating internal combustion type with total piston
displacement from .0900 to .3600 cubic inches”.
Change to:
“Engine(s) shall be of the reciprocating internal combustion type with total
piston displacement from .0900 to .3661 cubic inches”.
2. Change the CL Endurance Pull Test Table (page 66), Class Engine Size
Column. “.0900—.3600”
Change to:
“.0900—.3661”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
CLG-05-3, Event 332, page 66.
For event #332 Control Line Endurance, paragraph 4., Fuel Capacity. Change:
“The maximum fuel capacity permitted is four (4) fluid ounces”.
To:
“The maximum fuel capacity permitted is one (1) fluid ounce”.
Submitted by: Walt Gifford, AMA 59229
Control Line Speed
CLS-05-1, page 32, 4. Classification of Control Line Speed Models. Class
1⁄2A .0000—.0504 cubic inch.
Submitted by: Barry Tippett, AMA 4373092
Page 33 Chart. Correct to read 1⁄2A .0000 - .0615 cubic inches.
CLS-05-2 page 32, AMA rulebook, .21 Proto Speed, event 306, 2. Design
The model must have a full fuselage and rudder. Stabilizer must be flat,
butterfly type stabilizers are not acceptable unless it is a true scale model.
Page 39 AMA rulebook, 21 Proto Speed Event #306 Airplane Specifications
Rudder/fin area shall be a minimum of 5% of the wing area, rudder must be
standard upright configuration on top of the fuselage, sub rudders not
allowed.
Submitted by: Barry Tippett, AMA 373092
CLS-05-3 page 33, AMA rulebook. 7. Fuel
Fuel for all two cycle glow plug engines shall contain not less than 10%
nitromethane, not less than 20% lubricant and the rest methanol.
Omit — of more than .0504 cubic inch displacement
CLS-05-4, page 33, paragraph 7. Fuel. Fuel for jet engines shall consist of
80% methanol and 20% nitromethane.
Submitted by: Earl Bailey, AMA 41658
CLS-05-5 page 39, .21 Proto Speed. Make 21 proto an official event. Present
rules as printed in the rulebook are adequate.
Submitted by: Glenn Lee, AMA 5087
CLS-05-6: Page 41, section “ESTABLISHMENT OF LINE SIZES AND
PULL TESTS IN CL SPEED”, under paragraph “Implementation”.
IMPLEMENTATION: It is the responsibility of the Control Line Speed
Contest Board Chairman to monitor and maintain the line sizes and pull tests
as described above. In the event a new record is established which
necessitates an increase in line size, pull test, or both, any changes will be
published concurrently with announcement of new record.
In the case of a record established on a newly increased line size, whereby the
previous pull test standard exceeds the need of the new record, the CLSCB
Chairman will establish a new appropriate pull test standard. For all classes
that have 48G and higher pull tests, the new standard will be no less than 48G.
Changes will become effectively immediately upon publication in Model
Aviation magazine. Changes are to be automatic, with no action required by
the control line speed contest board or the AMA Executive Council.
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
CLS-5-7: Page 33, 1⁄2A Speed (Event #310).
Change minimum diameter of 1 line system from .014 to .016.
Change minimum diameter of 2 line system from .012 to .010.
Change pull test from 48G to 40 G.
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
CLS-05-8: Page 37, Control Line Speed, Paragraph 11. “Timing of Flight”.
Use existing paragraph except change: “once-tenth (1⁄10)” to “one-hundredth
(1⁄100).
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
CLS-05-9: Page 38, Control Line Speed, Paragraph 18 “Timing Pole —
Height Marker”.
Replace paragraph with:
“A pole or reference marker shall be provided outside of the flight circle for
timing and judging flight. Maintenance of flight in excess of 15 feet in any
class for more than « lap shall constitute a foul”.
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
Control Line Racing
CLR-05-1, page 46, 2.2 Mouse Racer. Change Class II Mouse
(Supplemental) to CLASS II Mouse (Official).
Add: 2.2.2 Fuel will be contest supplied 10 percent nitromethane 20 percent
lubricant.
Add: 2.2.3 Spring starters are not allowed.
Submitted by: John McCollum, AMA 15542
CLR-05-2 Event 312, page 44.
Change CL Slow Rat Racing, Event 312, (page 44), Pull Test Table, Class
Engine Size column from:
“.3600”
To:
“.3661”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
Control Line Carrier
CLC-05-1 page 47, paragraph 3.3.1. Delete existing paragraph 3.3.1 and
replace with:
3.3.1 The engines in the profile Navy Carrier event shall have a maximum
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 176
March 2003 177
total displacement of .3661 cubic inch. Two-stroke cycle engines must be of
the front intake type. No pressure fuel systems will be permitted; however,
the vents in the tank may be pointed forward in the airstream.
(Note also that CL General, Page 31, paragraph 11.1 states that 60% of the
displacement of a 4 stroke is taken for competition, so that a 10cc (.61 cu in)
4 stroke may be used in Profile Carrier).
Submitted by: William Bischoff, AMA 53549
Control Line Aerobatics
CLA-05-1, page 55, paragraph 13:14, Four Leaf Clover. Reference the C.L.
Precision Aerobatics maneuver description for the four leaf clover, Paragraph
13:14:
In the first sentence, change “approximately 38 degrees” to “approximately
42 degrees”.
In the drawing of the maneuver showing the four leaf clover, change “38°
elev” to “42° elev”.
In the errors section of this same paragraph, first sentence; change; “38
degrees” to “42 degrees”.
In the Maneuver section, Paragraph 15.3.14, first sentence, change “38
degrees” to “42 degrees”.
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-2, page 50, Reference CL Precision Aerobatics Model
Requirements, Paragraph 2:
Replace the first two sentences “Engines shall be of will be allowed”. With
the following:
“Permitted power source/s shall include any power except rocket motors.
Piston engine/s shall be subject to a total swept volume limitation of 15cc
(0.92 cubic inches). Electric power shall be limited to a maximum no-load
voltage of 42 volts. Gas turbine engines shall be limited to 3.5 Kg (7lbs
11ozs) static thrust. There is no adjustment allowance for the swept volume
displacement of four-stroke cycle engines as specified in Paragraph 11.1,
General Control Line rules. No combination of jet, turbine, electric or
reciprocating engine installation will be allowed. Maximum model weight
including any batteries but excluding fuel is 3.5Kg (7lbs 11 oz).
Proposed changes to the line sizes and pull test chart are shown in the
attached sheet. Changes/additions are highlighted. (Note: there is an apparent
typographical error in the current rule book chart showing the entry “.4801-
.6500”. This should be corrected to “.4601-.6500” if the above proposed
change is not accepted. This entry will be superseded if the proposed change
is accepted).
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-3, page 50, Reference CL Precision Aerobatics rule 2.3: Delete the
last sentence “It is suggested that the letter “N” be placed in front of the
license number when the number is affixed to the side of the fuselage or
vertical stabilizer.”
Insert a new sentence which reads:
“It is suggested that the letters “USA” (25mm (1 inch) or higher) be placed at
least once on the model”.
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-4, page 56, Reference the CL Precision Aerobatics Rules, paragraph
14: Delete paragraph 14: “Judging Procedures” and delete “Paragraph 15”:
“Maneuver Assessment” in their entirety. Insert a new “Paragraph 14”:
“Judging Procedures”.
Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-5, page 50, add paragraph 2.4. The builder of the Model for
Precision Aerobatics (AMA events 322, 323, 324, 325, 326) (J, S, O) shall be
considered the person who causes the wing(s) and tail(s) to be permanently
aligned with the body or fuselage of the aircraft, either by gluing or by
adhering permanent mounting points (in the case of take-apart aircraft).
Submitted by: Richard Peabody, AMA 393728
CLA-05-6, page 61, add wording.
Add wording used in defining “BOM Rule and Appearance Points” in
current rule book 6.2 (page 61) and 8.2 (page 61) to “Model Requirements
and Contestant Qualification” section of current rule book, page 50. Add as
2.4.
Submitted by: Richard Peabody, AMA 393728
CLA-05-7: Add new paragraph and change existing paragraph.
Add: Paragraph 16:
The builder of the model rule does not apply to Control Line Precision
Aerobatics.
Delete Paragraph 10. Appearance
Delete Paragraph 10.1 Appearance points are added to the contestant’s flight
points for scoring purposes.
Submitted by: R. Steven Moon, AMA 521164
CLA-05-8: Events 322, 323, 324, 325, 326. Page 50, Paragraph 4. Control
Lines. Revises control line chart.
Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Dave Gardner, AMA 717
Control Line Combat
CLB-05-1, Event 328, page 61, Rule 3, first sentence.
1. Change CL Combat, Event 328, (page 61), rule 3, first sentence from:
“Propulsion shall be provided by a propeller equipped piston engine(s) with
total swept volume of not more than .3600 cubic inches”.
To:
“Propulsion shall be provided by a propeller-equipped piston engine(s) with
total swept volume of not more than .3661 cubic inches”.
2. Change the CL Combat Pull Test Table (page 61), Class Engine Size
column, second line
from:
“.1525—.3600”
To:
“.1525—.3661”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
CLB-05-2: Event #328, paragraph 4: Streamers (Change to read):
Streamers shall be supplied by the contest management. Streamers shall be
made of crepe paper sheets, or other suitable material such as plastic, be of
uniform length, using tow distinct colors, and shall be cut two (2) inches
wide and up to ten feet long. The streamer material should then be doubled
and the folded lengthwise for two inches before being double tied with the
string leader. The string leader shall be 16 to 20 pound test, shall be
marked 84 inches from the know, and shall extend beyond the ink mark 18
inches.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB-05-3: Event #328, paragraph 8.2.2: (Add to end of current
paragraph) Exception: In the event of tangled lines when one plane has
crashed or landed, the pilot of the airborne plane must maneuver in a
manner (such as loops and figure 8s) that allows the other pilot to untangle
his lines from the airborne pilot’s lines. Both pilots must cooperate in
efforts to safely and expeditiously untangle the lines.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB-05-4: Event #328, paragraph 5: Change 75 foot radius safety circle
to read 70 to 75 foot radius safety circle. Also change other references to
the 75 foot circle to 70 to 75.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 177
178 MODEL AVIATION
CLB-05-5: Event #328, paragraph 11.1 Forfeiture: Sub paragraph 1.: (Delete
that portion that reads) “The crankshaft/propeller is also excepted if due to
crankshaft breakage”.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB-05-6: Event #328: Fuel shall not contain more than 10% nitromethane,
not less than 20% lubricant, and the rest shall be methanol. At the discretion
of the CD, use of contest-supplied fuel may be required.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB05-7: Add new paragraph: Optional Equipment/Specifications: At the
CD’s discretion sanction applications may specify “High Performance 1⁄2A
rules in effect”. Doing so indicates line length will be 42’ + plus or minus 3”,
mechanical and electric starters allowed, streamers will be 3⁄4” wide with a
string leader marked 60” from the knot, and shall extend beyond the ink mark
12 inches.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
RC Aerobatics
RCA-05-1, page 72, Flight pattern and maneuvering area, paragraph 14. Add
the following to Radio Control Aerobatics, No. 14 Flight pattern and
maneuvering area. Calling of box entry must be done so there is a minimum
of a 15 meter straight line before the first maneuver. Judging of the maneuver
will begin then. (As the lines into and out of maneuvers are part of the
maneuver and are always judged). Calling of exiting the box must be done
after a minimum of a 15 meter straight line after the maneuver. Judging will
cease at that point.
Submitted by: C. W. Reed, AMA 21971
RCA-05-2, Page 70, paragraph 6.4. Delete last part of sentence beginning “
Maneuvers are no longer done in line with the center of the runway. E.g.
straight flight out/back or touch and goes.”
Page 72, paragraph 13.2. Delete paragraph. Holdover from time when
normalizing was “controversial”.
Page 72, paragraph 14. 6 lines up from bottom of paragraph beginning with
“Maneuvers in those classes “ Delete phrase “ in those classes with all scored
turnarounds.” Holdover from when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 75, paragraph B.c. Positioning, 3rd sentence beginning “In those
classes” delete “In those classes with scored turnarounds”. Holdover from
when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 75, paragraph B.c. Positioning, last paragraph, beginning with 3rd
sentence “In those classes with “ delete to end of paragraph. Holdover from
when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 75, paragraph B.d. 3rd paragraph, delete sentence beginning “In those
classes “ Holdover from when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 76, paragraph D. Middle of 3rd paragraph. Delete phrase “Additionally,
in classes with predominately scored turnarounds,”. Capitalize the following
“the”. Holdover from when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 77, 2nd paragraph “Maneuvers Off Center”. Delete phrase “In those
classed with scored turnarounds”. Capitalize “if”.
Page 77, paragraph “Lines, bottom of page change sentence “If there is a
complete absence of a line before or after the roll” to read “More points are
subtracted for greater differences.” This sentence discusses line relationships
and is in conflict with the next paragraph discussing rolls placed on lines.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-3, Page 68, paragraph 4.2., 2nd to last sentence. Delete phrase
“however, such deletion must be published in advance of the event date”.
Page 71, paragraph 9; Change 3rd sentence to read, “Once this number has
been announced, this is the exact number of flights that should be flown”.
Page 71, paragraph 10.3. Delete sentence in middle of paragraph. “The
contestants may, at their option, elect to refly the entire flight”. Delete second
to last sentence “Maneuver scores prior to the collision will not be used if the
contestant chooses to refly the entire flight”.
Page 72, paragraph 14. 3rd sentence change to read “ ...150 meters in from of
the pilot and by surface lines of white or contrasting color originating at the
pilots position”.
Page 74, paragraph 20.7. In 2nd sentence, delete phrase “It is suggested
that” and change 2nd sentence to read “Each maneuver will be scored
immediately after it is performed”.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-4, page 78. Make the following change to the AMA Judges Guide
by adding subparagraph 6 to “Spins” on page 78.
6. The pilot who can best combine precision/geometry of the spin
(shape of the maneuver/correct number of degrees of rotation/ plus wind
correction to adjust track should receive the higher score.
Make the following change to page 84. “Spins, any number of rotations,
Upright or Inverted”:
Delete subparagraph beginning with “Crabbing the model .”.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-5. Delete the current landing (page 82) and takeoff (page 86)
descriptions from the rulebook, and replace with the following.
Landing Sequence: Execute a 180-degree turn to a downwind heading (or
optional 360 degree turn if flight is completed on a downwind maneuver).
Fly a downwind leg, and then turn 180 degrees into the wind for a final
approach to the runway touching down in the landing zone. The landing is
complete when the model has either rolled 10 meters or comes to rest.
Landing Zone: The landing zone shall be marked by lines placed
perpendicular across the runway and spaced 100 meters apart. The width of
the landing zone shall normally be the width of the runway but in no case
shall exceed 30 meters.
Downgrades:
1. Model does not follow landing sequence zero (0) points.
2. Any landing gear leg retracts or collapses on landing, zero (0) points.
3. Model ends up on its back, zero (0) points.
4. Model passes behind the judges’ line (“flight line”), zero (0) points.
5. Model land outside of the landing zone, zero (0) points.
6. Only two scores a 10 or a 0 may be awarded for the landing sequence.
Take-off Sequence: The model is placed on the runway, takes off from
within the landing zone, then turns 90 degrees toward the line defined by
the upwind and downwind marker poles. When approximately over this line
the model turns either 90 degrees or 270 degrees for a downwind trim pass.
When approximately even with the downwind marker the model initiates a
180-degree turn, reversal or other turn-around maneuver of pilot’s choice.
Downgrades:
1. Takeoff sequence not followed, zero (0) points.
2. Model takes off outside of the landing zone, zero (0) points.
3. Model passes behind the judges’ line (“flight line”), zero (0) points.
4. Only two scores a 10 or a 0 may be awarded for the take-off
sequence.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-6 Replace the schedule 18 (404) Masters schedule on page 73 with
the following schedule and insert new maneuver instructions alphabetically
in section E beginning on page 77.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Eric Henderson, AMA 131150
RCA-05-7 page 69, paragraph 4.3: Add the following sentence on the end
of paragraph 4.3: “The Contest Director shall have the option of deleting
the weight and size requirements for the Sportsman Class at any
sanctioned event, however, such deletion must be published in advance of
the event date, and the model in question must conform to AMA weight
limits”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-8: Replace the first sentence in paragraph 8.2.3 to read: “The
accumulated points for required class advancement will be based on a
sliding scale of 4 years time. Advancement points acquired before the
forth (4) year will not count towards advancement”.
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 178
March 2003 179
Replace the second sentence in paragraph 8.2.3 to read: “In other words, a
contestant’s point accumulation is based on the total accumulation for his/her
previous four (4) years of competition”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-9: In Paragraph 8.2.1, insert the words, “Except for those contestants
over 60 years of age”, as a conditional clause in the front of the sentence; “A
flyer accumulating 100 points “.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-10: Correct the criteria for (2) Horizontal Rolls. Replace the text
“center is inverted portion of second roll “ with the following; “Center is that
point when the plane is upright between the two rolls”, and in item 4, replace the
word “three (3)” with the word “two (2)”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-11: Withdrawn by proposer.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-12: Add the following line to Takeoff Downgrades on page 86.
Following item 8 in list, add, “9. Liftoff not centered”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-13: Insert in Section E. “Description of Maneuvers”, in the first
paragraph following the words; “ will have the same altitude and heading for
entry and exit unless otherwise noted”. The words “There is no requirement that
all centered maneuvers have to be performed at the same top and bottom
altitudes throughout the total sequence”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-14: Change paragraph 5 in the Spin definitions on page 78 to read;
“Once the model has entered the spin, drift caused by the wind, even if the
model drifts out of the aerobatic box, is not a judging criteria”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-15: Insert in the introductory paragraph for “Spins” the following
phrase, after the words “ in front of the judges on the center line/pole. The stall
may occur while the plane has forward motion with respect to the ground”. And
before the words, “The following criteria applies to spins”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-16: Remove Paragraph 4.4.1 (Watch for similar proposal.)
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-17: paragraph 16, page 73, change maneuver 17 to “Immelmann Turn
K=1”, add maneuver 18 as, “one positive snap roll on 45 deg. Down line K=3”,
and add maneuver 19 as “Landing K=1”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-18: Add to AMA RC PATTERN JUDGES GUIDE, Paragraph B.a.,
Precision, following the words in the second paragraph; “ straight and level exit
should also result in downgrading”. Add the following definition, “In all cases,
straight and level flight means flight parallel to the flight line, at a constant
altitude, and with wings level”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-19: Insert in paragraph 3, page 78, for the category of “Spins” the
following statement. Following the words “ after the rotation stops”. Add “There
will be no downgrade if the plane is pointed down by the pilot after the spin
rotation stops”. Before the words, “The pull or pushout “.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA05-20: Delete 4.4.1 entirely. (Watch for similar proposal.)
Submitted by: Dave Burton, AMA 8961
RCA-05-21: 7. Pattern event classes: Add an additional sentence at the end as
follows; “A contestant may enter any one class of his/her choice at any contest”.
Eliminate paragraph 8 in its entirety.
Submitted by: Dave Burton, AMA 8961
RCA-05-22: Masters pattern maneuvers: The Masters class will fly the
current FAI preliminary schedule (F3A RC Aerobatics) as a separate class.
Submitted by: Dave Burton, AMA 8961
RCA-05-23: FAI Patter Maneuvers. Add after the first sentence “The noise
limit shall be the current noise limit used in AMA competition for classes
401-404, except in the case of a USA Team Selection contest, where the
noise limit shall be the current FAI noise rule”.
Submitted by: Tony Stillman, AMA 936
RCA-05-25: Page 88, paragraph 8, Add new event for Scale Aerobatics,
Intermediate.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-26: Page 88, Change to add: Insert Rule 3.4 to read as follows:
3.3 No change.
3.4 The Unknown sequences will be drawn from the Catalog of legal
Unknown figures for each class. The Catalog of legal Unknown figures is
located in the Contest Directors Guide located on the IMAC website.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-27: Page 88, Insert new 5.5 and make current 5.5 now 5.6.
5.6 Scale shall be determined by the wingspan. A change in wingspan will
become a change in overall Scale. Fuselage width, height and aircraft
planform or any other variations shall not exceed 10% of scale, with the
exception of airfoils and size/shape of control surface within the scale outline
rule.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-28: Page 88, paragraph 6, Achievement Award Patches.
Change to: Achievement award patches may be earned in each category by
scoring seven (7) or better on each maneuver in Basic, Sportsman, Advanced,
or Unlimited sequence. Award Patches along with the Scale Aerobatics
Newsletter, IMAC, and Scale Aerobatics patches, pins, decals, and wearing
apparel are available through the International Miniature Aerobatic Club
(IMAC) Secretary.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-29: Page 88, 8.1 The event shall be divided into five (5) classes, in
order of increasing difficulty. The classes are Basic (411), Intermediate (4xx),
(412), Advanced (413), and Unlimited (414).
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-30: Page 89, 10.1.3 If a know sequence in progress cannot be
completed due to mechanical problems with the aircraft (including but not
limited to engine failure, radio malfunctions, etc.) the contestant will receive
zeros (0) for each unscored maneuver in that sequence. If the second sequence
is yet to be flown and the aircraft can be made ready to fly (Refer to rule 7),
the contestant may attempt the second sequence.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-31: Page 89, Delete all and print:
12. Aerobatic Box refer to Flying and Judging Guide rule number 4.1.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-32: Page 90, 16.3 Optional Unknown Maneuver Sequences shall
include separate Sportsman, Intermediate, Advanced and Unlimited
sequences, each consisting of up to 15 maneuvers.
16.4 The contestant must fly his entire flight according to the established
flight schedule for his particular class and in the sequence listed. Maneuvers
that are executed out of sequence, or not executed as required by the
sequence, will be zeroed. Remaining maneuvers that are flown in their
appropriate area and in the appropriate order following the zeroed maneuver
will be scored.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 179
180 MODEL AVIATION
RCA-05-33: Page 90, paragraph 17. (4) Minute Freestyle Program. Replaces
existing text for paragraph 17.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-34: Page 90, paragraph 1.
Change to add reference to gender in last sentence:
1. PREFACE
The purpose of this Scale Aerobatics Flying and Judging Guide is to provide
an accurate description of each type of maneuver used in competition and to
provide a reference for use in developing a uniformly high standard of
judging in all AMA sanctioned contests. Study of this guide by the
competitor will help him or her learn exactly what is expected, while study
by the judges will help them decide precisely how well the competitor meets
these expectations.
Flying and judging are very similar in nature; this is why contestant judging
is generally promoted. Nevertheless, there are some key differences between
judges and pilots, mostly related to Mental Attitude and Technical
Knowledge. Reference to any gender in this document shall include both
male and female.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-35: Page 91, paragraph 2 Delete:
Scale Aerobatics maneuvers also use the standard K-factors defined by the
FAI, but with two exceptions:
1) The FAI K-Factors for Rolling circle maneuvers (Family 2.3 to 2.20) must
be doubled (i.e.: A FAI K-factor of 13 should become 26).
2) The FAI K-Factor for Tailslide maneuvers (Family 6) must be multiplied
by one and half (1.5) (i.e.: a FAI K-Factor of 16 should become 24). When
the original FAI K-Factor is an odd number, the result of the multiplication
used should be reduced to the lower whole number (i.e.: a FAI K-Factor of
15 should become 22, or 15+7.5=22.5, reduced to the lower number=22).
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-36: Page 92 Change as follows:
3. RULES
Scale Aerobatics has several rules that differ from either Full Scale
Aerobatics (IAC) or AMA RC Aerobatics (AMA Pattern). Because the
judging pool used in Scale Aerobatics contests sometimes comes from both
or either of those two groups, it is useful to go through the major differences:
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-37: Page 92, change as follows:
4. RCA-05-37: Positioning
Scale Aerobatics requires all scored maneuvers to be flown in front of the
judges, in an area called the “box”. Competitors should perform their
sequence within the aerobatic box balance about the center of the x-axis and
at an optimal distance from the judges. Judges will give the position grade
according to the total impression of the balanced use of the aerobatic box and
the overall presentation of the sequence. It is not required, however, to use all
the available airspace vertically or on the x or y-axis. As a judge, what is
important is that you apply the same presentation criteria in consistent
manner to every pilot flying the program. The range of possible scores is
from 10 to 0 in .5 increments.
If the sun is positioned such that it hampers positioning and judging of any
maneuvers, the contestant may request the judges to allow an offset of certain
maneuvers. This agreement shall take place prior to the start of the flight.
Also, flying the figures in the front or the back of the box while on the X-axis
is not a criterion for judging. Before entering the box, the pilot or caller
should announce to the judges the direction of flight (Left-to-Right or Rightto-
Left). This is completely the pilot’s option and independent of the wind
direction. Once this announcement is made, the relationship and positioning
between maneuvers is defined by the Aresti sequence drawing.
Category Positioning coefficients are as follows:
Basic 5K
Sportsman 10K
Intermediate 15K
Advanced 20K
Unlimited 25K
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-38: Page 92
4.1 Scale Aerobatic Box
Two (2) horizontal lines, 90 degrees to each side of the centerline. The total
length of the box shall be 2000 feet (610 meters) along a line parallel to the
flight line. The rear boundary of the box shall be a line parallel to the flight
line and 1000 feet (305 meters) from the competitors position.
Whenever the “complete aircraft” is observed to fly past any boundary, an
infringement penalty will be noted by the maneuver score being circled by
the judge. It should be noted that the judges could disagree on box
infringements (i.e. one judge circles the maneuver and the other doesn’t). The
penalty will be assessed when the scores are tabulated and vary by the class
flown:
i. Basic = two (2) points per infringement
ii. Sportsman = four (4) points per infringement
iii. Intermediate = six (6) points per infringement
iv. Advanced = eight (8) points per infringement
v. Unlimited = ten (10) points per infringement
Because the judges are located behind the pilot, the only box infringements
generally noted are the one that can easily be assessed using the 90 degree
markers reference on the ground. Although judging the side and back
infringements are more difficult due to the lack of references, judges should
still take them into account if the aircraft clearly goes past these boundaries.
In case of uncertainty, always give the competitor the benefit of the doubt.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-39: Page 93, 4.2 Scale Aerobatic zones through 4.2.2 Side Zones.
Eliminated all above rules.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-40 Page 97, paragraph 6.3 Zero, redefines reason a zero may be
given.
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 180
March 2003 181
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-41: Page 103, 8.6. Family 6: Tailslides
Fifth Paragraph Down;
As with the hammerhead, the aircraft will be in a stalled or near stalled
condition at the top of the vertical line and no deduction for wind drift
should be applied during that particular time.
Delete Figure 28
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-42 Page 73, Changes maneuver sequences for Event 404, Masters.
Watch for similar proposal.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by Troy Newman, AMA 163080
RCA-05-43: New Event. Indoor RC Aerobatics.
It is the intention to provide a safe aerobatic event for electric powered
models that will be flown indoors. Wherever possible, the rules will be the
same as outdoor radio control pattern. Rather than reproduce the entire set
of pattern rules, the exceptions will be noted.
4. Model aircraft requirements.
4.1 Power. Models shall be powered by battery powered electric
motors. The maximum battery voltage shall be 9.6 volts (manufacturers
ratings). No limit is placed on the number of motors, but the maximum
power delivered to the motor(s) shall be 30 watts. In cases where there is a
question, the contestant may be required to sign an affidavit stating that his
entry conforms to this rule.
4.2 Weight and size. No model shall weigh more than 7 ounces ready to
fly.
1.5 Change radius of spinner tip to 2 millimeters.
7. Pattern event classes.
The indoor pattern event shall be divided into two classes. The first, (class
I) shall be open to any model design that meets the weight and power
criteria. The second (class II) will be limited to models which clearly
resemble an aircraft used in aerobatic competition. This includes outdoor
pattern event models as well as full scale aircraft. Both classes will fly the
same maneuver pattern.
8. Contestant classification. This system will not be used in indoor
aerobatics. Delete sections 8.-8.3.
10. Official flight. Change time limit to two (2) minutes.
11. Time limits. Change time to (2) minutes.
14. The CD will determine the boundary limits for the “box” based on site
conditions, as well as the distance from the judges for the flight path of
maneuvers.
16. Both indoor classes will use the intermediate pattern maneuver
schedule.
20.7 Delete references to weather.
20.8 Delete references to the sun.
Submitted by: Bob Wilder, AMA 14951
RC Pylon Racing
RCR-05-1, page 123, paragraph 16.3.1. Airframe. Redefines current
regulations of event #424 for the purpose of clarity and enforceability.
Exact wording proposed for the rulebook:
Under section 16.3.1 Airframe:
The airframe specifications for this event are identical to those for Quickie
500 (Event No. 428).
New exact wording of section 16.3.1
The airframe specifications for this event are identical to those for
Quickie 500 (Event No. 428) with the following exceptions: Wing and
tail construction. Wings must be constructed of either all wood or wood
sheeting over a solid foam core. Wings manufactured in molds designed
to produce hollow core composite wings, is prohibited. The last three
inches of each wing tip may be made of any material. The intent of the
rule is to keep the cost of participation to a minimum.
Submitted by: Dan Kane, AMA 26835
RCR-05-2, page 123, 16.3.2 Powerplant.
Under section 16.3.2 Powerplant, sub-section A. Engine. Remove the
following sentence from item #6 Power Output:
As such, it is not a suitable event for the use of engines that some with
tuned mufflers or otherwise are capable of turning a stock 9 x 6 APC
propeller at over 16, 500 rpm on the ground.
Reword paragraph 6:
“Sport Quickie is intended as an entry-level event for pilots who are
new to racing. Sample engines are tested via committee and a list of
permissible engines is published and updated as necessary, annually.
Criteria include purchase price and power output in both the normal
takeoff RPM range and the presumed in-air (“unloaded”) RPM range.
Any engine with a tuned muffler is strictly prohibited. The cost of the
engine must be below $120 (street price). If engines more powerful than
this are to be used at a contest, the contest should be sanctioned as
Quickie 500 (Event No. 428), not sport Quickie.”
Add paragraph 7:
“Prior approval of engines”.
a). Procedure: All engines, past and future inclusive, shall not be
entered into competition until a five-member sub-committee of the RC
Racing Contest Board has approved the engine by an affirmative vote of
at least three members thereof. Such approval may be given orally, but
shall be recorded for future reference. An engine shall be considered
eligible for competition if it meets all requirements of section 16.3.2
and, in addition, does not hinder the state of this entry level event as
determined by the aforementioned five-member committee. The
committee is appointed by the Racing Contest Board Chairman and will
not include any member with a vested interest in the sale of
manufacturing of an engine for this event. In addition any engine can be
removed from the list by an affirmative vote of at least three members
thereof.
Under section 16.3.3. Special Provisions, sub-section b. Rule Variations
Permitted: Remove item #1: Approval engine list: Sample engines are
tested and a list of permissible engines is published annually. Criteria
include purchase price and power output in both the normal takeoff rpm
range and the presumed in-air (“unloaded”) rpm range.
Remove item #2: Prohibited Features: Typically these include
Schneurle porting and ABC/AAC metallurgy.
Change item #3 Claiming rule, to item #1.
RCR-05-3: Adds new (provisional) event Formula 1 Sport
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Robert Dible, AMA 41701
RC Helicopter
RCH-05-1, Class I. Change pilot position for Class I. page 130,
paragraph 28.6.1. Class I position is fixed to a two (2) meter line on
side of box closest to the judges. If the pilot moves from the fixed
position from the beginning to the end of the flight a severe downgrade
shall be imposed.
Page 131, paragraph 29.1.1. (Change sentence #2 only). Pilot stands on
the two (2) meter line on the side of the box closest to the judges.
On page 127, course layout. Removed the two flags on the sides of the
box. Remove the two 1.2m circles on the front and back of the box.
Submitted by: Thomas Erb, AMA 98317
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 181
182 MODEL AVIATION
RC Soaring
SO-05-1. Add the following paragraphs to page 137.
Note: conflicts with proposal with SO-05-2
1.1 No object, device in its fully extended position, or part thereof can
protrude ahead of the nose of the aircraft.
1.2 Ahead of the leading edge of the wing, no part of an object or device in
its fully extended position can protrude more than one inch below the bottom
of the fuselage. If the fuselage bottom is curved, the length of the protrusion
or part thereof will be measured along the perpendicular to a tangent to the
fuselage at the point where the measurement is to be made. 1.3 From the
leading edge of the wing to the rearmost part of the fuselage, no part of an
object or device in its fully extended position can protrude more than three
inches below the bottom of the wing or an extension thereof. Measurements
will be made along a perpendicular to the bottom of the wing at the point in
question. In the event that an object/device is located behind the trailing edge
of the wing, the extension of the bottom of the sing will be determined by
placing a straight edge so that it is in contact with at least two points along
the bottom of the wing and measuring along a perpendicular to the side of the
straight edge that is in contact with the bottom of the wing. Flaps must be
fully retracted when measurements are made.
1.4 The forward facing edge of an object or device in its fully extended
position must have a radius of a t least 0.25 inch in the vertical plane.
1.5 All objects or devices in their fully extended position must lay in a single
plane that is perpendicular to the bottom surface of the wing and congruent
with the centerline of the fuselage.
1.6 The above rules do not apply to those classes that specifically prohibit the
use of devices whose intent it is to produce a rapid deceleration when
landing.
Submitted by: Robert Johnson, AMA 74650
SO-05-2, page 137, paragraph 3.1.6.d.
Note: conflicts with proposal with SO-05-1
Eliminate paragraph 3.1.6.d in its entirety.
Submitted by: Richard Eckel, AMA 467949
SO-05-3: Withdrawn by proposer.
Submitted by: Robert Glover, AMA V100
SO-05-4, Establish new event: RC Slope Soaring Combat.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Loren Blinde, AMA 91210
SO-05-5: Add new event: Nostalgia Sailplane.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Jack Iafret, AMA 7114
Scale
SCA-05-1, page 157, pull test and line size table, bottom row (15-20 lb
models). In the CL Precision Scale event, change the “CL Flying Scale” pull
test and line size table, bottom row (15 — 20 lb models), right column (pull
Test), from, “5G 80 lb max,” to “5G 80 lb min.”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
SCA-05-2, Add new event: Control Line Fun Scale
The intent of Fun Scale is to provide a CL Scale event, which is, and is to
remain, simple in concept. It minimizes the static judging and emphasizes the
flying segment.
1. ELIGIBILITY. The contest is open to modeler-built or factory built
CL Scale models. The event rules are identical to event #509, Control Line
Sport Scale except for static judging. General rule 4 (builder — flier) will
not apply in this event. With advance notice, the event may be conducted
in different classes based on skill or age level, i.e., Open, Entry, Junior,
Senior, etc.
2. STATIC JUDGING. The static scale outline score will be a graduated
zero (0) to five (5) points to contestants who show proof that a full size
aircraft or this type did/does exist. An additional score of a graduated zero (0)
to (5) points will be awarded if proof is shown as to replicating a
color/markings scheme of the original full size aircraft. A single sheet (3-
view drawing, photo, profile, painting, plastic kit box, etc.) is sufficient.
Contestant prepared drawings of a photo of the model itself is not acceptable.
If no proof of existence or color/markings is shown, no static points will be
awarded. However, it will be up to the contest director and/or event director
to determine if the scale model is indeed a replica of a full size aircraft of r
contest
eligibility.
3. FLYING. All rules as per CL Sport Scale (event #509).
4. SCORING. The official score shall be the total of static points (10
maximum) and the single best flight score (100 maximum) for a total of 110
points.
Submitted by: William Reynolds, AMA 49921
SCA-05-3 Rewrites Event 518 Scale Helicopter rules
Watch for similar proposal. Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please
contact the Competitions Department for a complete copy.
Submitted by: Peter Wales, AMA 532418
SCA-05-4 Rewrites Event 518 Scale Helicopter rules
Watch for similar proposal. Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please
contact the Competitions Department for a complete copy.
Submitted by: Brian Stewart, AMA 618578
SCA-05-5 page 162, event 521. To be added after dummy pilot exemption in
opening paragraph for event 521.
Event 521 Profile Scale is exempted from the retract rule, requiring flying
with wheels up if prototype had retractable landing gear.
(Control Line Scale Flight Judging Guide, Part e paragraph 4.2 Realism in
flight)
Submitted by: Charles Bauer, AMA 21824
SCA-05-6, page 165, Radio Control Sport Scale (Sportsman and Expert)
Event, revises rules to specifically allow for indoor flying of RC Scale
models in these events.
Revise current section 2. Safety Requirements
Leave items 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5 as is.
Re-number 2.8 to 2.6.
Add new section 3. Outdoor Events
3.1. There are no restrictions as to types of power plants that may be used in
R/C Sport Scale models that are flown outdoors. Reciprocating internal
combustion engines (including 2-stroke, 4-stroke, glow, gas, CO2,
compressed air), electric motors, and turbojet engines are allowed.
3.2. (same as old section “2.7. Turbojet engines “
3.3. With the exception of electric motors, the engine(s) must be equipped
with an effective muffler or silencer to limit noise output. A tuned pipe is
considered a muffler.
3.4. R/C Sport Scale models that are flown outdoors shall weigh no more
than 55 pounds, ready for flight, including fuel.
Add a new section 4. Indoor Events
4.1. R/C Sport Scale models that are flown indoors must be powered with
electric, CO2, orcompressed air motor(s). No other type of power plant is
permissible for indoor flying.
4.2. R/C sport Scale models that are flown indoors shall weigh no more than
12 ounces ready for flight, including fuel or batteries.
4.3. Maximum wing loading of the model, ready for flight, shall not exceed 6
ounces per square foot.
4.4. Due to wide variations in the size and shape of indoor flying sites, the
Contest Director has authority to adjust sections 4.2. and 4.3. as needed to fit
the contest flying site and local conditions. In all cases, any deviation from
these rulebook specifications must be noted in all pre-contest announcements
and literature well in advance of the event.
4.5. Because of the size restrictions that indoor flying naturally imposes on
the flight of a model, the Contest Director has authority to adjust any of the
maneuver descriptions in the “Radio Control Scale Flight Judging Guide” to
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 182
March 2003 183
fit the size of his facility. For example, the Judging Guides says that the Fly-
Past should be flown between 10 — 20 feet altitude for at least 5 seconds. At
many indoor flying facilities that would be impossible. In all cases, any
deviation from the Judging Guide maneuver descriptions must be noted in all
pre-contest announcements and literature well in advance of the event.
Revise current section 3. Model Requirements
Delete third paragraph; “With the exception of electric motors, the engine
must be equipped with an effective muffler “
Re-number current sections 3 through 11 as sections 5 through 13
respectively.
Submitted by: Mike Gretz, AMA 7614
SCA-05-7, Adds new event: Indoor Electric R/C Scale
Power and Model Requirements: Maximum motive power will be a single
stock speed 280 brush can motor or equipment with no restrictions on
gearing or propeller size and no restrictions on battery type and or size.
The model shall have a maximum wing loading of 5 oz per square foot.
Multiple motors will not exceed in total the equivalent of a speed 280 electric
motor.
Static Judging: The model will be judged at a distance of 5 feet for finish
color & markings and accuracy of outline and at 1 foot for craftsmanship.
Cockpit detail will be included s part of the craftsmanship judging. A 50
point maximum score can be given for each of the 3 categories giving a
maximum static score of 150 points. The builder of the model rule applies,
page 149 paragraph 4.
Flight Judging: A flight will consist of 10 maneuvers, 5 mandatory and 5
optional. Each maneuver will be scored 0 to 5 points for a maximum total of
50 points. Mandatory maneuvers consist of takeoff, minimum of 2 laps left
(counter clockwise), minimum of 2 laps right (clockwise), landing, and
realism of flight. Optional maneuvers can include retracting and extending
undercarriage, bomb or leaflet or tank drop, etc. The maneuvers can be done
in any order. A minimum of 2 rounds will be flown. The final flight score
will consist of the total of the 2 best rounds divided by 2. The flight score
will be added to the static score for a maximum of 200 points.
Submitted by: Ernest Harwood, AMA 6550
SCA-05-8: Event #518, Sport Scale Soaring
Change section 8 to read:
8. RC Flight Plan
The RC Flight Plan shall consist of 10 maneuvers and/or scale operations,
three (3) mandatory and seven (7) optional. The mandatory items are:
Three hundred sixty degree thermal turns.
Landing.
Realism in flight.
The mandatory and optional maneuvers may be performed in any sequence,
but must follow the contestants flight plan presented to the judges.
Move “Climb to Release” maneuver from section 1. Mandatory Maneuvers
to section 2. Optional Flight Maneuvers.
Delete section 1.2 “maintain straight attitude” from maneuver lists.
Submitted by: Terry Edmonds, AMA 9438
SCA-05-9: Event 517, Sport Scale Soaring
10. Official Score.
Change present wording: “The official score shall be the total of static points
9100 maximum) ... ”
To: “The official score shall be the total of static points (30) time multiplier
maximum) ... ”
Also delete second reference to (100 maximum) for static points in section
10.
Submitted by: Terry Edmonds, AMA 9438
SCA-05-10: Event 517, Sport Scale Soaring
Delete first sentence of section 9.
Flight Scoring. Maximum total flight score is 100 points.
Add to end of section 9.1.
After the flight is complete each maneuver score is to be multiplied by the
difficulty factor for tat maneuver. If a competitor flies a maneuver not on the
list, a difficulty factor of 1.0 is to be used. (See attached list)
Delete reference to “(100 maximum)” for flight score in section 10.
MANEUVER DIFFICULTY FACTOR
1. Takeoff 1.0
2. Aerotow Including Release 1.2
3. Climb to Release (winch, hi-start, hand tow) 1.0
4. 360 Degree Thermal Turns 1.0
5. Straight Flight Back 0.7
6. Procedure Turn 0.8
7. Straight Flight Back 0.7
8. Figure Eight 1.0
9. Inside Loop 1.2
10. Outside Loop 1.5
11. Immelmann Turn 1.4
12. Stall Turn 1.3
13. Wingover 1.3
14. Split-S 1.2
15. Roll 1.2
16. Barrel Roll 1.2
17. Spin 1.4
18. Cuban Eight 1.5
19. Sideslip 1.2
20. Flight in a Triangular Circuit 0.9
21. Flight in a Rectangular Circuit 0.9
22. Chandelle 1.1
23. Traffic Pattern Approach to Landing 1.1
24. Spot Landing 1.0
25. Landing 1.0
26. Realism in Flight 1.0
27. Scale Operation: Retract Wheel 1.0
28. Scale Operation: Spoilers 0.5
29. Scale Operation: Flaps 0.5
30. Scale Operation: Dumpable Water Ballast 2.0
31. Scale Operation: Drop Dolly 0.7
Submitted by: Terry Edmonds, AMA 9438
SCA-05-11: Event 517, Sport Scale Soaring
Change 7.2 “Launch shall be by winch or aero tow” to “Launch shall be by
winch, aero tow, high-start or hand tow”.
Change 7.2 “ Two winch launches per round will be allowed if a pilot
requires them to complete his flight maneuvers. In the case of two winch
launches, a given maneuver will be judged only
once, the first time it is performed”. To: “Two launches per round will be
allowed except for aero tow, if a pilot requires them to complete his flight
maneuvers. In the case of two launches, a given maneuver will be judged
only once, the first time it is performed”.
Submitted by: Robert Harold, AMA 2457
SCA-05-12: Worksheet for static judging of CL and RC Sport Scale.
Worksheet is attached to original proposal.
Submitted by: Charles Bauer, AMA 21824
RC Electric
ECL-05-1 page 186 Adds new event: Elexaco
Summary of Elexaco Competition Rules: (Old Timer or Open) The
investment flying electric using a 400 motor is nominal as an existing radio
with at least 3 channels is all that is needed. What makes it real interesting is
that the performance of a 7 cell battery pak with a direct 400 motor system is
outstanding. Using alkaline battery cells in the Tx makes the model always
available for flight when stored in the trunk of your car. Due to the small size
it is stored assembled. In traveling where a field is sited (A football field will
do) simply stop, charge the flight battery for motor and RX power by BEC
and fly as the alkalines for the TX are always ready. Now to add interest a
simple endurance competitive event was designed that can be decided at the
flying field. All that is required is a stop watch. To establish equity the
Elexaco event is offered making it easy as it defines specifically the
hardware required. It is designed as an electric version of the ever popular
1⁄2A Glo-Powered Texaco event and can be restricted to old-timer if desired
by option.
Elexaco Event Rules
1. Any model with an aspect wing ratio of less than 7 qualifies (wingspan
divided by center chord).
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 183
184 MODEL AVIATION
2. Any rated 400 Electric ferrite motor (not brushless or cobalt and not geared)
qualifies.
3. A 7 cell 250 to 350 MAH power pak must be used.
4. Any motor shut off device is acceptable.
Flight Rules
Timed from either take-off or hand launch, motor is allowed to fun for 2 minutes
and shut off by radio—if motor is shut off prior to 2 minutes it is not to be turned
back on—if turned back on score is 0. Flight is continued and timed toward max
flight time of 15 minutes to land at designated field. Score 1 point per second
(max 900 points). Exceeding max results in penalty of 1 point per second.
Submitted by: Joe Beshar, AMA 175
ELC-05-2, page 186 section 4.21 Indoor electric duration. Change “Battery size
is limited to (6) 50 mAh cells” to “Battery size is limited to (6) N-AAA Nicad
cells.
Submitted by: Steve Leitgen, AMA 322830
ECL-05-3, add new event 629. Plane shall not exceed 21 ounces flying weight.
Maximum wing loading shall not exceed three and one half (3 «) ounces/square
feet. Battery size is limited to any combination of cells designated by the
manufacturer as rechargeable. The plane shall fly a circular or oval or figure
eight course as specified by the judges. Either ROG or handlaunch is permitted.
Total points will be the duration time in seconds. Contest director will determine
number of attempts allowed.
Submitted by: Steve Leitgen, AMA 322830
ELC-05-4, page 186 section 4.21 Electric Indoor Duration. Change “Battery
size is limited to (6) 50 mAh cells” to “Battery size is limited to a maximum of
(6) 50 mAH Nicad cells”.
Submitted by: Steve Leitgen, AMA 322830
Special Events
SEB-05-1 was moved to Executive Council jurisdiction.
SEB-05-2: R/C Competition Fun Fly, adds timed flight wording to allow
variations in total flight time and maneuvers to be performed.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department for a
copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Dan Luchaco, AMA 723
RC Combat
RCC-05-1, page 62, section 3.1. Create new Open RC Combat Class.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department for a
copy of the complete proposal. Watch for similar proposal!
Submitted by: John Vaught, AMA 122092
RCC-05-2 Create a new class of Open RC Combat:
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department for a
copy of the complete proposal. Watch for similar proposal!
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-3 page 193, 3.3.1.
3.3.1 A maximum dry weight of 3.5 pounds for any single engine design.
3.3.2 The maximum dry weight for multi-engine designs shall be
determined from the following table:
Twins up to and including a 50 inch span, 4 lbs.
Twins with greater than 50 inch span up to and including 60 inch span, 4.5
lbs.
Twins over 60 inch span, 5 lbs.
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-4 page 193. 3.1 The model must be minimum 1/12 scale replica
of a Pursuit, Fighter or Attack aircraft produced or in service between
1935 and 1955. For the purpose of this contest, an aircraft shall be
considered a Pursuit, Fighter or Attack aircraft if its missions routinely
involved, or its designer intended any of the following: a) interception of
enemy aircraft, b) high speed ground or sea attack, c) dogfighting, d) long
and short range escort. The aircraft must have been originally designed to
have had onboard guns installed. Aircraft that had guns mounted for
defensive purposes only shall not qualify as Pursuit, Fighter or Attack
aircraft.
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-5 page 193. 3.2.1 Engine Rpm’s will be limited to the following
chart for open B events. Engines will be spot inspected to comply with this
section. Sport inspection will be incur only at the C.D. request. No one can
suggest to the C.D. to inspect an engine. Non-compliance will result in
disqualification from the event. If non-compliance is discovered, one extra
test by a non-partial participate can be executed. Full access to the
transmitter and needle valve setting will be provided to the inspector.
Prop Diameter
1. 8” x 4 19,000+/-100rpms
2. 9” x 4 17,500+/-100rpms
3. 9” x 5 17,000+/-100rpms
4. 10” x 3 16,800+/-100rpms
5. 10” x 4 16,500+/-100rpms
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-6, page 193, event 750, Scale RC Combat. Proposal attempts to
improve the existing event without introducing new classes, formats or
other major changes to existing rules.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Ed Kettler, AMA 730493
RCC-05-7: Add new Class 1520 to Scale RC Combat
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Ronald Caravon, AMA 668956
RCC-05-8: Page 193, Event 750 Proposal changes aircraft rules regarding
dimensions and maximum engine sizes.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Louis Melancon, AMA 15165
Key Dates
(Events attended by AMA HQ staff and/or officers)
February 20 - 23
Florida Jets
Bunnell FL
February 21 - 23
WRAM Show 2003
White Plains NY
April 23 - 27
Top Gun 2003
Lakeland FL
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 184

Author: Steve Kaluf


Edition: Model Aviation - 2003/03
Page Numbers: 175,176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184

2005 Rules Change Cycle
Basic Rules Change Proposals
The following are the Basic Rules Change Proposals that have been submitted for
consideration in the 2005 Rules Change Cycle. These proposals have been
reviewed by each Contest Board chairperson and/or the Executive Council
(depending on jurisdiction).
The proposals are now being published to allow the AMA membership an
opportunity to comment to those voting before action takes place. If any of these
proposals are of interest to you, you are encouraged to contact the appropriate
Contest Board representative for the event and your AMA district. If the
proposal is under Executive Council jurisdiction, please contact your district
vice president to make your comments.
All proposals will be voted on in February. Proposals that pass this initial vote
will continue to be considered during subsequent voting. Proposals failing the initial
vote will no longer be considered. Please contact the Competition Department if
you have any questions or need complete copies of proposals not reproduced in
their entirety here.
Executive Council
EC-05-1: To move the Scale Helicopter rules from the Scale section to the
Helicopter section.
Submitted by: Peter Wales, AMA 532418
EC-05-2: R/C Competition Fun Fly creates new Contest Board and category for
R/C Competition Fun Fly. Move event 705 to this category.
Submitted by: Dan Luchaco, AMA 723
Outdoor Free Flight
OFF-05-1, page 15, paragraph 1.4, 1.41, 1.42, and 1.43. In the section for P-30
MODEL — For Event 124 paragraph 1.4; change the last line “only the following
changes will be allowed.” To “Any modifications to this propeller will be allowed.”
Paragraphs 1.4.1, 1.4.2. and 1.4.3 will now be unnecessary and shall be removed.
Submitted by: William Jenkins, AMA 22121
OFF-05-2, page 18, Free Flight Electric Power, for events 160 & 161.
Change to:
2. General. A Free Flight electric Power model airplane is powered by a
motor that receives as its sole source of power, energy from rechargeable
batteries rated at 1.5 volts per cell or less, self-contained in the model.
2.1 The following events have been established according to the
number of rechargeable battery cells used:
160 Class A—Six (6) cells or less
161 Class B—More than six (6) cells
Submitted by: Francis B. Hodson, AMA 1688
OFF-05-3, page 18, Free Flight Electric Power for events 160 & 161.
Change to:
1. Motor Run/Flight Maximum. The length of the motor run after the
model has been released for flight shall be twenty (20) seconds, excluding
flyoff flights. The maximum recorded duration for each flight shall be
two (2) minutes, including qualified flyoff flights.
3.1 All models shall be hand launched. Launching shall be as
specified for hand launch of land plane models, FF General.
Change to:
6. Number of Flights. Each contestant shall be allowed a total of six (6)
attempts to make three (3) official flights. All official and unofficial
flights are described above are attempts.
6.1 If the three (3) official flights total the maximum allowed, then a
series of flyoff flights may be taken. Flyoff flights may continue until the
contestant’s model fails to reach the flight maximum. Only one (1)
attempt is permitted for each flyoff flight. Flyoff motor runs are as
follows:
First (1st) Flyoff Flight through Third (3)
15 Seconds
F o c u s o n C o m p e t i t i o n
Technical
Director
Steve
Kaluf
[email protected]
WE HAVE REACHED the first critical
stage in the 2005 Rules Change Cycle. All
basic rules change proposals have been
received, reviewed, and are now being
published in this copy of Model Aviation so
that the membership may make comments
on them.
This is the critical part. If you fly in
competition, you should read every
proposal that has anything to do with the
events you fly. The critical part is that you
should make comments regarding the
proposal to the proper Contest Board
representative for that discipline and your
district. The Contest Board members are in
place to represent their constituents’ views
on competition matters. If they do not hear
from the membership, it becomes difficult
for them to properly represent these views.
So do your part; let them know what you
think!
In February of 2003 I will be sending the
initial ballot for these proposals to all of the
Contest Boards. Those proposals that fail
the initial ballot will no longer be
considered. Those that pass will continue on
through the interim and final votes (more on
that part of the cycle in a future column).
One last thing for this column (short due
to the many pages needed to publish the
basic proposals): I have another Urgent
Rules Change Proposal to publish. Due to
the nature of this proposal it was assigned to
the Executive Council for consideration.
Proposals are assigned to the Executive
Council when the issue is perhaps
contentious due to it affecting two or more
Contest Boards or when the issue is clearly
an item that falls under EC jurisdiction.
Approximately four weeks after this
publication I will be taking a ratification
vote. If passed, the proposal will go into
effect January 1.
Urgent Rules Change Proposal
Wording for change: Proposal seeks to
move events 501 (Outdoor Peanut Scale),
503 (Outdoor Flying Rubber Scale) and
504 (Outdoor Gas Power Scale) from
Scale Contest Board jurisdiction to the
Free Flight Contest Board jurisdiction. The
events would also move to the Free Flight
category in the Competition Regulations.
Logic behind proposed change: The Free
Flight Outdoor Scale events are all but
dead, while events such as Flying Aces
Club events continue to grow in
popularity. In 2002 the Nats was one of the
only events to offer AMA Free Flight
Scale events; other events offered FAC
Scale. The Scale Contest Board is
composed of people who are experts in
controlled flight but have little experience
with the issues facing the Free Flight
community.
Submitted by: Jerold Murphy, AMA 917
’Til next time … MA
March 2003 175
03sig6.QXD 1.6.03 9:09 am Page 175
176 MODEL AVIATION
Fourth Flyoff Flight and All Succeeding Flights
10 Seconds
6.2 The CD may at his discretion, add further definitions and/or reduce the
maximum duration limits due to weather, terrain, or local conditions, so long
as adequate notice is given to all contestants before competition begins.
However, all flight(s) and flight time(s) flown under CD imposed rule
deviations shall not to be considered for record purposes.
Submitted by: Francis B. Hodson, AMA 1688
Indoor Free Flight
IND-05-1, page 21. FAI Indoor Model (F1L EZB)—specifications, flying
rules, and scoring rules are the same as for FAI Indoor Models. (See FAI
Sporting Code.)
Control Line General
CLG-05-1, page 28, paragraph 2. Add to the end of paragraph “No control of
any aircraft function is allowed except via the control lines”.
Submitted by: Tom Dixon, AMA 1028
CLG-05-2, Event 332, page 66.
1. Change CL Endurance, Event 332, Rule 3, first sentence from: “Engine(s)
shall be of the reciprocating internal combustion type with total piston
displacement from .0900 to .3600 cubic inches”.
Change to:
“Engine(s) shall be of the reciprocating internal combustion type with total
piston displacement from .0900 to .3661 cubic inches”.
2. Change the CL Endurance Pull Test Table (page 66), Class Engine Size
Column. “.0900—.3600”
Change to:
“.0900—.3661”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
CLG-05-3, Event 332, page 66.
For event #332 Control Line Endurance, paragraph 4., Fuel Capacity. Change:
“The maximum fuel capacity permitted is four (4) fluid ounces”.
To:
“The maximum fuel capacity permitted is one (1) fluid ounce”.
Submitted by: Walt Gifford, AMA 59229
Control Line Speed
CLS-05-1, page 32, 4. Classification of Control Line Speed Models. Class
1⁄2A .0000—.0504 cubic inch.
Submitted by: Barry Tippett, AMA 4373092
Page 33 Chart. Correct to read 1⁄2A .0000 - .0615 cubic inches.
CLS-05-2 page 32, AMA rulebook, .21 Proto Speed, event 306, 2. Design
The model must have a full fuselage and rudder. Stabilizer must be flat,
butterfly type stabilizers are not acceptable unless it is a true scale model.
Page 39 AMA rulebook, 21 Proto Speed Event #306 Airplane Specifications
Rudder/fin area shall be a minimum of 5% of the wing area, rudder must be
standard upright configuration on top of the fuselage, sub rudders not
allowed.
Submitted by: Barry Tippett, AMA 373092
CLS-05-3 page 33, AMA rulebook. 7. Fuel
Fuel for all two cycle glow plug engines shall contain not less than 10%
nitromethane, not less than 20% lubricant and the rest methanol.
Omit — of more than .0504 cubic inch displacement
CLS-05-4, page 33, paragraph 7. Fuel. Fuel for jet engines shall consist of
80% methanol and 20% nitromethane.
Submitted by: Earl Bailey, AMA 41658
CLS-05-5 page 39, .21 Proto Speed. Make 21 proto an official event. Present
rules as printed in the rulebook are adequate.
Submitted by: Glenn Lee, AMA 5087
CLS-05-6: Page 41, section “ESTABLISHMENT OF LINE SIZES AND
PULL TESTS IN CL SPEED”, under paragraph “Implementation”.
IMPLEMENTATION: It is the responsibility of the Control Line Speed
Contest Board Chairman to monitor and maintain the line sizes and pull tests
as described above. In the event a new record is established which
necessitates an increase in line size, pull test, or both, any changes will be
published concurrently with announcement of new record.
In the case of a record established on a newly increased line size, whereby the
previous pull test standard exceeds the need of the new record, the CLSCB
Chairman will establish a new appropriate pull test standard. For all classes
that have 48G and higher pull tests, the new standard will be no less than 48G.
Changes will become effectively immediately upon publication in Model
Aviation magazine. Changes are to be automatic, with no action required by
the control line speed contest board or the AMA Executive Council.
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
CLS-5-7: Page 33, 1⁄2A Speed (Event #310).
Change minimum diameter of 1 line system from .014 to .016.
Change minimum diameter of 2 line system from .012 to .010.
Change pull test from 48G to 40 G.
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
CLS-05-8: Page 37, Control Line Speed, Paragraph 11. “Timing of Flight”.
Use existing paragraph except change: “once-tenth (1⁄10)” to “one-hundredth
(1⁄100).
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
CLS-05-9: Page 38, Control Line Speed, Paragraph 18 “Timing Pole —
Height Marker”.
Replace paragraph with:
“A pole or reference marker shall be provided outside of the flight circle for
timing and judging flight. Maintenance of flight in excess of 15 feet in any
class for more than « lap shall constitute a foul”.
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
Control Line Racing
CLR-05-1, page 46, 2.2 Mouse Racer. Change Class II Mouse
(Supplemental) to CLASS II Mouse (Official).
Add: 2.2.2 Fuel will be contest supplied 10 percent nitromethane 20 percent
lubricant.
Add: 2.2.3 Spring starters are not allowed.
Submitted by: John McCollum, AMA 15542
CLR-05-2 Event 312, page 44.
Change CL Slow Rat Racing, Event 312, (page 44), Pull Test Table, Class
Engine Size column from:
“.3600”
To:
“.3661”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
Control Line Carrier
CLC-05-1 page 47, paragraph 3.3.1. Delete existing paragraph 3.3.1 and
replace with:
3.3.1 The engines in the profile Navy Carrier event shall have a maximum
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 176
March 2003 177
total displacement of .3661 cubic inch. Two-stroke cycle engines must be of
the front intake type. No pressure fuel systems will be permitted; however,
the vents in the tank may be pointed forward in the airstream.
(Note also that CL General, Page 31, paragraph 11.1 states that 60% of the
displacement of a 4 stroke is taken for competition, so that a 10cc (.61 cu in)
4 stroke may be used in Profile Carrier).
Submitted by: William Bischoff, AMA 53549
Control Line Aerobatics
CLA-05-1, page 55, paragraph 13:14, Four Leaf Clover. Reference the C.L.
Precision Aerobatics maneuver description for the four leaf clover, Paragraph
13:14:
In the first sentence, change “approximately 38 degrees” to “approximately
42 degrees”.
In the drawing of the maneuver showing the four leaf clover, change “38°
elev” to “42° elev”.
In the errors section of this same paragraph, first sentence; change; “38
degrees” to “42 degrees”.
In the Maneuver section, Paragraph 15.3.14, first sentence, change “38
degrees” to “42 degrees”.
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-2, page 50, Reference CL Precision Aerobatics Model
Requirements, Paragraph 2:
Replace the first two sentences “Engines shall be of will be allowed”. With
the following:
“Permitted power source/s shall include any power except rocket motors.
Piston engine/s shall be subject to a total swept volume limitation of 15cc
(0.92 cubic inches). Electric power shall be limited to a maximum no-load
voltage of 42 volts. Gas turbine engines shall be limited to 3.5 Kg (7lbs
11ozs) static thrust. There is no adjustment allowance for the swept volume
displacement of four-stroke cycle engines as specified in Paragraph 11.1,
General Control Line rules. No combination of jet, turbine, electric or
reciprocating engine installation will be allowed. Maximum model weight
including any batteries but excluding fuel is 3.5Kg (7lbs 11 oz).
Proposed changes to the line sizes and pull test chart are shown in the
attached sheet. Changes/additions are highlighted. (Note: there is an apparent
typographical error in the current rule book chart showing the entry “.4801-
.6500”. This should be corrected to “.4601-.6500” if the above proposed
change is not accepted. This entry will be superseded if the proposed change
is accepted).
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-3, page 50, Reference CL Precision Aerobatics rule 2.3: Delete the
last sentence “It is suggested that the letter “N” be placed in front of the
license number when the number is affixed to the side of the fuselage or
vertical stabilizer.”
Insert a new sentence which reads:
“It is suggested that the letters “USA” (25mm (1 inch) or higher) be placed at
least once on the model”.
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-4, page 56, Reference the CL Precision Aerobatics Rules, paragraph
14: Delete paragraph 14: “Judging Procedures” and delete “Paragraph 15”:
“Maneuver Assessment” in their entirety. Insert a new “Paragraph 14”:
“Judging Procedures”.
Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-5, page 50, add paragraph 2.4. The builder of the Model for
Precision Aerobatics (AMA events 322, 323, 324, 325, 326) (J, S, O) shall be
considered the person who causes the wing(s) and tail(s) to be permanently
aligned with the body or fuselage of the aircraft, either by gluing or by
adhering permanent mounting points (in the case of take-apart aircraft).
Submitted by: Richard Peabody, AMA 393728
CLA-05-6, page 61, add wording.
Add wording used in defining “BOM Rule and Appearance Points” in
current rule book 6.2 (page 61) and 8.2 (page 61) to “Model Requirements
and Contestant Qualification” section of current rule book, page 50. Add as
2.4.
Submitted by: Richard Peabody, AMA 393728
CLA-05-7: Add new paragraph and change existing paragraph.
Add: Paragraph 16:
The builder of the model rule does not apply to Control Line Precision
Aerobatics.
Delete Paragraph 10. Appearance
Delete Paragraph 10.1 Appearance points are added to the contestant’s flight
points for scoring purposes.
Submitted by: R. Steven Moon, AMA 521164
CLA-05-8: Events 322, 323, 324, 325, 326. Page 50, Paragraph 4. Control
Lines. Revises control line chart.
Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Dave Gardner, AMA 717
Control Line Combat
CLB-05-1, Event 328, page 61, Rule 3, first sentence.
1. Change CL Combat, Event 328, (page 61), rule 3, first sentence from:
“Propulsion shall be provided by a propeller equipped piston engine(s) with
total swept volume of not more than .3600 cubic inches”.
To:
“Propulsion shall be provided by a propeller-equipped piston engine(s) with
total swept volume of not more than .3661 cubic inches”.
2. Change the CL Combat Pull Test Table (page 61), Class Engine Size
column, second line
from:
“.1525—.3600”
To:
“.1525—.3661”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
CLB-05-2: Event #328, paragraph 4: Streamers (Change to read):
Streamers shall be supplied by the contest management. Streamers shall be
made of crepe paper sheets, or other suitable material such as plastic, be of
uniform length, using tow distinct colors, and shall be cut two (2) inches
wide and up to ten feet long. The streamer material should then be doubled
and the folded lengthwise for two inches before being double tied with the
string leader. The string leader shall be 16 to 20 pound test, shall be
marked 84 inches from the know, and shall extend beyond the ink mark 18
inches.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB-05-3: Event #328, paragraph 8.2.2: (Add to end of current
paragraph) Exception: In the event of tangled lines when one plane has
crashed or landed, the pilot of the airborne plane must maneuver in a
manner (such as loops and figure 8s) that allows the other pilot to untangle
his lines from the airborne pilot’s lines. Both pilots must cooperate in
efforts to safely and expeditiously untangle the lines.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB-05-4: Event #328, paragraph 5: Change 75 foot radius safety circle
to read 70 to 75 foot radius safety circle. Also change other references to
the 75 foot circle to 70 to 75.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 177
178 MODEL AVIATION
CLB-05-5: Event #328, paragraph 11.1 Forfeiture: Sub paragraph 1.: (Delete
that portion that reads) “The crankshaft/propeller is also excepted if due to
crankshaft breakage”.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB-05-6: Event #328: Fuel shall not contain more than 10% nitromethane,
not less than 20% lubricant, and the rest shall be methanol. At the discretion
of the CD, use of contest-supplied fuel may be required.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB05-7: Add new paragraph: Optional Equipment/Specifications: At the
CD’s discretion sanction applications may specify “High Performance 1⁄2A
rules in effect”. Doing so indicates line length will be 42’ + plus or minus 3”,
mechanical and electric starters allowed, streamers will be 3⁄4” wide with a
string leader marked 60” from the knot, and shall extend beyond the ink mark
12 inches.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
RC Aerobatics
RCA-05-1, page 72, Flight pattern and maneuvering area, paragraph 14. Add
the following to Radio Control Aerobatics, No. 14 Flight pattern and
maneuvering area. Calling of box entry must be done so there is a minimum
of a 15 meter straight line before the first maneuver. Judging of the maneuver
will begin then. (As the lines into and out of maneuvers are part of the
maneuver and are always judged). Calling of exiting the box must be done
after a minimum of a 15 meter straight line after the maneuver. Judging will
cease at that point.
Submitted by: C. W. Reed, AMA 21971
RCA-05-2, Page 70, paragraph 6.4. Delete last part of sentence beginning “
Maneuvers are no longer done in line with the center of the runway. E.g.
straight flight out/back or touch and goes.”
Page 72, paragraph 13.2. Delete paragraph. Holdover from time when
normalizing was “controversial”.
Page 72, paragraph 14. 6 lines up from bottom of paragraph beginning with
“Maneuvers in those classes “ Delete phrase “ in those classes with all scored
turnarounds.” Holdover from when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 75, paragraph B.c. Positioning, 3rd sentence beginning “In those
classes” delete “In those classes with scored turnarounds”. Holdover from
when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 75, paragraph B.c. Positioning, last paragraph, beginning with 3rd
sentence “In those classes with “ delete to end of paragraph. Holdover from
when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 75, paragraph B.d. 3rd paragraph, delete sentence beginning “In those
classes “ Holdover from when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 76, paragraph D. Middle of 3rd paragraph. Delete phrase “Additionally,
in classes with predominately scored turnarounds,”. Capitalize the following
“the”. Holdover from when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 77, 2nd paragraph “Maneuvers Off Center”. Delete phrase “In those
classed with scored turnarounds”. Capitalize “if”.
Page 77, paragraph “Lines, bottom of page change sentence “If there is a
complete absence of a line before or after the roll” to read “More points are
subtracted for greater differences.” This sentence discusses line relationships
and is in conflict with the next paragraph discussing rolls placed on lines.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-3, Page 68, paragraph 4.2., 2nd to last sentence. Delete phrase
“however, such deletion must be published in advance of the event date”.
Page 71, paragraph 9; Change 3rd sentence to read, “Once this number has
been announced, this is the exact number of flights that should be flown”.
Page 71, paragraph 10.3. Delete sentence in middle of paragraph. “The
contestants may, at their option, elect to refly the entire flight”. Delete second
to last sentence “Maneuver scores prior to the collision will not be used if the
contestant chooses to refly the entire flight”.
Page 72, paragraph 14. 3rd sentence change to read “ ...150 meters in from of
the pilot and by surface lines of white or contrasting color originating at the
pilots position”.
Page 74, paragraph 20.7. In 2nd sentence, delete phrase “It is suggested
that” and change 2nd sentence to read “Each maneuver will be scored
immediately after it is performed”.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-4, page 78. Make the following change to the AMA Judges Guide
by adding subparagraph 6 to “Spins” on page 78.
6. The pilot who can best combine precision/geometry of the spin
(shape of the maneuver/correct number of degrees of rotation/ plus wind
correction to adjust track should receive the higher score.
Make the following change to page 84. “Spins, any number of rotations,
Upright or Inverted”:
Delete subparagraph beginning with “Crabbing the model .”.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-5. Delete the current landing (page 82) and takeoff (page 86)
descriptions from the rulebook, and replace with the following.
Landing Sequence: Execute a 180-degree turn to a downwind heading (or
optional 360 degree turn if flight is completed on a downwind maneuver).
Fly a downwind leg, and then turn 180 degrees into the wind for a final
approach to the runway touching down in the landing zone. The landing is
complete when the model has either rolled 10 meters or comes to rest.
Landing Zone: The landing zone shall be marked by lines placed
perpendicular across the runway and spaced 100 meters apart. The width of
the landing zone shall normally be the width of the runway but in no case
shall exceed 30 meters.
Downgrades:
1. Model does not follow landing sequence zero (0) points.
2. Any landing gear leg retracts or collapses on landing, zero (0) points.
3. Model ends up on its back, zero (0) points.
4. Model passes behind the judges’ line (“flight line”), zero (0) points.
5. Model land outside of the landing zone, zero (0) points.
6. Only two scores a 10 or a 0 may be awarded for the landing sequence.
Take-off Sequence: The model is placed on the runway, takes off from
within the landing zone, then turns 90 degrees toward the line defined by
the upwind and downwind marker poles. When approximately over this line
the model turns either 90 degrees or 270 degrees for a downwind trim pass.
When approximately even with the downwind marker the model initiates a
180-degree turn, reversal or other turn-around maneuver of pilot’s choice.
Downgrades:
1. Takeoff sequence not followed, zero (0) points.
2. Model takes off outside of the landing zone, zero (0) points.
3. Model passes behind the judges’ line (“flight line”), zero (0) points.
4. Only two scores a 10 or a 0 may be awarded for the take-off
sequence.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-6 Replace the schedule 18 (404) Masters schedule on page 73 with
the following schedule and insert new maneuver instructions alphabetically
in section E beginning on page 77.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Eric Henderson, AMA 131150
RCA-05-7 page 69, paragraph 4.3: Add the following sentence on the end
of paragraph 4.3: “The Contest Director shall have the option of deleting
the weight and size requirements for the Sportsman Class at any
sanctioned event, however, such deletion must be published in advance of
the event date, and the model in question must conform to AMA weight
limits”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-8: Replace the first sentence in paragraph 8.2.3 to read: “The
accumulated points for required class advancement will be based on a
sliding scale of 4 years time. Advancement points acquired before the
forth (4) year will not count towards advancement”.
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 178
March 2003 179
Replace the second sentence in paragraph 8.2.3 to read: “In other words, a
contestant’s point accumulation is based on the total accumulation for his/her
previous four (4) years of competition”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-9: In Paragraph 8.2.1, insert the words, “Except for those contestants
over 60 years of age”, as a conditional clause in the front of the sentence; “A
flyer accumulating 100 points “.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-10: Correct the criteria for (2) Horizontal Rolls. Replace the text
“center is inverted portion of second roll “ with the following; “Center is that
point when the plane is upright between the two rolls”, and in item 4, replace the
word “three (3)” with the word “two (2)”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-11: Withdrawn by proposer.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-12: Add the following line to Takeoff Downgrades on page 86.
Following item 8 in list, add, “9. Liftoff not centered”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-13: Insert in Section E. “Description of Maneuvers”, in the first
paragraph following the words; “ will have the same altitude and heading for
entry and exit unless otherwise noted”. The words “There is no requirement that
all centered maneuvers have to be performed at the same top and bottom
altitudes throughout the total sequence”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-14: Change paragraph 5 in the Spin definitions on page 78 to read;
“Once the model has entered the spin, drift caused by the wind, even if the
model drifts out of the aerobatic box, is not a judging criteria”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-15: Insert in the introductory paragraph for “Spins” the following
phrase, after the words “ in front of the judges on the center line/pole. The stall
may occur while the plane has forward motion with respect to the ground”. And
before the words, “The following criteria applies to spins”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-16: Remove Paragraph 4.4.1 (Watch for similar proposal.)
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-17: paragraph 16, page 73, change maneuver 17 to “Immelmann Turn
K=1”, add maneuver 18 as, “one positive snap roll on 45 deg. Down line K=3”,
and add maneuver 19 as “Landing K=1”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-18: Add to AMA RC PATTERN JUDGES GUIDE, Paragraph B.a.,
Precision, following the words in the second paragraph; “ straight and level exit
should also result in downgrading”. Add the following definition, “In all cases,
straight and level flight means flight parallel to the flight line, at a constant
altitude, and with wings level”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-19: Insert in paragraph 3, page 78, for the category of “Spins” the
following statement. Following the words “ after the rotation stops”. Add “There
will be no downgrade if the plane is pointed down by the pilot after the spin
rotation stops”. Before the words, “The pull or pushout “.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA05-20: Delete 4.4.1 entirely. (Watch for similar proposal.)
Submitted by: Dave Burton, AMA 8961
RCA-05-21: 7. Pattern event classes: Add an additional sentence at the end as
follows; “A contestant may enter any one class of his/her choice at any contest”.
Eliminate paragraph 8 in its entirety.
Submitted by: Dave Burton, AMA 8961
RCA-05-22: Masters pattern maneuvers: The Masters class will fly the
current FAI preliminary schedule (F3A RC Aerobatics) as a separate class.
Submitted by: Dave Burton, AMA 8961
RCA-05-23: FAI Patter Maneuvers. Add after the first sentence “The noise
limit shall be the current noise limit used in AMA competition for classes
401-404, except in the case of a USA Team Selection contest, where the
noise limit shall be the current FAI noise rule”.
Submitted by: Tony Stillman, AMA 936
RCA-05-25: Page 88, paragraph 8, Add new event for Scale Aerobatics,
Intermediate.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-26: Page 88, Change to add: Insert Rule 3.4 to read as follows:
3.3 No change.
3.4 The Unknown sequences will be drawn from the Catalog of legal
Unknown figures for each class. The Catalog of legal Unknown figures is
located in the Contest Directors Guide located on the IMAC website.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-27: Page 88, Insert new 5.5 and make current 5.5 now 5.6.
5.6 Scale shall be determined by the wingspan. A change in wingspan will
become a change in overall Scale. Fuselage width, height and aircraft
planform or any other variations shall not exceed 10% of scale, with the
exception of airfoils and size/shape of control surface within the scale outline
rule.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-28: Page 88, paragraph 6, Achievement Award Patches.
Change to: Achievement award patches may be earned in each category by
scoring seven (7) or better on each maneuver in Basic, Sportsman, Advanced,
or Unlimited sequence. Award Patches along with the Scale Aerobatics
Newsletter, IMAC, and Scale Aerobatics patches, pins, decals, and wearing
apparel are available through the International Miniature Aerobatic Club
(IMAC) Secretary.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-29: Page 88, 8.1 The event shall be divided into five (5) classes, in
order of increasing difficulty. The classes are Basic (411), Intermediate (4xx),
(412), Advanced (413), and Unlimited (414).
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-30: Page 89, 10.1.3 If a know sequence in progress cannot be
completed due to mechanical problems with the aircraft (including but not
limited to engine failure, radio malfunctions, etc.) the contestant will receive
zeros (0) for each unscored maneuver in that sequence. If the second sequence
is yet to be flown and the aircraft can be made ready to fly (Refer to rule 7),
the contestant may attempt the second sequence.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-31: Page 89, Delete all and print:
12. Aerobatic Box refer to Flying and Judging Guide rule number 4.1.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-32: Page 90, 16.3 Optional Unknown Maneuver Sequences shall
include separate Sportsman, Intermediate, Advanced and Unlimited
sequences, each consisting of up to 15 maneuvers.
16.4 The contestant must fly his entire flight according to the established
flight schedule for his particular class and in the sequence listed. Maneuvers
that are executed out of sequence, or not executed as required by the
sequence, will be zeroed. Remaining maneuvers that are flown in their
appropriate area and in the appropriate order following the zeroed maneuver
will be scored.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 179
180 MODEL AVIATION
RCA-05-33: Page 90, paragraph 17. (4) Minute Freestyle Program. Replaces
existing text for paragraph 17.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-34: Page 90, paragraph 1.
Change to add reference to gender in last sentence:
1. PREFACE
The purpose of this Scale Aerobatics Flying and Judging Guide is to provide
an accurate description of each type of maneuver used in competition and to
provide a reference for use in developing a uniformly high standard of
judging in all AMA sanctioned contests. Study of this guide by the
competitor will help him or her learn exactly what is expected, while study
by the judges will help them decide precisely how well the competitor meets
these expectations.
Flying and judging are very similar in nature; this is why contestant judging
is generally promoted. Nevertheless, there are some key differences between
judges and pilots, mostly related to Mental Attitude and Technical
Knowledge. Reference to any gender in this document shall include both
male and female.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-35: Page 91, paragraph 2 Delete:
Scale Aerobatics maneuvers also use the standard K-factors defined by the
FAI, but with two exceptions:
1) The FAI K-Factors for Rolling circle maneuvers (Family 2.3 to 2.20) must
be doubled (i.e.: A FAI K-factor of 13 should become 26).
2) The FAI K-Factor for Tailslide maneuvers (Family 6) must be multiplied
by one and half (1.5) (i.e.: a FAI K-Factor of 16 should become 24). When
the original FAI K-Factor is an odd number, the result of the multiplication
used should be reduced to the lower whole number (i.e.: a FAI K-Factor of
15 should become 22, or 15+7.5=22.5, reduced to the lower number=22).
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-36: Page 92 Change as follows:
3. RULES
Scale Aerobatics has several rules that differ from either Full Scale
Aerobatics (IAC) or AMA RC Aerobatics (AMA Pattern). Because the
judging pool used in Scale Aerobatics contests sometimes comes from both
or either of those two groups, it is useful to go through the major differences:
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-37: Page 92, change as follows:
4. RCA-05-37: Positioning
Scale Aerobatics requires all scored maneuvers to be flown in front of the
judges, in an area called the “box”. Competitors should perform their
sequence within the aerobatic box balance about the center of the x-axis and
at an optimal distance from the judges. Judges will give the position grade
according to the total impression of the balanced use of the aerobatic box and
the overall presentation of the sequence. It is not required, however, to use all
the available airspace vertically or on the x or y-axis. As a judge, what is
important is that you apply the same presentation criteria in consistent
manner to every pilot flying the program. The range of possible scores is
from 10 to 0 in .5 increments.
If the sun is positioned such that it hampers positioning and judging of any
maneuvers, the contestant may request the judges to allow an offset of certain
maneuvers. This agreement shall take place prior to the start of the flight.
Also, flying the figures in the front or the back of the box while on the X-axis
is not a criterion for judging. Before entering the box, the pilot or caller
should announce to the judges the direction of flight (Left-to-Right or Rightto-
Left). This is completely the pilot’s option and independent of the wind
direction. Once this announcement is made, the relationship and positioning
between maneuvers is defined by the Aresti sequence drawing.
Category Positioning coefficients are as follows:
Basic 5K
Sportsman 10K
Intermediate 15K
Advanced 20K
Unlimited 25K
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-38: Page 92
4.1 Scale Aerobatic Box
Two (2) horizontal lines, 90 degrees to each side of the centerline. The total
length of the box shall be 2000 feet (610 meters) along a line parallel to the
flight line. The rear boundary of the box shall be a line parallel to the flight
line and 1000 feet (305 meters) from the competitors position.
Whenever the “complete aircraft” is observed to fly past any boundary, an
infringement penalty will be noted by the maneuver score being circled by
the judge. It should be noted that the judges could disagree on box
infringements (i.e. one judge circles the maneuver and the other doesn’t). The
penalty will be assessed when the scores are tabulated and vary by the class
flown:
i. Basic = two (2) points per infringement
ii. Sportsman = four (4) points per infringement
iii. Intermediate = six (6) points per infringement
iv. Advanced = eight (8) points per infringement
v. Unlimited = ten (10) points per infringement
Because the judges are located behind the pilot, the only box infringements
generally noted are the one that can easily be assessed using the 90 degree
markers reference on the ground. Although judging the side and back
infringements are more difficult due to the lack of references, judges should
still take them into account if the aircraft clearly goes past these boundaries.
In case of uncertainty, always give the competitor the benefit of the doubt.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-39: Page 93, 4.2 Scale Aerobatic zones through 4.2.2 Side Zones.
Eliminated all above rules.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-40 Page 97, paragraph 6.3 Zero, redefines reason a zero may be
given.
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 180
March 2003 181
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-41: Page 103, 8.6. Family 6: Tailslides
Fifth Paragraph Down;
As with the hammerhead, the aircraft will be in a stalled or near stalled
condition at the top of the vertical line and no deduction for wind drift
should be applied during that particular time.
Delete Figure 28
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-42 Page 73, Changes maneuver sequences for Event 404, Masters.
Watch for similar proposal.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by Troy Newman, AMA 163080
RCA-05-43: New Event. Indoor RC Aerobatics.
It is the intention to provide a safe aerobatic event for electric powered
models that will be flown indoors. Wherever possible, the rules will be the
same as outdoor radio control pattern. Rather than reproduce the entire set
of pattern rules, the exceptions will be noted.
4. Model aircraft requirements.
4.1 Power. Models shall be powered by battery powered electric
motors. The maximum battery voltage shall be 9.6 volts (manufacturers
ratings). No limit is placed on the number of motors, but the maximum
power delivered to the motor(s) shall be 30 watts. In cases where there is a
question, the contestant may be required to sign an affidavit stating that his
entry conforms to this rule.
4.2 Weight and size. No model shall weigh more than 7 ounces ready to
fly.
1.5 Change radius of spinner tip to 2 millimeters.
7. Pattern event classes.
The indoor pattern event shall be divided into two classes. The first, (class
I) shall be open to any model design that meets the weight and power
criteria. The second (class II) will be limited to models which clearly
resemble an aircraft used in aerobatic competition. This includes outdoor
pattern event models as well as full scale aircraft. Both classes will fly the
same maneuver pattern.
8. Contestant classification. This system will not be used in indoor
aerobatics. Delete sections 8.-8.3.
10. Official flight. Change time limit to two (2) minutes.
11. Time limits. Change time to (2) minutes.
14. The CD will determine the boundary limits for the “box” based on site
conditions, as well as the distance from the judges for the flight path of
maneuvers.
16. Both indoor classes will use the intermediate pattern maneuver
schedule.
20.7 Delete references to weather.
20.8 Delete references to the sun.
Submitted by: Bob Wilder, AMA 14951
RC Pylon Racing
RCR-05-1, page 123, paragraph 16.3.1. Airframe. Redefines current
regulations of event #424 for the purpose of clarity and enforceability.
Exact wording proposed for the rulebook:
Under section 16.3.1 Airframe:
The airframe specifications for this event are identical to those for Quickie
500 (Event No. 428).
New exact wording of section 16.3.1
The airframe specifications for this event are identical to those for
Quickie 500 (Event No. 428) with the following exceptions: Wing and
tail construction. Wings must be constructed of either all wood or wood
sheeting over a solid foam core. Wings manufactured in molds designed
to produce hollow core composite wings, is prohibited. The last three
inches of each wing tip may be made of any material. The intent of the
rule is to keep the cost of participation to a minimum.
Submitted by: Dan Kane, AMA 26835
RCR-05-2, page 123, 16.3.2 Powerplant.
Under section 16.3.2 Powerplant, sub-section A. Engine. Remove the
following sentence from item #6 Power Output:
As such, it is not a suitable event for the use of engines that some with
tuned mufflers or otherwise are capable of turning a stock 9 x 6 APC
propeller at over 16, 500 rpm on the ground.
Reword paragraph 6:
“Sport Quickie is intended as an entry-level event for pilots who are
new to racing. Sample engines are tested via committee and a list of
permissible engines is published and updated as necessary, annually.
Criteria include purchase price and power output in both the normal
takeoff RPM range and the presumed in-air (“unloaded”) RPM range.
Any engine with a tuned muffler is strictly prohibited. The cost of the
engine must be below $120 (street price). If engines more powerful than
this are to be used at a contest, the contest should be sanctioned as
Quickie 500 (Event No. 428), not sport Quickie.”
Add paragraph 7:
“Prior approval of engines”.
a). Procedure: All engines, past and future inclusive, shall not be
entered into competition until a five-member sub-committee of the RC
Racing Contest Board has approved the engine by an affirmative vote of
at least three members thereof. Such approval may be given orally, but
shall be recorded for future reference. An engine shall be considered
eligible for competition if it meets all requirements of section 16.3.2
and, in addition, does not hinder the state of this entry level event as
determined by the aforementioned five-member committee. The
committee is appointed by the Racing Contest Board Chairman and will
not include any member with a vested interest in the sale of
manufacturing of an engine for this event. In addition any engine can be
removed from the list by an affirmative vote of at least three members
thereof.
Under section 16.3.3. Special Provisions, sub-section b. Rule Variations
Permitted: Remove item #1: Approval engine list: Sample engines are
tested and a list of permissible engines is published annually. Criteria
include purchase price and power output in both the normal takeoff rpm
range and the presumed in-air (“unloaded”) rpm range.
Remove item #2: Prohibited Features: Typically these include
Schneurle porting and ABC/AAC metallurgy.
Change item #3 Claiming rule, to item #1.
RCR-05-3: Adds new (provisional) event Formula 1 Sport
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Robert Dible, AMA 41701
RC Helicopter
RCH-05-1, Class I. Change pilot position for Class I. page 130,
paragraph 28.6.1. Class I position is fixed to a two (2) meter line on
side of box closest to the judges. If the pilot moves from the fixed
position from the beginning to the end of the flight a severe downgrade
shall be imposed.
Page 131, paragraph 29.1.1. (Change sentence #2 only). Pilot stands on
the two (2) meter line on the side of the box closest to the judges.
On page 127, course layout. Removed the two flags on the sides of the
box. Remove the two 1.2m circles on the front and back of the box.
Submitted by: Thomas Erb, AMA 98317
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 181
182 MODEL AVIATION
RC Soaring
SO-05-1. Add the following paragraphs to page 137.
Note: conflicts with proposal with SO-05-2
1.1 No object, device in its fully extended position, or part thereof can
protrude ahead of the nose of the aircraft.
1.2 Ahead of the leading edge of the wing, no part of an object or device in
its fully extended position can protrude more than one inch below the bottom
of the fuselage. If the fuselage bottom is curved, the length of the protrusion
or part thereof will be measured along the perpendicular to a tangent to the
fuselage at the point where the measurement is to be made. 1.3 From the
leading edge of the wing to the rearmost part of the fuselage, no part of an
object or device in its fully extended position can protrude more than three
inches below the bottom of the wing or an extension thereof. Measurements
will be made along a perpendicular to the bottom of the wing at the point in
question. In the event that an object/device is located behind the trailing edge
of the wing, the extension of the bottom of the sing will be determined by
placing a straight edge so that it is in contact with at least two points along
the bottom of the wing and measuring along a perpendicular to the side of the
straight edge that is in contact with the bottom of the wing. Flaps must be
fully retracted when measurements are made.
1.4 The forward facing edge of an object or device in its fully extended
position must have a radius of a t least 0.25 inch in the vertical plane.
1.5 All objects or devices in their fully extended position must lay in a single
plane that is perpendicular to the bottom surface of the wing and congruent
with the centerline of the fuselage.
1.6 The above rules do not apply to those classes that specifically prohibit the
use of devices whose intent it is to produce a rapid deceleration when
landing.
Submitted by: Robert Johnson, AMA 74650
SO-05-2, page 137, paragraph 3.1.6.d.
Note: conflicts with proposal with SO-05-1
Eliminate paragraph 3.1.6.d in its entirety.
Submitted by: Richard Eckel, AMA 467949
SO-05-3: Withdrawn by proposer.
Submitted by: Robert Glover, AMA V100
SO-05-4, Establish new event: RC Slope Soaring Combat.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Loren Blinde, AMA 91210
SO-05-5: Add new event: Nostalgia Sailplane.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Jack Iafret, AMA 7114
Scale
SCA-05-1, page 157, pull test and line size table, bottom row (15-20 lb
models). In the CL Precision Scale event, change the “CL Flying Scale” pull
test and line size table, bottom row (15 — 20 lb models), right column (pull
Test), from, “5G 80 lb max,” to “5G 80 lb min.”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
SCA-05-2, Add new event: Control Line Fun Scale
The intent of Fun Scale is to provide a CL Scale event, which is, and is to
remain, simple in concept. It minimizes the static judging and emphasizes the
flying segment.
1. ELIGIBILITY. The contest is open to modeler-built or factory built
CL Scale models. The event rules are identical to event #509, Control Line
Sport Scale except for static judging. General rule 4 (builder — flier) will
not apply in this event. With advance notice, the event may be conducted
in different classes based on skill or age level, i.e., Open, Entry, Junior,
Senior, etc.
2. STATIC JUDGING. The static scale outline score will be a graduated
zero (0) to five (5) points to contestants who show proof that a full size
aircraft or this type did/does exist. An additional score of a graduated zero (0)
to (5) points will be awarded if proof is shown as to replicating a
color/markings scheme of the original full size aircraft. A single sheet (3-
view drawing, photo, profile, painting, plastic kit box, etc.) is sufficient.
Contestant prepared drawings of a photo of the model itself is not acceptable.
If no proof of existence or color/markings is shown, no static points will be
awarded. However, it will be up to the contest director and/or event director
to determine if the scale model is indeed a replica of a full size aircraft of r
contest
eligibility.
3. FLYING. All rules as per CL Sport Scale (event #509).
4. SCORING. The official score shall be the total of static points (10
maximum) and the single best flight score (100 maximum) for a total of 110
points.
Submitted by: William Reynolds, AMA 49921
SCA-05-3 Rewrites Event 518 Scale Helicopter rules
Watch for similar proposal. Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please
contact the Competitions Department for a complete copy.
Submitted by: Peter Wales, AMA 532418
SCA-05-4 Rewrites Event 518 Scale Helicopter rules
Watch for similar proposal. Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please
contact the Competitions Department for a complete copy.
Submitted by: Brian Stewart, AMA 618578
SCA-05-5 page 162, event 521. To be added after dummy pilot exemption in
opening paragraph for event 521.
Event 521 Profile Scale is exempted from the retract rule, requiring flying
with wheels up if prototype had retractable landing gear.
(Control Line Scale Flight Judging Guide, Part e paragraph 4.2 Realism in
flight)
Submitted by: Charles Bauer, AMA 21824
SCA-05-6, page 165, Radio Control Sport Scale (Sportsman and Expert)
Event, revises rules to specifically allow for indoor flying of RC Scale
models in these events.
Revise current section 2. Safety Requirements
Leave items 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5 as is.
Re-number 2.8 to 2.6.
Add new section 3. Outdoor Events
3.1. There are no restrictions as to types of power plants that may be used in
R/C Sport Scale models that are flown outdoors. Reciprocating internal
combustion engines (including 2-stroke, 4-stroke, glow, gas, CO2,
compressed air), electric motors, and turbojet engines are allowed.
3.2. (same as old section “2.7. Turbojet engines “
3.3. With the exception of electric motors, the engine(s) must be equipped
with an effective muffler or silencer to limit noise output. A tuned pipe is
considered a muffler.
3.4. R/C Sport Scale models that are flown outdoors shall weigh no more
than 55 pounds, ready for flight, including fuel.
Add a new section 4. Indoor Events
4.1. R/C Sport Scale models that are flown indoors must be powered with
electric, CO2, orcompressed air motor(s). No other type of power plant is
permissible for indoor flying.
4.2. R/C sport Scale models that are flown indoors shall weigh no more than
12 ounces ready for flight, including fuel or batteries.
4.3. Maximum wing loading of the model, ready for flight, shall not exceed 6
ounces per square foot.
4.4. Due to wide variations in the size and shape of indoor flying sites, the
Contest Director has authority to adjust sections 4.2. and 4.3. as needed to fit
the contest flying site and local conditions. In all cases, any deviation from
these rulebook specifications must be noted in all pre-contest announcements
and literature well in advance of the event.
4.5. Because of the size restrictions that indoor flying naturally imposes on
the flight of a model, the Contest Director has authority to adjust any of the
maneuver descriptions in the “Radio Control Scale Flight Judging Guide” to
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 182
March 2003 183
fit the size of his facility. For example, the Judging Guides says that the Fly-
Past should be flown between 10 — 20 feet altitude for at least 5 seconds. At
many indoor flying facilities that would be impossible. In all cases, any
deviation from the Judging Guide maneuver descriptions must be noted in all
pre-contest announcements and literature well in advance of the event.
Revise current section 3. Model Requirements
Delete third paragraph; “With the exception of electric motors, the engine
must be equipped with an effective muffler “
Re-number current sections 3 through 11 as sections 5 through 13
respectively.
Submitted by: Mike Gretz, AMA 7614
SCA-05-7, Adds new event: Indoor Electric R/C Scale
Power and Model Requirements: Maximum motive power will be a single
stock speed 280 brush can motor or equipment with no restrictions on
gearing or propeller size and no restrictions on battery type and or size.
The model shall have a maximum wing loading of 5 oz per square foot.
Multiple motors will not exceed in total the equivalent of a speed 280 electric
motor.
Static Judging: The model will be judged at a distance of 5 feet for finish
color & markings and accuracy of outline and at 1 foot for craftsmanship.
Cockpit detail will be included s part of the craftsmanship judging. A 50
point maximum score can be given for each of the 3 categories giving a
maximum static score of 150 points. The builder of the model rule applies,
page 149 paragraph 4.
Flight Judging: A flight will consist of 10 maneuvers, 5 mandatory and 5
optional. Each maneuver will be scored 0 to 5 points for a maximum total of
50 points. Mandatory maneuvers consist of takeoff, minimum of 2 laps left
(counter clockwise), minimum of 2 laps right (clockwise), landing, and
realism of flight. Optional maneuvers can include retracting and extending
undercarriage, bomb or leaflet or tank drop, etc. The maneuvers can be done
in any order. A minimum of 2 rounds will be flown. The final flight score
will consist of the total of the 2 best rounds divided by 2. The flight score
will be added to the static score for a maximum of 200 points.
Submitted by: Ernest Harwood, AMA 6550
SCA-05-8: Event #518, Sport Scale Soaring
Change section 8 to read:
8. RC Flight Plan
The RC Flight Plan shall consist of 10 maneuvers and/or scale operations,
three (3) mandatory and seven (7) optional. The mandatory items are:
Three hundred sixty degree thermal turns.
Landing.
Realism in flight.
The mandatory and optional maneuvers may be performed in any sequence,
but must follow the contestants flight plan presented to the judges.
Move “Climb to Release” maneuver from section 1. Mandatory Maneuvers
to section 2. Optional Flight Maneuvers.
Delete section 1.2 “maintain straight attitude” from maneuver lists.
Submitted by: Terry Edmonds, AMA 9438
SCA-05-9: Event 517, Sport Scale Soaring
10. Official Score.
Change present wording: “The official score shall be the total of static points
9100 maximum) ... ”
To: “The official score shall be the total of static points (30) time multiplier
maximum) ... ”
Also delete second reference to (100 maximum) for static points in section
10.
Submitted by: Terry Edmonds, AMA 9438
SCA-05-10: Event 517, Sport Scale Soaring
Delete first sentence of section 9.
Flight Scoring. Maximum total flight score is 100 points.
Add to end of section 9.1.
After the flight is complete each maneuver score is to be multiplied by the
difficulty factor for tat maneuver. If a competitor flies a maneuver not on the
list, a difficulty factor of 1.0 is to be used. (See attached list)
Delete reference to “(100 maximum)” for flight score in section 10.
MANEUVER DIFFICULTY FACTOR
1. Takeoff 1.0
2. Aerotow Including Release 1.2
3. Climb to Release (winch, hi-start, hand tow) 1.0
4. 360 Degree Thermal Turns 1.0
5. Straight Flight Back 0.7
6. Procedure Turn 0.8
7. Straight Flight Back 0.7
8. Figure Eight 1.0
9. Inside Loop 1.2
10. Outside Loop 1.5
11. Immelmann Turn 1.4
12. Stall Turn 1.3
13. Wingover 1.3
14. Split-S 1.2
15. Roll 1.2
16. Barrel Roll 1.2
17. Spin 1.4
18. Cuban Eight 1.5
19. Sideslip 1.2
20. Flight in a Triangular Circuit 0.9
21. Flight in a Rectangular Circuit 0.9
22. Chandelle 1.1
23. Traffic Pattern Approach to Landing 1.1
24. Spot Landing 1.0
25. Landing 1.0
26. Realism in Flight 1.0
27. Scale Operation: Retract Wheel 1.0
28. Scale Operation: Spoilers 0.5
29. Scale Operation: Flaps 0.5
30. Scale Operation: Dumpable Water Ballast 2.0
31. Scale Operation: Drop Dolly 0.7
Submitted by: Terry Edmonds, AMA 9438
SCA-05-11: Event 517, Sport Scale Soaring
Change 7.2 “Launch shall be by winch or aero tow” to “Launch shall be by
winch, aero tow, high-start or hand tow”.
Change 7.2 “ Two winch launches per round will be allowed if a pilot
requires them to complete his flight maneuvers. In the case of two winch
launches, a given maneuver will be judged only
once, the first time it is performed”. To: “Two launches per round will be
allowed except for aero tow, if a pilot requires them to complete his flight
maneuvers. In the case of two launches, a given maneuver will be judged
only once, the first time it is performed”.
Submitted by: Robert Harold, AMA 2457
SCA-05-12: Worksheet for static judging of CL and RC Sport Scale.
Worksheet is attached to original proposal.
Submitted by: Charles Bauer, AMA 21824
RC Electric
ECL-05-1 page 186 Adds new event: Elexaco
Summary of Elexaco Competition Rules: (Old Timer or Open) The
investment flying electric using a 400 motor is nominal as an existing radio
with at least 3 channels is all that is needed. What makes it real interesting is
that the performance of a 7 cell battery pak with a direct 400 motor system is
outstanding. Using alkaline battery cells in the Tx makes the model always
available for flight when stored in the trunk of your car. Due to the small size
it is stored assembled. In traveling where a field is sited (A football field will
do) simply stop, charge the flight battery for motor and RX power by BEC
and fly as the alkalines for the TX are always ready. Now to add interest a
simple endurance competitive event was designed that can be decided at the
flying field. All that is required is a stop watch. To establish equity the
Elexaco event is offered making it easy as it defines specifically the
hardware required. It is designed as an electric version of the ever popular
1⁄2A Glo-Powered Texaco event and can be restricted to old-timer if desired
by option.
Elexaco Event Rules
1. Any model with an aspect wing ratio of less than 7 qualifies (wingspan
divided by center chord).
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 183
184 MODEL AVIATION
2. Any rated 400 Electric ferrite motor (not brushless or cobalt and not geared)
qualifies.
3. A 7 cell 250 to 350 MAH power pak must be used.
4. Any motor shut off device is acceptable.
Flight Rules
Timed from either take-off or hand launch, motor is allowed to fun for 2 minutes
and shut off by radio—if motor is shut off prior to 2 minutes it is not to be turned
back on—if turned back on score is 0. Flight is continued and timed toward max
flight time of 15 minutes to land at designated field. Score 1 point per second
(max 900 points). Exceeding max results in penalty of 1 point per second.
Submitted by: Joe Beshar, AMA 175
ELC-05-2, page 186 section 4.21 Indoor electric duration. Change “Battery size
is limited to (6) 50 mAh cells” to “Battery size is limited to (6) N-AAA Nicad
cells.
Submitted by: Steve Leitgen, AMA 322830
ECL-05-3, add new event 629. Plane shall not exceed 21 ounces flying weight.
Maximum wing loading shall not exceed three and one half (3 «) ounces/square
feet. Battery size is limited to any combination of cells designated by the
manufacturer as rechargeable. The plane shall fly a circular or oval or figure
eight course as specified by the judges. Either ROG or handlaunch is permitted.
Total points will be the duration time in seconds. Contest director will determine
number of attempts allowed.
Submitted by: Steve Leitgen, AMA 322830
ELC-05-4, page 186 section 4.21 Electric Indoor Duration. Change “Battery
size is limited to (6) 50 mAh cells” to “Battery size is limited to a maximum of
(6) 50 mAH Nicad cells”.
Submitted by: Steve Leitgen, AMA 322830
Special Events
SEB-05-1 was moved to Executive Council jurisdiction.
SEB-05-2: R/C Competition Fun Fly, adds timed flight wording to allow
variations in total flight time and maneuvers to be performed.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department for a
copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Dan Luchaco, AMA 723
RC Combat
RCC-05-1, page 62, section 3.1. Create new Open RC Combat Class.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department for a
copy of the complete proposal. Watch for similar proposal!
Submitted by: John Vaught, AMA 122092
RCC-05-2 Create a new class of Open RC Combat:
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department for a
copy of the complete proposal. Watch for similar proposal!
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-3 page 193, 3.3.1.
3.3.1 A maximum dry weight of 3.5 pounds for any single engine design.
3.3.2 The maximum dry weight for multi-engine designs shall be
determined from the following table:
Twins up to and including a 50 inch span, 4 lbs.
Twins with greater than 50 inch span up to and including 60 inch span, 4.5
lbs.
Twins over 60 inch span, 5 lbs.
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-4 page 193. 3.1 The model must be minimum 1/12 scale replica
of a Pursuit, Fighter or Attack aircraft produced or in service between
1935 and 1955. For the purpose of this contest, an aircraft shall be
considered a Pursuit, Fighter or Attack aircraft if its missions routinely
involved, or its designer intended any of the following: a) interception of
enemy aircraft, b) high speed ground or sea attack, c) dogfighting, d) long
and short range escort. The aircraft must have been originally designed to
have had onboard guns installed. Aircraft that had guns mounted for
defensive purposes only shall not qualify as Pursuit, Fighter or Attack
aircraft.
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-5 page 193. 3.2.1 Engine Rpm’s will be limited to the following
chart for open B events. Engines will be spot inspected to comply with this
section. Sport inspection will be incur only at the C.D. request. No one can
suggest to the C.D. to inspect an engine. Non-compliance will result in
disqualification from the event. If non-compliance is discovered, one extra
test by a non-partial participate can be executed. Full access to the
transmitter and needle valve setting will be provided to the inspector.
Prop Diameter
1. 8” x 4 19,000+/-100rpms
2. 9” x 4 17,500+/-100rpms
3. 9” x 5 17,000+/-100rpms
4. 10” x 3 16,800+/-100rpms
5. 10” x 4 16,500+/-100rpms
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-6, page 193, event 750, Scale RC Combat. Proposal attempts to
improve the existing event without introducing new classes, formats or
other major changes to existing rules.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Ed Kettler, AMA 730493
RCC-05-7: Add new Class 1520 to Scale RC Combat
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Ronald Caravon, AMA 668956
RCC-05-8: Page 193, Event 750 Proposal changes aircraft rules regarding
dimensions and maximum engine sizes.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Louis Melancon, AMA 15165
Key Dates
(Events attended by AMA HQ staff and/or officers)
February 20 - 23
Florida Jets
Bunnell FL
February 21 - 23
WRAM Show 2003
White Plains NY
April 23 - 27
Top Gun 2003
Lakeland FL
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 184

Author: Steve Kaluf


Edition: Model Aviation - 2003/03
Page Numbers: 175,176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184

2005 Rules Change Cycle
Basic Rules Change Proposals
The following are the Basic Rules Change Proposals that have been submitted for
consideration in the 2005 Rules Change Cycle. These proposals have been
reviewed by each Contest Board chairperson and/or the Executive Council
(depending on jurisdiction).
The proposals are now being published to allow the AMA membership an
opportunity to comment to those voting before action takes place. If any of these
proposals are of interest to you, you are encouraged to contact the appropriate
Contest Board representative for the event and your AMA district. If the
proposal is under Executive Council jurisdiction, please contact your district
vice president to make your comments.
All proposals will be voted on in February. Proposals that pass this initial vote
will continue to be considered during subsequent voting. Proposals failing the initial
vote will no longer be considered. Please contact the Competition Department if
you have any questions or need complete copies of proposals not reproduced in
their entirety here.
Executive Council
EC-05-1: To move the Scale Helicopter rules from the Scale section to the
Helicopter section.
Submitted by: Peter Wales, AMA 532418
EC-05-2: R/C Competition Fun Fly creates new Contest Board and category for
R/C Competition Fun Fly. Move event 705 to this category.
Submitted by: Dan Luchaco, AMA 723
Outdoor Free Flight
OFF-05-1, page 15, paragraph 1.4, 1.41, 1.42, and 1.43. In the section for P-30
MODEL — For Event 124 paragraph 1.4; change the last line “only the following
changes will be allowed.” To “Any modifications to this propeller will be allowed.”
Paragraphs 1.4.1, 1.4.2. and 1.4.3 will now be unnecessary and shall be removed.
Submitted by: William Jenkins, AMA 22121
OFF-05-2, page 18, Free Flight Electric Power, for events 160 & 161.
Change to:
2. General. A Free Flight electric Power model airplane is powered by a
motor that receives as its sole source of power, energy from rechargeable
batteries rated at 1.5 volts per cell or less, self-contained in the model.
2.1 The following events have been established according to the
number of rechargeable battery cells used:
160 Class A—Six (6) cells or less
161 Class B—More than six (6) cells
Submitted by: Francis B. Hodson, AMA 1688
OFF-05-3, page 18, Free Flight Electric Power for events 160 & 161.
Change to:
1. Motor Run/Flight Maximum. The length of the motor run after the
model has been released for flight shall be twenty (20) seconds, excluding
flyoff flights. The maximum recorded duration for each flight shall be
two (2) minutes, including qualified flyoff flights.
3.1 All models shall be hand launched. Launching shall be as
specified for hand launch of land plane models, FF General.
Change to:
6. Number of Flights. Each contestant shall be allowed a total of six (6)
attempts to make three (3) official flights. All official and unofficial
flights are described above are attempts.
6.1 If the three (3) official flights total the maximum allowed, then a
series of flyoff flights may be taken. Flyoff flights may continue until the
contestant’s model fails to reach the flight maximum. Only one (1)
attempt is permitted for each flyoff flight. Flyoff motor runs are as
follows:
First (1st) Flyoff Flight through Third (3)
15 Seconds
F o c u s o n C o m p e t i t i o n
Technical
Director
Steve
Kaluf
[email protected]
WE HAVE REACHED the first critical
stage in the 2005 Rules Change Cycle. All
basic rules change proposals have been
received, reviewed, and are now being
published in this copy of Model Aviation so
that the membership may make comments
on them.
This is the critical part. If you fly in
competition, you should read every
proposal that has anything to do with the
events you fly. The critical part is that you
should make comments regarding the
proposal to the proper Contest Board
representative for that discipline and your
district. The Contest Board members are in
place to represent their constituents’ views
on competition matters. If they do not hear
from the membership, it becomes difficult
for them to properly represent these views.
So do your part; let them know what you
think!
In February of 2003 I will be sending the
initial ballot for these proposals to all of the
Contest Boards. Those proposals that fail
the initial ballot will no longer be
considered. Those that pass will continue on
through the interim and final votes (more on
that part of the cycle in a future column).
One last thing for this column (short due
to the many pages needed to publish the
basic proposals): I have another Urgent
Rules Change Proposal to publish. Due to
the nature of this proposal it was assigned to
the Executive Council for consideration.
Proposals are assigned to the Executive
Council when the issue is perhaps
contentious due to it affecting two or more
Contest Boards or when the issue is clearly
an item that falls under EC jurisdiction.
Approximately four weeks after this
publication I will be taking a ratification
vote. If passed, the proposal will go into
effect January 1.
Urgent Rules Change Proposal
Wording for change: Proposal seeks to
move events 501 (Outdoor Peanut Scale),
503 (Outdoor Flying Rubber Scale) and
504 (Outdoor Gas Power Scale) from
Scale Contest Board jurisdiction to the
Free Flight Contest Board jurisdiction. The
events would also move to the Free Flight
category in the Competition Regulations.
Logic behind proposed change: The Free
Flight Outdoor Scale events are all but
dead, while events such as Flying Aces
Club events continue to grow in
popularity. In 2002 the Nats was one of the
only events to offer AMA Free Flight
Scale events; other events offered FAC
Scale. The Scale Contest Board is
composed of people who are experts in
controlled flight but have little experience
with the issues facing the Free Flight
community.
Submitted by: Jerold Murphy, AMA 917
’Til next time … MA
March 2003 175
03sig6.QXD 1.6.03 9:09 am Page 175
176 MODEL AVIATION
Fourth Flyoff Flight and All Succeeding Flights
10 Seconds
6.2 The CD may at his discretion, add further definitions and/or reduce the
maximum duration limits due to weather, terrain, or local conditions, so long
as adequate notice is given to all contestants before competition begins.
However, all flight(s) and flight time(s) flown under CD imposed rule
deviations shall not to be considered for record purposes.
Submitted by: Francis B. Hodson, AMA 1688
Indoor Free Flight
IND-05-1, page 21. FAI Indoor Model (F1L EZB)—specifications, flying
rules, and scoring rules are the same as for FAI Indoor Models. (See FAI
Sporting Code.)
Control Line General
CLG-05-1, page 28, paragraph 2. Add to the end of paragraph “No control of
any aircraft function is allowed except via the control lines”.
Submitted by: Tom Dixon, AMA 1028
CLG-05-2, Event 332, page 66.
1. Change CL Endurance, Event 332, Rule 3, first sentence from: “Engine(s)
shall be of the reciprocating internal combustion type with total piston
displacement from .0900 to .3600 cubic inches”.
Change to:
“Engine(s) shall be of the reciprocating internal combustion type with total
piston displacement from .0900 to .3661 cubic inches”.
2. Change the CL Endurance Pull Test Table (page 66), Class Engine Size
Column. “.0900—.3600”
Change to:
“.0900—.3661”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
CLG-05-3, Event 332, page 66.
For event #332 Control Line Endurance, paragraph 4., Fuel Capacity. Change:
“The maximum fuel capacity permitted is four (4) fluid ounces”.
To:
“The maximum fuel capacity permitted is one (1) fluid ounce”.
Submitted by: Walt Gifford, AMA 59229
Control Line Speed
CLS-05-1, page 32, 4. Classification of Control Line Speed Models. Class
1⁄2A .0000—.0504 cubic inch.
Submitted by: Barry Tippett, AMA 4373092
Page 33 Chart. Correct to read 1⁄2A .0000 - .0615 cubic inches.
CLS-05-2 page 32, AMA rulebook, .21 Proto Speed, event 306, 2. Design
The model must have a full fuselage and rudder. Stabilizer must be flat,
butterfly type stabilizers are not acceptable unless it is a true scale model.
Page 39 AMA rulebook, 21 Proto Speed Event #306 Airplane Specifications
Rudder/fin area shall be a minimum of 5% of the wing area, rudder must be
standard upright configuration on top of the fuselage, sub rudders not
allowed.
Submitted by: Barry Tippett, AMA 373092
CLS-05-3 page 33, AMA rulebook. 7. Fuel
Fuel for all two cycle glow plug engines shall contain not less than 10%
nitromethane, not less than 20% lubricant and the rest methanol.
Omit — of more than .0504 cubic inch displacement
CLS-05-4, page 33, paragraph 7. Fuel. Fuel for jet engines shall consist of
80% methanol and 20% nitromethane.
Submitted by: Earl Bailey, AMA 41658
CLS-05-5 page 39, .21 Proto Speed. Make 21 proto an official event. Present
rules as printed in the rulebook are adequate.
Submitted by: Glenn Lee, AMA 5087
CLS-05-6: Page 41, section “ESTABLISHMENT OF LINE SIZES AND
PULL TESTS IN CL SPEED”, under paragraph “Implementation”.
IMPLEMENTATION: It is the responsibility of the Control Line Speed
Contest Board Chairman to monitor and maintain the line sizes and pull tests
as described above. In the event a new record is established which
necessitates an increase in line size, pull test, or both, any changes will be
published concurrently with announcement of new record.
In the case of a record established on a newly increased line size, whereby the
previous pull test standard exceeds the need of the new record, the CLSCB
Chairman will establish a new appropriate pull test standard. For all classes
that have 48G and higher pull tests, the new standard will be no less than 48G.
Changes will become effectively immediately upon publication in Model
Aviation magazine. Changes are to be automatic, with no action required by
the control line speed contest board or the AMA Executive Council.
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
CLS-5-7: Page 33, 1⁄2A Speed (Event #310).
Change minimum diameter of 1 line system from .014 to .016.
Change minimum diameter of 2 line system from .012 to .010.
Change pull test from 48G to 40 G.
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
CLS-05-8: Page 37, Control Line Speed, Paragraph 11. “Timing of Flight”.
Use existing paragraph except change: “once-tenth (1⁄10)” to “one-hundredth
(1⁄100).
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
CLS-05-9: Page 38, Control Line Speed, Paragraph 18 “Timing Pole —
Height Marker”.
Replace paragraph with:
“A pole or reference marker shall be provided outside of the flight circle for
timing and judging flight. Maintenance of flight in excess of 15 feet in any
class for more than « lap shall constitute a foul”.
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
Control Line Racing
CLR-05-1, page 46, 2.2 Mouse Racer. Change Class II Mouse
(Supplemental) to CLASS II Mouse (Official).
Add: 2.2.2 Fuel will be contest supplied 10 percent nitromethane 20 percent
lubricant.
Add: 2.2.3 Spring starters are not allowed.
Submitted by: John McCollum, AMA 15542
CLR-05-2 Event 312, page 44.
Change CL Slow Rat Racing, Event 312, (page 44), Pull Test Table, Class
Engine Size column from:
“.3600”
To:
“.3661”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
Control Line Carrier
CLC-05-1 page 47, paragraph 3.3.1. Delete existing paragraph 3.3.1 and
replace with:
3.3.1 The engines in the profile Navy Carrier event shall have a maximum
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 176
March 2003 177
total displacement of .3661 cubic inch. Two-stroke cycle engines must be of
the front intake type. No pressure fuel systems will be permitted; however,
the vents in the tank may be pointed forward in the airstream.
(Note also that CL General, Page 31, paragraph 11.1 states that 60% of the
displacement of a 4 stroke is taken for competition, so that a 10cc (.61 cu in)
4 stroke may be used in Profile Carrier).
Submitted by: William Bischoff, AMA 53549
Control Line Aerobatics
CLA-05-1, page 55, paragraph 13:14, Four Leaf Clover. Reference the C.L.
Precision Aerobatics maneuver description for the four leaf clover, Paragraph
13:14:
In the first sentence, change “approximately 38 degrees” to “approximately
42 degrees”.
In the drawing of the maneuver showing the four leaf clover, change “38°
elev” to “42° elev”.
In the errors section of this same paragraph, first sentence; change; “38
degrees” to “42 degrees”.
In the Maneuver section, Paragraph 15.3.14, first sentence, change “38
degrees” to “42 degrees”.
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-2, page 50, Reference CL Precision Aerobatics Model
Requirements, Paragraph 2:
Replace the first two sentences “Engines shall be of will be allowed”. With
the following:
“Permitted power source/s shall include any power except rocket motors.
Piston engine/s shall be subject to a total swept volume limitation of 15cc
(0.92 cubic inches). Electric power shall be limited to a maximum no-load
voltage of 42 volts. Gas turbine engines shall be limited to 3.5 Kg (7lbs
11ozs) static thrust. There is no adjustment allowance for the swept volume
displacement of four-stroke cycle engines as specified in Paragraph 11.1,
General Control Line rules. No combination of jet, turbine, electric or
reciprocating engine installation will be allowed. Maximum model weight
including any batteries but excluding fuel is 3.5Kg (7lbs 11 oz).
Proposed changes to the line sizes and pull test chart are shown in the
attached sheet. Changes/additions are highlighted. (Note: there is an apparent
typographical error in the current rule book chart showing the entry “.4801-
.6500”. This should be corrected to “.4601-.6500” if the above proposed
change is not accepted. This entry will be superseded if the proposed change
is accepted).
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-3, page 50, Reference CL Precision Aerobatics rule 2.3: Delete the
last sentence “It is suggested that the letter “N” be placed in front of the
license number when the number is affixed to the side of the fuselage or
vertical stabilizer.”
Insert a new sentence which reads:
“It is suggested that the letters “USA” (25mm (1 inch) or higher) be placed at
least once on the model”.
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-4, page 56, Reference the CL Precision Aerobatics Rules, paragraph
14: Delete paragraph 14: “Judging Procedures” and delete “Paragraph 15”:
“Maneuver Assessment” in their entirety. Insert a new “Paragraph 14”:
“Judging Procedures”.
Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-5, page 50, add paragraph 2.4. The builder of the Model for
Precision Aerobatics (AMA events 322, 323, 324, 325, 326) (J, S, O) shall be
considered the person who causes the wing(s) and tail(s) to be permanently
aligned with the body or fuselage of the aircraft, either by gluing or by
adhering permanent mounting points (in the case of take-apart aircraft).
Submitted by: Richard Peabody, AMA 393728
CLA-05-6, page 61, add wording.
Add wording used in defining “BOM Rule and Appearance Points” in
current rule book 6.2 (page 61) and 8.2 (page 61) to “Model Requirements
and Contestant Qualification” section of current rule book, page 50. Add as
2.4.
Submitted by: Richard Peabody, AMA 393728
CLA-05-7: Add new paragraph and change existing paragraph.
Add: Paragraph 16:
The builder of the model rule does not apply to Control Line Precision
Aerobatics.
Delete Paragraph 10. Appearance
Delete Paragraph 10.1 Appearance points are added to the contestant’s flight
points for scoring purposes.
Submitted by: R. Steven Moon, AMA 521164
CLA-05-8: Events 322, 323, 324, 325, 326. Page 50, Paragraph 4. Control
Lines. Revises control line chart.
Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Dave Gardner, AMA 717
Control Line Combat
CLB-05-1, Event 328, page 61, Rule 3, first sentence.
1. Change CL Combat, Event 328, (page 61), rule 3, first sentence from:
“Propulsion shall be provided by a propeller equipped piston engine(s) with
total swept volume of not more than .3600 cubic inches”.
To:
“Propulsion shall be provided by a propeller-equipped piston engine(s) with
total swept volume of not more than .3661 cubic inches”.
2. Change the CL Combat Pull Test Table (page 61), Class Engine Size
column, second line
from:
“.1525—.3600”
To:
“.1525—.3661”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
CLB-05-2: Event #328, paragraph 4: Streamers (Change to read):
Streamers shall be supplied by the contest management. Streamers shall be
made of crepe paper sheets, or other suitable material such as plastic, be of
uniform length, using tow distinct colors, and shall be cut two (2) inches
wide and up to ten feet long. The streamer material should then be doubled
and the folded lengthwise for two inches before being double tied with the
string leader. The string leader shall be 16 to 20 pound test, shall be
marked 84 inches from the know, and shall extend beyond the ink mark 18
inches.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB-05-3: Event #328, paragraph 8.2.2: (Add to end of current
paragraph) Exception: In the event of tangled lines when one plane has
crashed or landed, the pilot of the airborne plane must maneuver in a
manner (such as loops and figure 8s) that allows the other pilot to untangle
his lines from the airborne pilot’s lines. Both pilots must cooperate in
efforts to safely and expeditiously untangle the lines.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB-05-4: Event #328, paragraph 5: Change 75 foot radius safety circle
to read 70 to 75 foot radius safety circle. Also change other references to
the 75 foot circle to 70 to 75.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 177
178 MODEL AVIATION
CLB-05-5: Event #328, paragraph 11.1 Forfeiture: Sub paragraph 1.: (Delete
that portion that reads) “The crankshaft/propeller is also excepted if due to
crankshaft breakage”.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB-05-6: Event #328: Fuel shall not contain more than 10% nitromethane,
not less than 20% lubricant, and the rest shall be methanol. At the discretion
of the CD, use of contest-supplied fuel may be required.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB05-7: Add new paragraph: Optional Equipment/Specifications: At the
CD’s discretion sanction applications may specify “High Performance 1⁄2A
rules in effect”. Doing so indicates line length will be 42’ + plus or minus 3”,
mechanical and electric starters allowed, streamers will be 3⁄4” wide with a
string leader marked 60” from the knot, and shall extend beyond the ink mark
12 inches.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
RC Aerobatics
RCA-05-1, page 72, Flight pattern and maneuvering area, paragraph 14. Add
the following to Radio Control Aerobatics, No. 14 Flight pattern and
maneuvering area. Calling of box entry must be done so there is a minimum
of a 15 meter straight line before the first maneuver. Judging of the maneuver
will begin then. (As the lines into and out of maneuvers are part of the
maneuver and are always judged). Calling of exiting the box must be done
after a minimum of a 15 meter straight line after the maneuver. Judging will
cease at that point.
Submitted by: C. W. Reed, AMA 21971
RCA-05-2, Page 70, paragraph 6.4. Delete last part of sentence beginning “
Maneuvers are no longer done in line with the center of the runway. E.g.
straight flight out/back or touch and goes.”
Page 72, paragraph 13.2. Delete paragraph. Holdover from time when
normalizing was “controversial”.
Page 72, paragraph 14. 6 lines up from bottom of paragraph beginning with
“Maneuvers in those classes “ Delete phrase “ in those classes with all scored
turnarounds.” Holdover from when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 75, paragraph B.c. Positioning, 3rd sentence beginning “In those
classes” delete “In those classes with scored turnarounds”. Holdover from
when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 75, paragraph B.c. Positioning, last paragraph, beginning with 3rd
sentence “In those classes with “ delete to end of paragraph. Holdover from
when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 75, paragraph B.d. 3rd paragraph, delete sentence beginning “In those
classes “ Holdover from when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 76, paragraph D. Middle of 3rd paragraph. Delete phrase “Additionally,
in classes with predominately scored turnarounds,”. Capitalize the following
“the”. Holdover from when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 77, 2nd paragraph “Maneuvers Off Center”. Delete phrase “In those
classed with scored turnarounds”. Capitalize “if”.
Page 77, paragraph “Lines, bottom of page change sentence “If there is a
complete absence of a line before or after the roll” to read “More points are
subtracted for greater differences.” This sentence discusses line relationships
and is in conflict with the next paragraph discussing rolls placed on lines.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-3, Page 68, paragraph 4.2., 2nd to last sentence. Delete phrase
“however, such deletion must be published in advance of the event date”.
Page 71, paragraph 9; Change 3rd sentence to read, “Once this number has
been announced, this is the exact number of flights that should be flown”.
Page 71, paragraph 10.3. Delete sentence in middle of paragraph. “The
contestants may, at their option, elect to refly the entire flight”. Delete second
to last sentence “Maneuver scores prior to the collision will not be used if the
contestant chooses to refly the entire flight”.
Page 72, paragraph 14. 3rd sentence change to read “ ...150 meters in from of
the pilot and by surface lines of white or contrasting color originating at the
pilots position”.
Page 74, paragraph 20.7. In 2nd sentence, delete phrase “It is suggested
that” and change 2nd sentence to read “Each maneuver will be scored
immediately after it is performed”.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-4, page 78. Make the following change to the AMA Judges Guide
by adding subparagraph 6 to “Spins” on page 78.
6. The pilot who can best combine precision/geometry of the spin
(shape of the maneuver/correct number of degrees of rotation/ plus wind
correction to adjust track should receive the higher score.
Make the following change to page 84. “Spins, any number of rotations,
Upright or Inverted”:
Delete subparagraph beginning with “Crabbing the model .”.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-5. Delete the current landing (page 82) and takeoff (page 86)
descriptions from the rulebook, and replace with the following.
Landing Sequence: Execute a 180-degree turn to a downwind heading (or
optional 360 degree turn if flight is completed on a downwind maneuver).
Fly a downwind leg, and then turn 180 degrees into the wind for a final
approach to the runway touching down in the landing zone. The landing is
complete when the model has either rolled 10 meters or comes to rest.
Landing Zone: The landing zone shall be marked by lines placed
perpendicular across the runway and spaced 100 meters apart. The width of
the landing zone shall normally be the width of the runway but in no case
shall exceed 30 meters.
Downgrades:
1. Model does not follow landing sequence zero (0) points.
2. Any landing gear leg retracts or collapses on landing, zero (0) points.
3. Model ends up on its back, zero (0) points.
4. Model passes behind the judges’ line (“flight line”), zero (0) points.
5. Model land outside of the landing zone, zero (0) points.
6. Only two scores a 10 or a 0 may be awarded for the landing sequence.
Take-off Sequence: The model is placed on the runway, takes off from
within the landing zone, then turns 90 degrees toward the line defined by
the upwind and downwind marker poles. When approximately over this line
the model turns either 90 degrees or 270 degrees for a downwind trim pass.
When approximately even with the downwind marker the model initiates a
180-degree turn, reversal or other turn-around maneuver of pilot’s choice.
Downgrades:
1. Takeoff sequence not followed, zero (0) points.
2. Model takes off outside of the landing zone, zero (0) points.
3. Model passes behind the judges’ line (“flight line”), zero (0) points.
4. Only two scores a 10 or a 0 may be awarded for the take-off
sequence.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-6 Replace the schedule 18 (404) Masters schedule on page 73 with
the following schedule and insert new maneuver instructions alphabetically
in section E beginning on page 77.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Eric Henderson, AMA 131150
RCA-05-7 page 69, paragraph 4.3: Add the following sentence on the end
of paragraph 4.3: “The Contest Director shall have the option of deleting
the weight and size requirements for the Sportsman Class at any
sanctioned event, however, such deletion must be published in advance of
the event date, and the model in question must conform to AMA weight
limits”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-8: Replace the first sentence in paragraph 8.2.3 to read: “The
accumulated points for required class advancement will be based on a
sliding scale of 4 years time. Advancement points acquired before the
forth (4) year will not count towards advancement”.
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 178
March 2003 179
Replace the second sentence in paragraph 8.2.3 to read: “In other words, a
contestant’s point accumulation is based on the total accumulation for his/her
previous four (4) years of competition”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-9: In Paragraph 8.2.1, insert the words, “Except for those contestants
over 60 years of age”, as a conditional clause in the front of the sentence; “A
flyer accumulating 100 points “.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-10: Correct the criteria for (2) Horizontal Rolls. Replace the text
“center is inverted portion of second roll “ with the following; “Center is that
point when the plane is upright between the two rolls”, and in item 4, replace the
word “three (3)” with the word “two (2)”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-11: Withdrawn by proposer.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-12: Add the following line to Takeoff Downgrades on page 86.
Following item 8 in list, add, “9. Liftoff not centered”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-13: Insert in Section E. “Description of Maneuvers”, in the first
paragraph following the words; “ will have the same altitude and heading for
entry and exit unless otherwise noted”. The words “There is no requirement that
all centered maneuvers have to be performed at the same top and bottom
altitudes throughout the total sequence”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-14: Change paragraph 5 in the Spin definitions on page 78 to read;
“Once the model has entered the spin, drift caused by the wind, even if the
model drifts out of the aerobatic box, is not a judging criteria”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-15: Insert in the introductory paragraph for “Spins” the following
phrase, after the words “ in front of the judges on the center line/pole. The stall
may occur while the plane has forward motion with respect to the ground”. And
before the words, “The following criteria applies to spins”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-16: Remove Paragraph 4.4.1 (Watch for similar proposal.)
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-17: paragraph 16, page 73, change maneuver 17 to “Immelmann Turn
K=1”, add maneuver 18 as, “one positive snap roll on 45 deg. Down line K=3”,
and add maneuver 19 as “Landing K=1”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-18: Add to AMA RC PATTERN JUDGES GUIDE, Paragraph B.a.,
Precision, following the words in the second paragraph; “ straight and level exit
should also result in downgrading”. Add the following definition, “In all cases,
straight and level flight means flight parallel to the flight line, at a constant
altitude, and with wings level”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-19: Insert in paragraph 3, page 78, for the category of “Spins” the
following statement. Following the words “ after the rotation stops”. Add “There
will be no downgrade if the plane is pointed down by the pilot after the spin
rotation stops”. Before the words, “The pull or pushout “.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA05-20: Delete 4.4.1 entirely. (Watch for similar proposal.)
Submitted by: Dave Burton, AMA 8961
RCA-05-21: 7. Pattern event classes: Add an additional sentence at the end as
follows; “A contestant may enter any one class of his/her choice at any contest”.
Eliminate paragraph 8 in its entirety.
Submitted by: Dave Burton, AMA 8961
RCA-05-22: Masters pattern maneuvers: The Masters class will fly the
current FAI preliminary schedule (F3A RC Aerobatics) as a separate class.
Submitted by: Dave Burton, AMA 8961
RCA-05-23: FAI Patter Maneuvers. Add after the first sentence “The noise
limit shall be the current noise limit used in AMA competition for classes
401-404, except in the case of a USA Team Selection contest, where the
noise limit shall be the current FAI noise rule”.
Submitted by: Tony Stillman, AMA 936
RCA-05-25: Page 88, paragraph 8, Add new event for Scale Aerobatics,
Intermediate.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-26: Page 88, Change to add: Insert Rule 3.4 to read as follows:
3.3 No change.
3.4 The Unknown sequences will be drawn from the Catalog of legal
Unknown figures for each class. The Catalog of legal Unknown figures is
located in the Contest Directors Guide located on the IMAC website.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-27: Page 88, Insert new 5.5 and make current 5.5 now 5.6.
5.6 Scale shall be determined by the wingspan. A change in wingspan will
become a change in overall Scale. Fuselage width, height and aircraft
planform or any other variations shall not exceed 10% of scale, with the
exception of airfoils and size/shape of control surface within the scale outline
rule.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-28: Page 88, paragraph 6, Achievement Award Patches.
Change to: Achievement award patches may be earned in each category by
scoring seven (7) or better on each maneuver in Basic, Sportsman, Advanced,
or Unlimited sequence. Award Patches along with the Scale Aerobatics
Newsletter, IMAC, and Scale Aerobatics patches, pins, decals, and wearing
apparel are available through the International Miniature Aerobatic Club
(IMAC) Secretary.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-29: Page 88, 8.1 The event shall be divided into five (5) classes, in
order of increasing difficulty. The classes are Basic (411), Intermediate (4xx),
(412), Advanced (413), and Unlimited (414).
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-30: Page 89, 10.1.3 If a know sequence in progress cannot be
completed due to mechanical problems with the aircraft (including but not
limited to engine failure, radio malfunctions, etc.) the contestant will receive
zeros (0) for each unscored maneuver in that sequence. If the second sequence
is yet to be flown and the aircraft can be made ready to fly (Refer to rule 7),
the contestant may attempt the second sequence.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-31: Page 89, Delete all and print:
12. Aerobatic Box refer to Flying and Judging Guide rule number 4.1.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-32: Page 90, 16.3 Optional Unknown Maneuver Sequences shall
include separate Sportsman, Intermediate, Advanced and Unlimited
sequences, each consisting of up to 15 maneuvers.
16.4 The contestant must fly his entire flight according to the established
flight schedule for his particular class and in the sequence listed. Maneuvers
that are executed out of sequence, or not executed as required by the
sequence, will be zeroed. Remaining maneuvers that are flown in their
appropriate area and in the appropriate order following the zeroed maneuver
will be scored.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 179
180 MODEL AVIATION
RCA-05-33: Page 90, paragraph 17. (4) Minute Freestyle Program. Replaces
existing text for paragraph 17.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-34: Page 90, paragraph 1.
Change to add reference to gender in last sentence:
1. PREFACE
The purpose of this Scale Aerobatics Flying and Judging Guide is to provide
an accurate description of each type of maneuver used in competition and to
provide a reference for use in developing a uniformly high standard of
judging in all AMA sanctioned contests. Study of this guide by the
competitor will help him or her learn exactly what is expected, while study
by the judges will help them decide precisely how well the competitor meets
these expectations.
Flying and judging are very similar in nature; this is why contestant judging
is generally promoted. Nevertheless, there are some key differences between
judges and pilots, mostly related to Mental Attitude and Technical
Knowledge. Reference to any gender in this document shall include both
male and female.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-35: Page 91, paragraph 2 Delete:
Scale Aerobatics maneuvers also use the standard K-factors defined by the
FAI, but with two exceptions:
1) The FAI K-Factors for Rolling circle maneuvers (Family 2.3 to 2.20) must
be doubled (i.e.: A FAI K-factor of 13 should become 26).
2) The FAI K-Factor for Tailslide maneuvers (Family 6) must be multiplied
by one and half (1.5) (i.e.: a FAI K-Factor of 16 should become 24). When
the original FAI K-Factor is an odd number, the result of the multiplication
used should be reduced to the lower whole number (i.e.: a FAI K-Factor of
15 should become 22, or 15+7.5=22.5, reduced to the lower number=22).
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-36: Page 92 Change as follows:
3. RULES
Scale Aerobatics has several rules that differ from either Full Scale
Aerobatics (IAC) or AMA RC Aerobatics (AMA Pattern). Because the
judging pool used in Scale Aerobatics contests sometimes comes from both
or either of those two groups, it is useful to go through the major differences:
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-37: Page 92, change as follows:
4. RCA-05-37: Positioning
Scale Aerobatics requires all scored maneuvers to be flown in front of the
judges, in an area called the “box”. Competitors should perform their
sequence within the aerobatic box balance about the center of the x-axis and
at an optimal distance from the judges. Judges will give the position grade
according to the total impression of the balanced use of the aerobatic box and
the overall presentation of the sequence. It is not required, however, to use all
the available airspace vertically or on the x or y-axis. As a judge, what is
important is that you apply the same presentation criteria in consistent
manner to every pilot flying the program. The range of possible scores is
from 10 to 0 in .5 increments.
If the sun is positioned such that it hampers positioning and judging of any
maneuvers, the contestant may request the judges to allow an offset of certain
maneuvers. This agreement shall take place prior to the start of the flight.
Also, flying the figures in the front or the back of the box while on the X-axis
is not a criterion for judging. Before entering the box, the pilot or caller
should announce to the judges the direction of flight (Left-to-Right or Rightto-
Left). This is completely the pilot’s option and independent of the wind
direction. Once this announcement is made, the relationship and positioning
between maneuvers is defined by the Aresti sequence drawing.
Category Positioning coefficients are as follows:
Basic 5K
Sportsman 10K
Intermediate 15K
Advanced 20K
Unlimited 25K
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-38: Page 92
4.1 Scale Aerobatic Box
Two (2) horizontal lines, 90 degrees to each side of the centerline. The total
length of the box shall be 2000 feet (610 meters) along a line parallel to the
flight line. The rear boundary of the box shall be a line parallel to the flight
line and 1000 feet (305 meters) from the competitors position.
Whenever the “complete aircraft” is observed to fly past any boundary, an
infringement penalty will be noted by the maneuver score being circled by
the judge. It should be noted that the judges could disagree on box
infringements (i.e. one judge circles the maneuver and the other doesn’t). The
penalty will be assessed when the scores are tabulated and vary by the class
flown:
i. Basic = two (2) points per infringement
ii. Sportsman = four (4) points per infringement
iii. Intermediate = six (6) points per infringement
iv. Advanced = eight (8) points per infringement
v. Unlimited = ten (10) points per infringement
Because the judges are located behind the pilot, the only box infringements
generally noted are the one that can easily be assessed using the 90 degree
markers reference on the ground. Although judging the side and back
infringements are more difficult due to the lack of references, judges should
still take them into account if the aircraft clearly goes past these boundaries.
In case of uncertainty, always give the competitor the benefit of the doubt.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-39: Page 93, 4.2 Scale Aerobatic zones through 4.2.2 Side Zones.
Eliminated all above rules.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-40 Page 97, paragraph 6.3 Zero, redefines reason a zero may be
given.
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 180
March 2003 181
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-41: Page 103, 8.6. Family 6: Tailslides
Fifth Paragraph Down;
As with the hammerhead, the aircraft will be in a stalled or near stalled
condition at the top of the vertical line and no deduction for wind drift
should be applied during that particular time.
Delete Figure 28
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-42 Page 73, Changes maneuver sequences for Event 404, Masters.
Watch for similar proposal.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by Troy Newman, AMA 163080
RCA-05-43: New Event. Indoor RC Aerobatics.
It is the intention to provide a safe aerobatic event for electric powered
models that will be flown indoors. Wherever possible, the rules will be the
same as outdoor radio control pattern. Rather than reproduce the entire set
of pattern rules, the exceptions will be noted.
4. Model aircraft requirements.
4.1 Power. Models shall be powered by battery powered electric
motors. The maximum battery voltage shall be 9.6 volts (manufacturers
ratings). No limit is placed on the number of motors, but the maximum
power delivered to the motor(s) shall be 30 watts. In cases where there is a
question, the contestant may be required to sign an affidavit stating that his
entry conforms to this rule.
4.2 Weight and size. No model shall weigh more than 7 ounces ready to
fly.
1.5 Change radius of spinner tip to 2 millimeters.
7. Pattern event classes.
The indoor pattern event shall be divided into two classes. The first, (class
I) shall be open to any model design that meets the weight and power
criteria. The second (class II) will be limited to models which clearly
resemble an aircraft used in aerobatic competition. This includes outdoor
pattern event models as well as full scale aircraft. Both classes will fly the
same maneuver pattern.
8. Contestant classification. This system will not be used in indoor
aerobatics. Delete sections 8.-8.3.
10. Official flight. Change time limit to two (2) minutes.
11. Time limits. Change time to (2) minutes.
14. The CD will determine the boundary limits for the “box” based on site
conditions, as well as the distance from the judges for the flight path of
maneuvers.
16. Both indoor classes will use the intermediate pattern maneuver
schedule.
20.7 Delete references to weather.
20.8 Delete references to the sun.
Submitted by: Bob Wilder, AMA 14951
RC Pylon Racing
RCR-05-1, page 123, paragraph 16.3.1. Airframe. Redefines current
regulations of event #424 for the purpose of clarity and enforceability.
Exact wording proposed for the rulebook:
Under section 16.3.1 Airframe:
The airframe specifications for this event are identical to those for Quickie
500 (Event No. 428).
New exact wording of section 16.3.1
The airframe specifications for this event are identical to those for
Quickie 500 (Event No. 428) with the following exceptions: Wing and
tail construction. Wings must be constructed of either all wood or wood
sheeting over a solid foam core. Wings manufactured in molds designed
to produce hollow core composite wings, is prohibited. The last three
inches of each wing tip may be made of any material. The intent of the
rule is to keep the cost of participation to a minimum.
Submitted by: Dan Kane, AMA 26835
RCR-05-2, page 123, 16.3.2 Powerplant.
Under section 16.3.2 Powerplant, sub-section A. Engine. Remove the
following sentence from item #6 Power Output:
As such, it is not a suitable event for the use of engines that some with
tuned mufflers or otherwise are capable of turning a stock 9 x 6 APC
propeller at over 16, 500 rpm on the ground.
Reword paragraph 6:
“Sport Quickie is intended as an entry-level event for pilots who are
new to racing. Sample engines are tested via committee and a list of
permissible engines is published and updated as necessary, annually.
Criteria include purchase price and power output in both the normal
takeoff RPM range and the presumed in-air (“unloaded”) RPM range.
Any engine with a tuned muffler is strictly prohibited. The cost of the
engine must be below $120 (street price). If engines more powerful than
this are to be used at a contest, the contest should be sanctioned as
Quickie 500 (Event No. 428), not sport Quickie.”
Add paragraph 7:
“Prior approval of engines”.
a). Procedure: All engines, past and future inclusive, shall not be
entered into competition until a five-member sub-committee of the RC
Racing Contest Board has approved the engine by an affirmative vote of
at least three members thereof. Such approval may be given orally, but
shall be recorded for future reference. An engine shall be considered
eligible for competition if it meets all requirements of section 16.3.2
and, in addition, does not hinder the state of this entry level event as
determined by the aforementioned five-member committee. The
committee is appointed by the Racing Contest Board Chairman and will
not include any member with a vested interest in the sale of
manufacturing of an engine for this event. In addition any engine can be
removed from the list by an affirmative vote of at least three members
thereof.
Under section 16.3.3. Special Provisions, sub-section b. Rule Variations
Permitted: Remove item #1: Approval engine list: Sample engines are
tested and a list of permissible engines is published annually. Criteria
include purchase price and power output in both the normal takeoff rpm
range and the presumed in-air (“unloaded”) rpm range.
Remove item #2: Prohibited Features: Typically these include
Schneurle porting and ABC/AAC metallurgy.
Change item #3 Claiming rule, to item #1.
RCR-05-3: Adds new (provisional) event Formula 1 Sport
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Robert Dible, AMA 41701
RC Helicopter
RCH-05-1, Class I. Change pilot position for Class I. page 130,
paragraph 28.6.1. Class I position is fixed to a two (2) meter line on
side of box closest to the judges. If the pilot moves from the fixed
position from the beginning to the end of the flight a severe downgrade
shall be imposed.
Page 131, paragraph 29.1.1. (Change sentence #2 only). Pilot stands on
the two (2) meter line on the side of the box closest to the judges.
On page 127, course layout. Removed the two flags on the sides of the
box. Remove the two 1.2m circles on the front and back of the box.
Submitted by: Thomas Erb, AMA 98317
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 181
182 MODEL AVIATION
RC Soaring
SO-05-1. Add the following paragraphs to page 137.
Note: conflicts with proposal with SO-05-2
1.1 No object, device in its fully extended position, or part thereof can
protrude ahead of the nose of the aircraft.
1.2 Ahead of the leading edge of the wing, no part of an object or device in
its fully extended position can protrude more than one inch below the bottom
of the fuselage. If the fuselage bottom is curved, the length of the protrusion
or part thereof will be measured along the perpendicular to a tangent to the
fuselage at the point where the measurement is to be made. 1.3 From the
leading edge of the wing to the rearmost part of the fuselage, no part of an
object or device in its fully extended position can protrude more than three
inches below the bottom of the wing or an extension thereof. Measurements
will be made along a perpendicular to the bottom of the wing at the point in
question. In the event that an object/device is located behind the trailing edge
of the wing, the extension of the bottom of the sing will be determined by
placing a straight edge so that it is in contact with at least two points along
the bottom of the wing and measuring along a perpendicular to the side of the
straight edge that is in contact with the bottom of the wing. Flaps must be
fully retracted when measurements are made.
1.4 The forward facing edge of an object or device in its fully extended
position must have a radius of a t least 0.25 inch in the vertical plane.
1.5 All objects or devices in their fully extended position must lay in a single
plane that is perpendicular to the bottom surface of the wing and congruent
with the centerline of the fuselage.
1.6 The above rules do not apply to those classes that specifically prohibit the
use of devices whose intent it is to produce a rapid deceleration when
landing.
Submitted by: Robert Johnson, AMA 74650
SO-05-2, page 137, paragraph 3.1.6.d.
Note: conflicts with proposal with SO-05-1
Eliminate paragraph 3.1.6.d in its entirety.
Submitted by: Richard Eckel, AMA 467949
SO-05-3: Withdrawn by proposer.
Submitted by: Robert Glover, AMA V100
SO-05-4, Establish new event: RC Slope Soaring Combat.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Loren Blinde, AMA 91210
SO-05-5: Add new event: Nostalgia Sailplane.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Jack Iafret, AMA 7114
Scale
SCA-05-1, page 157, pull test and line size table, bottom row (15-20 lb
models). In the CL Precision Scale event, change the “CL Flying Scale” pull
test and line size table, bottom row (15 — 20 lb models), right column (pull
Test), from, “5G 80 lb max,” to “5G 80 lb min.”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
SCA-05-2, Add new event: Control Line Fun Scale
The intent of Fun Scale is to provide a CL Scale event, which is, and is to
remain, simple in concept. It minimizes the static judging and emphasizes the
flying segment.
1. ELIGIBILITY. The contest is open to modeler-built or factory built
CL Scale models. The event rules are identical to event #509, Control Line
Sport Scale except for static judging. General rule 4 (builder — flier) will
not apply in this event. With advance notice, the event may be conducted
in different classes based on skill or age level, i.e., Open, Entry, Junior,
Senior, etc.
2. STATIC JUDGING. The static scale outline score will be a graduated
zero (0) to five (5) points to contestants who show proof that a full size
aircraft or this type did/does exist. An additional score of a graduated zero (0)
to (5) points will be awarded if proof is shown as to replicating a
color/markings scheme of the original full size aircraft. A single sheet (3-
view drawing, photo, profile, painting, plastic kit box, etc.) is sufficient.
Contestant prepared drawings of a photo of the model itself is not acceptable.
If no proof of existence or color/markings is shown, no static points will be
awarded. However, it will be up to the contest director and/or event director
to determine if the scale model is indeed a replica of a full size aircraft of r
contest
eligibility.
3. FLYING. All rules as per CL Sport Scale (event #509).
4. SCORING. The official score shall be the total of static points (10
maximum) and the single best flight score (100 maximum) for a total of 110
points.
Submitted by: William Reynolds, AMA 49921
SCA-05-3 Rewrites Event 518 Scale Helicopter rules
Watch for similar proposal. Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please
contact the Competitions Department for a complete copy.
Submitted by: Peter Wales, AMA 532418
SCA-05-4 Rewrites Event 518 Scale Helicopter rules
Watch for similar proposal. Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please
contact the Competitions Department for a complete copy.
Submitted by: Brian Stewart, AMA 618578
SCA-05-5 page 162, event 521. To be added after dummy pilot exemption in
opening paragraph for event 521.
Event 521 Profile Scale is exempted from the retract rule, requiring flying
with wheels up if prototype had retractable landing gear.
(Control Line Scale Flight Judging Guide, Part e paragraph 4.2 Realism in
flight)
Submitted by: Charles Bauer, AMA 21824
SCA-05-6, page 165, Radio Control Sport Scale (Sportsman and Expert)
Event, revises rules to specifically allow for indoor flying of RC Scale
models in these events.
Revise current section 2. Safety Requirements
Leave items 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5 as is.
Re-number 2.8 to 2.6.
Add new section 3. Outdoor Events
3.1. There are no restrictions as to types of power plants that may be used in
R/C Sport Scale models that are flown outdoors. Reciprocating internal
combustion engines (including 2-stroke, 4-stroke, glow, gas, CO2,
compressed air), electric motors, and turbojet engines are allowed.
3.2. (same as old section “2.7. Turbojet engines “
3.3. With the exception of electric motors, the engine(s) must be equipped
with an effective muffler or silencer to limit noise output. A tuned pipe is
considered a muffler.
3.4. R/C Sport Scale models that are flown outdoors shall weigh no more
than 55 pounds, ready for flight, including fuel.
Add a new section 4. Indoor Events
4.1. R/C Sport Scale models that are flown indoors must be powered with
electric, CO2, orcompressed air motor(s). No other type of power plant is
permissible for indoor flying.
4.2. R/C sport Scale models that are flown indoors shall weigh no more than
12 ounces ready for flight, including fuel or batteries.
4.3. Maximum wing loading of the model, ready for flight, shall not exceed 6
ounces per square foot.
4.4. Due to wide variations in the size and shape of indoor flying sites, the
Contest Director has authority to adjust sections 4.2. and 4.3. as needed to fit
the contest flying site and local conditions. In all cases, any deviation from
these rulebook specifications must be noted in all pre-contest announcements
and literature well in advance of the event.
4.5. Because of the size restrictions that indoor flying naturally imposes on
the flight of a model, the Contest Director has authority to adjust any of the
maneuver descriptions in the “Radio Control Scale Flight Judging Guide” to
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 182
March 2003 183
fit the size of his facility. For example, the Judging Guides says that the Fly-
Past should be flown between 10 — 20 feet altitude for at least 5 seconds. At
many indoor flying facilities that would be impossible. In all cases, any
deviation from the Judging Guide maneuver descriptions must be noted in all
pre-contest announcements and literature well in advance of the event.
Revise current section 3. Model Requirements
Delete third paragraph; “With the exception of electric motors, the engine
must be equipped with an effective muffler “
Re-number current sections 3 through 11 as sections 5 through 13
respectively.
Submitted by: Mike Gretz, AMA 7614
SCA-05-7, Adds new event: Indoor Electric R/C Scale
Power and Model Requirements: Maximum motive power will be a single
stock speed 280 brush can motor or equipment with no restrictions on
gearing or propeller size and no restrictions on battery type and or size.
The model shall have a maximum wing loading of 5 oz per square foot.
Multiple motors will not exceed in total the equivalent of a speed 280 electric
motor.
Static Judging: The model will be judged at a distance of 5 feet for finish
color & markings and accuracy of outline and at 1 foot for craftsmanship.
Cockpit detail will be included s part of the craftsmanship judging. A 50
point maximum score can be given for each of the 3 categories giving a
maximum static score of 150 points. The builder of the model rule applies,
page 149 paragraph 4.
Flight Judging: A flight will consist of 10 maneuvers, 5 mandatory and 5
optional. Each maneuver will be scored 0 to 5 points for a maximum total of
50 points. Mandatory maneuvers consist of takeoff, minimum of 2 laps left
(counter clockwise), minimum of 2 laps right (clockwise), landing, and
realism of flight. Optional maneuvers can include retracting and extending
undercarriage, bomb or leaflet or tank drop, etc. The maneuvers can be done
in any order. A minimum of 2 rounds will be flown. The final flight score
will consist of the total of the 2 best rounds divided by 2. The flight score
will be added to the static score for a maximum of 200 points.
Submitted by: Ernest Harwood, AMA 6550
SCA-05-8: Event #518, Sport Scale Soaring
Change section 8 to read:
8. RC Flight Plan
The RC Flight Plan shall consist of 10 maneuvers and/or scale operations,
three (3) mandatory and seven (7) optional. The mandatory items are:
Three hundred sixty degree thermal turns.
Landing.
Realism in flight.
The mandatory and optional maneuvers may be performed in any sequence,
but must follow the contestants flight plan presented to the judges.
Move “Climb to Release” maneuver from section 1. Mandatory Maneuvers
to section 2. Optional Flight Maneuvers.
Delete section 1.2 “maintain straight attitude” from maneuver lists.
Submitted by: Terry Edmonds, AMA 9438
SCA-05-9: Event 517, Sport Scale Soaring
10. Official Score.
Change present wording: “The official score shall be the total of static points
9100 maximum) ... ”
To: “The official score shall be the total of static points (30) time multiplier
maximum) ... ”
Also delete second reference to (100 maximum) for static points in section
10.
Submitted by: Terry Edmonds, AMA 9438
SCA-05-10: Event 517, Sport Scale Soaring
Delete first sentence of section 9.
Flight Scoring. Maximum total flight score is 100 points.
Add to end of section 9.1.
After the flight is complete each maneuver score is to be multiplied by the
difficulty factor for tat maneuver. If a competitor flies a maneuver not on the
list, a difficulty factor of 1.0 is to be used. (See attached list)
Delete reference to “(100 maximum)” for flight score in section 10.
MANEUVER DIFFICULTY FACTOR
1. Takeoff 1.0
2. Aerotow Including Release 1.2
3. Climb to Release (winch, hi-start, hand tow) 1.0
4. 360 Degree Thermal Turns 1.0
5. Straight Flight Back 0.7
6. Procedure Turn 0.8
7. Straight Flight Back 0.7
8. Figure Eight 1.0
9. Inside Loop 1.2
10. Outside Loop 1.5
11. Immelmann Turn 1.4
12. Stall Turn 1.3
13. Wingover 1.3
14. Split-S 1.2
15. Roll 1.2
16. Barrel Roll 1.2
17. Spin 1.4
18. Cuban Eight 1.5
19. Sideslip 1.2
20. Flight in a Triangular Circuit 0.9
21. Flight in a Rectangular Circuit 0.9
22. Chandelle 1.1
23. Traffic Pattern Approach to Landing 1.1
24. Spot Landing 1.0
25. Landing 1.0
26. Realism in Flight 1.0
27. Scale Operation: Retract Wheel 1.0
28. Scale Operation: Spoilers 0.5
29. Scale Operation: Flaps 0.5
30. Scale Operation: Dumpable Water Ballast 2.0
31. Scale Operation: Drop Dolly 0.7
Submitted by: Terry Edmonds, AMA 9438
SCA-05-11: Event 517, Sport Scale Soaring
Change 7.2 “Launch shall be by winch or aero tow” to “Launch shall be by
winch, aero tow, high-start or hand tow”.
Change 7.2 “ Two winch launches per round will be allowed if a pilot
requires them to complete his flight maneuvers. In the case of two winch
launches, a given maneuver will be judged only
once, the first time it is performed”. To: “Two launches per round will be
allowed except for aero tow, if a pilot requires them to complete his flight
maneuvers. In the case of two launches, a given maneuver will be judged
only once, the first time it is performed”.
Submitted by: Robert Harold, AMA 2457
SCA-05-12: Worksheet for static judging of CL and RC Sport Scale.
Worksheet is attached to original proposal.
Submitted by: Charles Bauer, AMA 21824
RC Electric
ECL-05-1 page 186 Adds new event: Elexaco
Summary of Elexaco Competition Rules: (Old Timer or Open) The
investment flying electric using a 400 motor is nominal as an existing radio
with at least 3 channels is all that is needed. What makes it real interesting is
that the performance of a 7 cell battery pak with a direct 400 motor system is
outstanding. Using alkaline battery cells in the Tx makes the model always
available for flight when stored in the trunk of your car. Due to the small size
it is stored assembled. In traveling where a field is sited (A football field will
do) simply stop, charge the flight battery for motor and RX power by BEC
and fly as the alkalines for the TX are always ready. Now to add interest a
simple endurance competitive event was designed that can be decided at the
flying field. All that is required is a stop watch. To establish equity the
Elexaco event is offered making it easy as it defines specifically the
hardware required. It is designed as an electric version of the ever popular
1⁄2A Glo-Powered Texaco event and can be restricted to old-timer if desired
by option.
Elexaco Event Rules
1. Any model with an aspect wing ratio of less than 7 qualifies (wingspan
divided by center chord).
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 183
184 MODEL AVIATION
2. Any rated 400 Electric ferrite motor (not brushless or cobalt and not geared)
qualifies.
3. A 7 cell 250 to 350 MAH power pak must be used.
4. Any motor shut off device is acceptable.
Flight Rules
Timed from either take-off or hand launch, motor is allowed to fun for 2 minutes
and shut off by radio—if motor is shut off prior to 2 minutes it is not to be turned
back on—if turned back on score is 0. Flight is continued and timed toward max
flight time of 15 minutes to land at designated field. Score 1 point per second
(max 900 points). Exceeding max results in penalty of 1 point per second.
Submitted by: Joe Beshar, AMA 175
ELC-05-2, page 186 section 4.21 Indoor electric duration. Change “Battery size
is limited to (6) 50 mAh cells” to “Battery size is limited to (6) N-AAA Nicad
cells.
Submitted by: Steve Leitgen, AMA 322830
ECL-05-3, add new event 629. Plane shall not exceed 21 ounces flying weight.
Maximum wing loading shall not exceed three and one half (3 «) ounces/square
feet. Battery size is limited to any combination of cells designated by the
manufacturer as rechargeable. The plane shall fly a circular or oval or figure
eight course as specified by the judges. Either ROG or handlaunch is permitted.
Total points will be the duration time in seconds. Contest director will determine
number of attempts allowed.
Submitted by: Steve Leitgen, AMA 322830
ELC-05-4, page 186 section 4.21 Electric Indoor Duration. Change “Battery
size is limited to (6) 50 mAh cells” to “Battery size is limited to a maximum of
(6) 50 mAH Nicad cells”.
Submitted by: Steve Leitgen, AMA 322830
Special Events
SEB-05-1 was moved to Executive Council jurisdiction.
SEB-05-2: R/C Competition Fun Fly, adds timed flight wording to allow
variations in total flight time and maneuvers to be performed.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department for a
copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Dan Luchaco, AMA 723
RC Combat
RCC-05-1, page 62, section 3.1. Create new Open RC Combat Class.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department for a
copy of the complete proposal. Watch for similar proposal!
Submitted by: John Vaught, AMA 122092
RCC-05-2 Create a new class of Open RC Combat:
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department for a
copy of the complete proposal. Watch for similar proposal!
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-3 page 193, 3.3.1.
3.3.1 A maximum dry weight of 3.5 pounds for any single engine design.
3.3.2 The maximum dry weight for multi-engine designs shall be
determined from the following table:
Twins up to and including a 50 inch span, 4 lbs.
Twins with greater than 50 inch span up to and including 60 inch span, 4.5
lbs.
Twins over 60 inch span, 5 lbs.
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-4 page 193. 3.1 The model must be minimum 1/12 scale replica
of a Pursuit, Fighter or Attack aircraft produced or in service between
1935 and 1955. For the purpose of this contest, an aircraft shall be
considered a Pursuit, Fighter or Attack aircraft if its missions routinely
involved, or its designer intended any of the following: a) interception of
enemy aircraft, b) high speed ground or sea attack, c) dogfighting, d) long
and short range escort. The aircraft must have been originally designed to
have had onboard guns installed. Aircraft that had guns mounted for
defensive purposes only shall not qualify as Pursuit, Fighter or Attack
aircraft.
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-5 page 193. 3.2.1 Engine Rpm’s will be limited to the following
chart for open B events. Engines will be spot inspected to comply with this
section. Sport inspection will be incur only at the C.D. request. No one can
suggest to the C.D. to inspect an engine. Non-compliance will result in
disqualification from the event. If non-compliance is discovered, one extra
test by a non-partial participate can be executed. Full access to the
transmitter and needle valve setting will be provided to the inspector.
Prop Diameter
1. 8” x 4 19,000+/-100rpms
2. 9” x 4 17,500+/-100rpms
3. 9” x 5 17,000+/-100rpms
4. 10” x 3 16,800+/-100rpms
5. 10” x 4 16,500+/-100rpms
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-6, page 193, event 750, Scale RC Combat. Proposal attempts to
improve the existing event without introducing new classes, formats or
other major changes to existing rules.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Ed Kettler, AMA 730493
RCC-05-7: Add new Class 1520 to Scale RC Combat
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Ronald Caravon, AMA 668956
RCC-05-8: Page 193, Event 750 Proposal changes aircraft rules regarding
dimensions and maximum engine sizes.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Louis Melancon, AMA 15165
Key Dates
(Events attended by AMA HQ staff and/or officers)
February 20 - 23
Florida Jets
Bunnell FL
February 21 - 23
WRAM Show 2003
White Plains NY
April 23 - 27
Top Gun 2003
Lakeland FL
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 184

Author: Steve Kaluf


Edition: Model Aviation - 2003/03
Page Numbers: 175,176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184

2005 Rules Change Cycle
Basic Rules Change Proposals
The following are the Basic Rules Change Proposals that have been submitted for
consideration in the 2005 Rules Change Cycle. These proposals have been
reviewed by each Contest Board chairperson and/or the Executive Council
(depending on jurisdiction).
The proposals are now being published to allow the AMA membership an
opportunity to comment to those voting before action takes place. If any of these
proposals are of interest to you, you are encouraged to contact the appropriate
Contest Board representative for the event and your AMA district. If the
proposal is under Executive Council jurisdiction, please contact your district
vice president to make your comments.
All proposals will be voted on in February. Proposals that pass this initial vote
will continue to be considered during subsequent voting. Proposals failing the initial
vote will no longer be considered. Please contact the Competition Department if
you have any questions or need complete copies of proposals not reproduced in
their entirety here.
Executive Council
EC-05-1: To move the Scale Helicopter rules from the Scale section to the
Helicopter section.
Submitted by: Peter Wales, AMA 532418
EC-05-2: R/C Competition Fun Fly creates new Contest Board and category for
R/C Competition Fun Fly. Move event 705 to this category.
Submitted by: Dan Luchaco, AMA 723
Outdoor Free Flight
OFF-05-1, page 15, paragraph 1.4, 1.41, 1.42, and 1.43. In the section for P-30
MODEL — For Event 124 paragraph 1.4; change the last line “only the following
changes will be allowed.” To “Any modifications to this propeller will be allowed.”
Paragraphs 1.4.1, 1.4.2. and 1.4.3 will now be unnecessary and shall be removed.
Submitted by: William Jenkins, AMA 22121
OFF-05-2, page 18, Free Flight Electric Power, for events 160 & 161.
Change to:
2. General. A Free Flight electric Power model airplane is powered by a
motor that receives as its sole source of power, energy from rechargeable
batteries rated at 1.5 volts per cell or less, self-contained in the model.
2.1 The following events have been established according to the
number of rechargeable battery cells used:
160 Class A—Six (6) cells or less
161 Class B—More than six (6) cells
Submitted by: Francis B. Hodson, AMA 1688
OFF-05-3, page 18, Free Flight Electric Power for events 160 & 161.
Change to:
1. Motor Run/Flight Maximum. The length of the motor run after the
model has been released for flight shall be twenty (20) seconds, excluding
flyoff flights. The maximum recorded duration for each flight shall be
two (2) minutes, including qualified flyoff flights.
3.1 All models shall be hand launched. Launching shall be as
specified for hand launch of land plane models, FF General.
Change to:
6. Number of Flights. Each contestant shall be allowed a total of six (6)
attempts to make three (3) official flights. All official and unofficial
flights are described above are attempts.
6.1 If the three (3) official flights total the maximum allowed, then a
series of flyoff flights may be taken. Flyoff flights may continue until the
contestant’s model fails to reach the flight maximum. Only one (1)
attempt is permitted for each flyoff flight. Flyoff motor runs are as
follows:
First (1st) Flyoff Flight through Third (3)
15 Seconds
F o c u s o n C o m p e t i t i o n
Technical
Director
Steve
Kaluf
[email protected]
WE HAVE REACHED the first critical
stage in the 2005 Rules Change Cycle. All
basic rules change proposals have been
received, reviewed, and are now being
published in this copy of Model Aviation so
that the membership may make comments
on them.
This is the critical part. If you fly in
competition, you should read every
proposal that has anything to do with the
events you fly. The critical part is that you
should make comments regarding the
proposal to the proper Contest Board
representative for that discipline and your
district. The Contest Board members are in
place to represent their constituents’ views
on competition matters. If they do not hear
from the membership, it becomes difficult
for them to properly represent these views.
So do your part; let them know what you
think!
In February of 2003 I will be sending the
initial ballot for these proposals to all of the
Contest Boards. Those proposals that fail
the initial ballot will no longer be
considered. Those that pass will continue on
through the interim and final votes (more on
that part of the cycle in a future column).
One last thing for this column (short due
to the many pages needed to publish the
basic proposals): I have another Urgent
Rules Change Proposal to publish. Due to
the nature of this proposal it was assigned to
the Executive Council for consideration.
Proposals are assigned to the Executive
Council when the issue is perhaps
contentious due to it affecting two or more
Contest Boards or when the issue is clearly
an item that falls under EC jurisdiction.
Approximately four weeks after this
publication I will be taking a ratification
vote. If passed, the proposal will go into
effect January 1.
Urgent Rules Change Proposal
Wording for change: Proposal seeks to
move events 501 (Outdoor Peanut Scale),
503 (Outdoor Flying Rubber Scale) and
504 (Outdoor Gas Power Scale) from
Scale Contest Board jurisdiction to the
Free Flight Contest Board jurisdiction. The
events would also move to the Free Flight
category in the Competition Regulations.
Logic behind proposed change: The Free
Flight Outdoor Scale events are all but
dead, while events such as Flying Aces
Club events continue to grow in
popularity. In 2002 the Nats was one of the
only events to offer AMA Free Flight
Scale events; other events offered FAC
Scale. The Scale Contest Board is
composed of people who are experts in
controlled flight but have little experience
with the issues facing the Free Flight
community.
Submitted by: Jerold Murphy, AMA 917
’Til next time … MA
March 2003 175
03sig6.QXD 1.6.03 9:09 am Page 175
176 MODEL AVIATION
Fourth Flyoff Flight and All Succeeding Flights
10 Seconds
6.2 The CD may at his discretion, add further definitions and/or reduce the
maximum duration limits due to weather, terrain, or local conditions, so long
as adequate notice is given to all contestants before competition begins.
However, all flight(s) and flight time(s) flown under CD imposed rule
deviations shall not to be considered for record purposes.
Submitted by: Francis B. Hodson, AMA 1688
Indoor Free Flight
IND-05-1, page 21. FAI Indoor Model (F1L EZB)—specifications, flying
rules, and scoring rules are the same as for FAI Indoor Models. (See FAI
Sporting Code.)
Control Line General
CLG-05-1, page 28, paragraph 2. Add to the end of paragraph “No control of
any aircraft function is allowed except via the control lines”.
Submitted by: Tom Dixon, AMA 1028
CLG-05-2, Event 332, page 66.
1. Change CL Endurance, Event 332, Rule 3, first sentence from: “Engine(s)
shall be of the reciprocating internal combustion type with total piston
displacement from .0900 to .3600 cubic inches”.
Change to:
“Engine(s) shall be of the reciprocating internal combustion type with total
piston displacement from .0900 to .3661 cubic inches”.
2. Change the CL Endurance Pull Test Table (page 66), Class Engine Size
Column. “.0900—.3600”
Change to:
“.0900—.3661”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
CLG-05-3, Event 332, page 66.
For event #332 Control Line Endurance, paragraph 4., Fuel Capacity. Change:
“The maximum fuel capacity permitted is four (4) fluid ounces”.
To:
“The maximum fuel capacity permitted is one (1) fluid ounce”.
Submitted by: Walt Gifford, AMA 59229
Control Line Speed
CLS-05-1, page 32, 4. Classification of Control Line Speed Models. Class
1⁄2A .0000—.0504 cubic inch.
Submitted by: Barry Tippett, AMA 4373092
Page 33 Chart. Correct to read 1⁄2A .0000 - .0615 cubic inches.
CLS-05-2 page 32, AMA rulebook, .21 Proto Speed, event 306, 2. Design
The model must have a full fuselage and rudder. Stabilizer must be flat,
butterfly type stabilizers are not acceptable unless it is a true scale model.
Page 39 AMA rulebook, 21 Proto Speed Event #306 Airplane Specifications
Rudder/fin area shall be a minimum of 5% of the wing area, rudder must be
standard upright configuration on top of the fuselage, sub rudders not
allowed.
Submitted by: Barry Tippett, AMA 373092
CLS-05-3 page 33, AMA rulebook. 7. Fuel
Fuel for all two cycle glow plug engines shall contain not less than 10%
nitromethane, not less than 20% lubricant and the rest methanol.
Omit — of more than .0504 cubic inch displacement
CLS-05-4, page 33, paragraph 7. Fuel. Fuel for jet engines shall consist of
80% methanol and 20% nitromethane.
Submitted by: Earl Bailey, AMA 41658
CLS-05-5 page 39, .21 Proto Speed. Make 21 proto an official event. Present
rules as printed in the rulebook are adequate.
Submitted by: Glenn Lee, AMA 5087
CLS-05-6: Page 41, section “ESTABLISHMENT OF LINE SIZES AND
PULL TESTS IN CL SPEED”, under paragraph “Implementation”.
IMPLEMENTATION: It is the responsibility of the Control Line Speed
Contest Board Chairman to monitor and maintain the line sizes and pull tests
as described above. In the event a new record is established which
necessitates an increase in line size, pull test, or both, any changes will be
published concurrently with announcement of new record.
In the case of a record established on a newly increased line size, whereby the
previous pull test standard exceeds the need of the new record, the CLSCB
Chairman will establish a new appropriate pull test standard. For all classes
that have 48G and higher pull tests, the new standard will be no less than 48G.
Changes will become effectively immediately upon publication in Model
Aviation magazine. Changes are to be automatic, with no action required by
the control line speed contest board or the AMA Executive Council.
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
CLS-5-7: Page 33, 1⁄2A Speed (Event #310).
Change minimum diameter of 1 line system from .014 to .016.
Change minimum diameter of 2 line system from .012 to .010.
Change pull test from 48G to 40 G.
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
CLS-05-8: Page 37, Control Line Speed, Paragraph 11. “Timing of Flight”.
Use existing paragraph except change: “once-tenth (1⁄10)” to “one-hundredth
(1⁄100).
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
CLS-05-9: Page 38, Control Line Speed, Paragraph 18 “Timing Pole —
Height Marker”.
Replace paragraph with:
“A pole or reference marker shall be provided outside of the flight circle for
timing and judging flight. Maintenance of flight in excess of 15 feet in any
class for more than « lap shall constitute a foul”.
Submitted by: Mike Hazel, AMA 39021
Control Line Racing
CLR-05-1, page 46, 2.2 Mouse Racer. Change Class II Mouse
(Supplemental) to CLASS II Mouse (Official).
Add: 2.2.2 Fuel will be contest supplied 10 percent nitromethane 20 percent
lubricant.
Add: 2.2.3 Spring starters are not allowed.
Submitted by: John McCollum, AMA 15542
CLR-05-2 Event 312, page 44.
Change CL Slow Rat Racing, Event 312, (page 44), Pull Test Table, Class
Engine Size column from:
“.3600”
To:
“.3661”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
Control Line Carrier
CLC-05-1 page 47, paragraph 3.3.1. Delete existing paragraph 3.3.1 and
replace with:
3.3.1 The engines in the profile Navy Carrier event shall have a maximum
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 176
March 2003 177
total displacement of .3661 cubic inch. Two-stroke cycle engines must be of
the front intake type. No pressure fuel systems will be permitted; however,
the vents in the tank may be pointed forward in the airstream.
(Note also that CL General, Page 31, paragraph 11.1 states that 60% of the
displacement of a 4 stroke is taken for competition, so that a 10cc (.61 cu in)
4 stroke may be used in Profile Carrier).
Submitted by: William Bischoff, AMA 53549
Control Line Aerobatics
CLA-05-1, page 55, paragraph 13:14, Four Leaf Clover. Reference the C.L.
Precision Aerobatics maneuver description for the four leaf clover, Paragraph
13:14:
In the first sentence, change “approximately 38 degrees” to “approximately
42 degrees”.
In the drawing of the maneuver showing the four leaf clover, change “38°
elev” to “42° elev”.
In the errors section of this same paragraph, first sentence; change; “38
degrees” to “42 degrees”.
In the Maneuver section, Paragraph 15.3.14, first sentence, change “38
degrees” to “42 degrees”.
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-2, page 50, Reference CL Precision Aerobatics Model
Requirements, Paragraph 2:
Replace the first two sentences “Engines shall be of will be allowed”. With
the following:
“Permitted power source/s shall include any power except rocket motors.
Piston engine/s shall be subject to a total swept volume limitation of 15cc
(0.92 cubic inches). Electric power shall be limited to a maximum no-load
voltage of 42 volts. Gas turbine engines shall be limited to 3.5 Kg (7lbs
11ozs) static thrust. There is no adjustment allowance for the swept volume
displacement of four-stroke cycle engines as specified in Paragraph 11.1,
General Control Line rules. No combination of jet, turbine, electric or
reciprocating engine installation will be allowed. Maximum model weight
including any batteries but excluding fuel is 3.5Kg (7lbs 11 oz).
Proposed changes to the line sizes and pull test chart are shown in the
attached sheet. Changes/additions are highlighted. (Note: there is an apparent
typographical error in the current rule book chart showing the entry “.4801-
.6500”. This should be corrected to “.4601-.6500” if the above proposed
change is not accepted. This entry will be superseded if the proposed change
is accepted).
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-3, page 50, Reference CL Precision Aerobatics rule 2.3: Delete the
last sentence “It is suggested that the letter “N” be placed in front of the
license number when the number is affixed to the side of the fuselage or
vertical stabilizer.”
Insert a new sentence which reads:
“It is suggested that the letters “USA” (25mm (1 inch) or higher) be placed at
least once on the model”.
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-4, page 56, Reference the CL Precision Aerobatics Rules, paragraph
14: Delete paragraph 14: “Judging Procedures” and delete “Paragraph 15”:
“Maneuver Assessment” in their entirety. Insert a new “Paragraph 14”:
“Judging Procedures”.
Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Keith Trostle, AMA 3533
CLA-05-5, page 50, add paragraph 2.4. The builder of the Model for
Precision Aerobatics (AMA events 322, 323, 324, 325, 326) (J, S, O) shall be
considered the person who causes the wing(s) and tail(s) to be permanently
aligned with the body or fuselage of the aircraft, either by gluing or by
adhering permanent mounting points (in the case of take-apart aircraft).
Submitted by: Richard Peabody, AMA 393728
CLA-05-6, page 61, add wording.
Add wording used in defining “BOM Rule and Appearance Points” in
current rule book 6.2 (page 61) and 8.2 (page 61) to “Model Requirements
and Contestant Qualification” section of current rule book, page 50. Add as
2.4.
Submitted by: Richard Peabody, AMA 393728
CLA-05-7: Add new paragraph and change existing paragraph.
Add: Paragraph 16:
The builder of the model rule does not apply to Control Line Precision
Aerobatics.
Delete Paragraph 10. Appearance
Delete Paragraph 10.1 Appearance points are added to the contestant’s flight
points for scoring purposes.
Submitted by: R. Steven Moon, AMA 521164
CLA-05-8: Events 322, 323, 324, 325, 326. Page 50, Paragraph 4. Control
Lines. Revises control line chart.
Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Dave Gardner, AMA 717
Control Line Combat
CLB-05-1, Event 328, page 61, Rule 3, first sentence.
1. Change CL Combat, Event 328, (page 61), rule 3, first sentence from:
“Propulsion shall be provided by a propeller equipped piston engine(s) with
total swept volume of not more than .3600 cubic inches”.
To:
“Propulsion shall be provided by a propeller-equipped piston engine(s) with
total swept volume of not more than .3661 cubic inches”.
2. Change the CL Combat Pull Test Table (page 61), Class Engine Size
column, second line
from:
“.1525—.3600”
To:
“.1525—.3661”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
CLB-05-2: Event #328, paragraph 4: Streamers (Change to read):
Streamers shall be supplied by the contest management. Streamers shall be
made of crepe paper sheets, or other suitable material such as plastic, be of
uniform length, using tow distinct colors, and shall be cut two (2) inches
wide and up to ten feet long. The streamer material should then be doubled
and the folded lengthwise for two inches before being double tied with the
string leader. The string leader shall be 16 to 20 pound test, shall be
marked 84 inches from the know, and shall extend beyond the ink mark 18
inches.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB-05-3: Event #328, paragraph 8.2.2: (Add to end of current
paragraph) Exception: In the event of tangled lines when one plane has
crashed or landed, the pilot of the airborne plane must maneuver in a
manner (such as loops and figure 8s) that allows the other pilot to untangle
his lines from the airborne pilot’s lines. Both pilots must cooperate in
efforts to safely and expeditiously untangle the lines.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB-05-4: Event #328, paragraph 5: Change 75 foot radius safety circle
to read 70 to 75 foot radius safety circle. Also change other references to
the 75 foot circle to 70 to 75.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 177
178 MODEL AVIATION
CLB-05-5: Event #328, paragraph 11.1 Forfeiture: Sub paragraph 1.: (Delete
that portion that reads) “The crankshaft/propeller is also excepted if due to
crankshaft breakage”.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB-05-6: Event #328: Fuel shall not contain more than 10% nitromethane,
not less than 20% lubricant, and the rest shall be methanol. At the discretion
of the CD, use of contest-supplied fuel may be required.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
CLB05-7: Add new paragraph: Optional Equipment/Specifications: At the
CD’s discretion sanction applications may specify “High Performance 1⁄2A
rules in effect”. Doing so indicates line length will be 42’ + plus or minus 3”,
mechanical and electric starters allowed, streamers will be 3⁄4” wide with a
string leader marked 60” from the knot, and shall extend beyond the ink mark
12 inches.
Submitted by: Larry Driskill, AMA 20210
RC Aerobatics
RCA-05-1, page 72, Flight pattern and maneuvering area, paragraph 14. Add
the following to Radio Control Aerobatics, No. 14 Flight pattern and
maneuvering area. Calling of box entry must be done so there is a minimum
of a 15 meter straight line before the first maneuver. Judging of the maneuver
will begin then. (As the lines into and out of maneuvers are part of the
maneuver and are always judged). Calling of exiting the box must be done
after a minimum of a 15 meter straight line after the maneuver. Judging will
cease at that point.
Submitted by: C. W. Reed, AMA 21971
RCA-05-2, Page 70, paragraph 6.4. Delete last part of sentence beginning “
Maneuvers are no longer done in line with the center of the runway. E.g.
straight flight out/back or touch and goes.”
Page 72, paragraph 13.2. Delete paragraph. Holdover from time when
normalizing was “controversial”.
Page 72, paragraph 14. 6 lines up from bottom of paragraph beginning with
“Maneuvers in those classes “ Delete phrase “ in those classes with all scored
turnarounds.” Holdover from when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 75, paragraph B.c. Positioning, 3rd sentence beginning “In those
classes” delete “In those classes with scored turnarounds”. Holdover from
when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 75, paragraph B.c. Positioning, last paragraph, beginning with 3rd
sentence “In those classes with “ delete to end of paragraph. Holdover from
when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 75, paragraph B.d. 3rd paragraph, delete sentence beginning “In those
classes “ Holdover from when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 76, paragraph D. Middle of 3rd paragraph. Delete phrase “Additionally,
in classes with predominately scored turnarounds,”. Capitalize the following
“the”. Holdover from when not all classes had scored turnarounds.
Page 77, 2nd paragraph “Maneuvers Off Center”. Delete phrase “In those
classed with scored turnarounds”. Capitalize “if”.
Page 77, paragraph “Lines, bottom of page change sentence “If there is a
complete absence of a line before or after the roll” to read “More points are
subtracted for greater differences.” This sentence discusses line relationships
and is in conflict with the next paragraph discussing rolls placed on lines.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-3, Page 68, paragraph 4.2., 2nd to last sentence. Delete phrase
“however, such deletion must be published in advance of the event date”.
Page 71, paragraph 9; Change 3rd sentence to read, “Once this number has
been announced, this is the exact number of flights that should be flown”.
Page 71, paragraph 10.3. Delete sentence in middle of paragraph. “The
contestants may, at their option, elect to refly the entire flight”. Delete second
to last sentence “Maneuver scores prior to the collision will not be used if the
contestant chooses to refly the entire flight”.
Page 72, paragraph 14. 3rd sentence change to read “ ...150 meters in from of
the pilot and by surface lines of white or contrasting color originating at the
pilots position”.
Page 74, paragraph 20.7. In 2nd sentence, delete phrase “It is suggested
that” and change 2nd sentence to read “Each maneuver will be scored
immediately after it is performed”.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-4, page 78. Make the following change to the AMA Judges Guide
by adding subparagraph 6 to “Spins” on page 78.
6. The pilot who can best combine precision/geometry of the spin
(shape of the maneuver/correct number of degrees of rotation/ plus wind
correction to adjust track should receive the higher score.
Make the following change to page 84. “Spins, any number of rotations,
Upright or Inverted”:
Delete subparagraph beginning with “Crabbing the model .”.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-5. Delete the current landing (page 82) and takeoff (page 86)
descriptions from the rulebook, and replace with the following.
Landing Sequence: Execute a 180-degree turn to a downwind heading (or
optional 360 degree turn if flight is completed on a downwind maneuver).
Fly a downwind leg, and then turn 180 degrees into the wind for a final
approach to the runway touching down in the landing zone. The landing is
complete when the model has either rolled 10 meters or comes to rest.
Landing Zone: The landing zone shall be marked by lines placed
perpendicular across the runway and spaced 100 meters apart. The width of
the landing zone shall normally be the width of the runway but in no case
shall exceed 30 meters.
Downgrades:
1. Model does not follow landing sequence zero (0) points.
2. Any landing gear leg retracts or collapses on landing, zero (0) points.
3. Model ends up on its back, zero (0) points.
4. Model passes behind the judges’ line (“flight line”), zero (0) points.
5. Model land outside of the landing zone, zero (0) points.
6. Only two scores a 10 or a 0 may be awarded for the landing sequence.
Take-off Sequence: The model is placed on the runway, takes off from
within the landing zone, then turns 90 degrees toward the line defined by
the upwind and downwind marker poles. When approximately over this line
the model turns either 90 degrees or 270 degrees for a downwind trim pass.
When approximately even with the downwind marker the model initiates a
180-degree turn, reversal or other turn-around maneuver of pilot’s choice.
Downgrades:
1. Takeoff sequence not followed, zero (0) points.
2. Model takes off outside of the landing zone, zero (0) points.
3. Model passes behind the judges’ line (“flight line”), zero (0) points.
4. Only two scores a 10 or a 0 may be awarded for the take-off
sequence.
Submitted by: John Fuqua, AMA 5955
RCA-05-6 Replace the schedule 18 (404) Masters schedule on page 73 with
the following schedule and insert new maneuver instructions alphabetically
in section E beginning on page 77.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Eric Henderson, AMA 131150
RCA-05-7 page 69, paragraph 4.3: Add the following sentence on the end
of paragraph 4.3: “The Contest Director shall have the option of deleting
the weight and size requirements for the Sportsman Class at any
sanctioned event, however, such deletion must be published in advance of
the event date, and the model in question must conform to AMA weight
limits”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-8: Replace the first sentence in paragraph 8.2.3 to read: “The
accumulated points for required class advancement will be based on a
sliding scale of 4 years time. Advancement points acquired before the
forth (4) year will not count towards advancement”.
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 178
March 2003 179
Replace the second sentence in paragraph 8.2.3 to read: “In other words, a
contestant’s point accumulation is based on the total accumulation for his/her
previous four (4) years of competition”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-9: In Paragraph 8.2.1, insert the words, “Except for those contestants
over 60 years of age”, as a conditional clause in the front of the sentence; “A
flyer accumulating 100 points “.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-10: Correct the criteria for (2) Horizontal Rolls. Replace the text
“center is inverted portion of second roll “ with the following; “Center is that
point when the plane is upright between the two rolls”, and in item 4, replace the
word “three (3)” with the word “two (2)”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-11: Withdrawn by proposer.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-12: Add the following line to Takeoff Downgrades on page 86.
Following item 8 in list, add, “9. Liftoff not centered”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-13: Insert in Section E. “Description of Maneuvers”, in the first
paragraph following the words; “ will have the same altitude and heading for
entry and exit unless otherwise noted”. The words “There is no requirement that
all centered maneuvers have to be performed at the same top and bottom
altitudes throughout the total sequence”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-14: Change paragraph 5 in the Spin definitions on page 78 to read;
“Once the model has entered the spin, drift caused by the wind, even if the
model drifts out of the aerobatic box, is not a judging criteria”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-15: Insert in the introductory paragraph for “Spins” the following
phrase, after the words “ in front of the judges on the center line/pole. The stall
may occur while the plane has forward motion with respect to the ground”. And
before the words, “The following criteria applies to spins”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-16: Remove Paragraph 4.4.1 (Watch for similar proposal.)
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-17: paragraph 16, page 73, change maneuver 17 to “Immelmann Turn
K=1”, add maneuver 18 as, “one positive snap roll on 45 deg. Down line K=3”,
and add maneuver 19 as “Landing K=1”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-18: Add to AMA RC PATTERN JUDGES GUIDE, Paragraph B.a.,
Precision, following the words in the second paragraph; “ straight and level exit
should also result in downgrading”. Add the following definition, “In all cases,
straight and level flight means flight parallel to the flight line, at a constant
altitude, and with wings level”.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA-05-19: Insert in paragraph 3, page 78, for the category of “Spins” the
following statement. Following the words “ after the rotation stops”. Add “There
will be no downgrade if the plane is pointed down by the pilot after the spin
rotation stops”. Before the words, “The pull or pushout “.
Submitted by: Thomas Weedon, AMA 2537
RCA05-20: Delete 4.4.1 entirely. (Watch for similar proposal.)
Submitted by: Dave Burton, AMA 8961
RCA-05-21: 7. Pattern event classes: Add an additional sentence at the end as
follows; “A contestant may enter any one class of his/her choice at any contest”.
Eliminate paragraph 8 in its entirety.
Submitted by: Dave Burton, AMA 8961
RCA-05-22: Masters pattern maneuvers: The Masters class will fly the
current FAI preliminary schedule (F3A RC Aerobatics) as a separate class.
Submitted by: Dave Burton, AMA 8961
RCA-05-23: FAI Patter Maneuvers. Add after the first sentence “The noise
limit shall be the current noise limit used in AMA competition for classes
401-404, except in the case of a USA Team Selection contest, where the
noise limit shall be the current FAI noise rule”.
Submitted by: Tony Stillman, AMA 936
RCA-05-25: Page 88, paragraph 8, Add new event for Scale Aerobatics,
Intermediate.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-26: Page 88, Change to add: Insert Rule 3.4 to read as follows:
3.3 No change.
3.4 The Unknown sequences will be drawn from the Catalog of legal
Unknown figures for each class. The Catalog of legal Unknown figures is
located in the Contest Directors Guide located on the IMAC website.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-27: Page 88, Insert new 5.5 and make current 5.5 now 5.6.
5.6 Scale shall be determined by the wingspan. A change in wingspan will
become a change in overall Scale. Fuselage width, height and aircraft
planform or any other variations shall not exceed 10% of scale, with the
exception of airfoils and size/shape of control surface within the scale outline
rule.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-28: Page 88, paragraph 6, Achievement Award Patches.
Change to: Achievement award patches may be earned in each category by
scoring seven (7) or better on each maneuver in Basic, Sportsman, Advanced,
or Unlimited sequence. Award Patches along with the Scale Aerobatics
Newsletter, IMAC, and Scale Aerobatics patches, pins, decals, and wearing
apparel are available through the International Miniature Aerobatic Club
(IMAC) Secretary.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-29: Page 88, 8.1 The event shall be divided into five (5) classes, in
order of increasing difficulty. The classes are Basic (411), Intermediate (4xx),
(412), Advanced (413), and Unlimited (414).
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-30: Page 89, 10.1.3 If a know sequence in progress cannot be
completed due to mechanical problems with the aircraft (including but not
limited to engine failure, radio malfunctions, etc.) the contestant will receive
zeros (0) for each unscored maneuver in that sequence. If the second sequence
is yet to be flown and the aircraft can be made ready to fly (Refer to rule 7),
the contestant may attempt the second sequence.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-31: Page 89, Delete all and print:
12. Aerobatic Box refer to Flying and Judging Guide rule number 4.1.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-32: Page 90, 16.3 Optional Unknown Maneuver Sequences shall
include separate Sportsman, Intermediate, Advanced and Unlimited
sequences, each consisting of up to 15 maneuvers.
16.4 The contestant must fly his entire flight according to the established
flight schedule for his particular class and in the sequence listed. Maneuvers
that are executed out of sequence, or not executed as required by the
sequence, will be zeroed. Remaining maneuvers that are flown in their
appropriate area and in the appropriate order following the zeroed maneuver
will be scored.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 179
180 MODEL AVIATION
RCA-05-33: Page 90, paragraph 17. (4) Minute Freestyle Program. Replaces
existing text for paragraph 17.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-34: Page 90, paragraph 1.
Change to add reference to gender in last sentence:
1. PREFACE
The purpose of this Scale Aerobatics Flying and Judging Guide is to provide
an accurate description of each type of maneuver used in competition and to
provide a reference for use in developing a uniformly high standard of
judging in all AMA sanctioned contests. Study of this guide by the
competitor will help him or her learn exactly what is expected, while study
by the judges will help them decide precisely how well the competitor meets
these expectations.
Flying and judging are very similar in nature; this is why contestant judging
is generally promoted. Nevertheless, there are some key differences between
judges and pilots, mostly related to Mental Attitude and Technical
Knowledge. Reference to any gender in this document shall include both
male and female.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-35: Page 91, paragraph 2 Delete:
Scale Aerobatics maneuvers also use the standard K-factors defined by the
FAI, but with two exceptions:
1) The FAI K-Factors for Rolling circle maneuvers (Family 2.3 to 2.20) must
be doubled (i.e.: A FAI K-factor of 13 should become 26).
2) The FAI K-Factor for Tailslide maneuvers (Family 6) must be multiplied
by one and half (1.5) (i.e.: a FAI K-Factor of 16 should become 24). When
the original FAI K-Factor is an odd number, the result of the multiplication
used should be reduced to the lower whole number (i.e.: a FAI K-Factor of
15 should become 22, or 15+7.5=22.5, reduced to the lower number=22).
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-36: Page 92 Change as follows:
3. RULES
Scale Aerobatics has several rules that differ from either Full Scale
Aerobatics (IAC) or AMA RC Aerobatics (AMA Pattern). Because the
judging pool used in Scale Aerobatics contests sometimes comes from both
or either of those two groups, it is useful to go through the major differences:
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-37: Page 92, change as follows:
4. RCA-05-37: Positioning
Scale Aerobatics requires all scored maneuvers to be flown in front of the
judges, in an area called the “box”. Competitors should perform their
sequence within the aerobatic box balance about the center of the x-axis and
at an optimal distance from the judges. Judges will give the position grade
according to the total impression of the balanced use of the aerobatic box and
the overall presentation of the sequence. It is not required, however, to use all
the available airspace vertically or on the x or y-axis. As a judge, what is
important is that you apply the same presentation criteria in consistent
manner to every pilot flying the program. The range of possible scores is
from 10 to 0 in .5 increments.
If the sun is positioned such that it hampers positioning and judging of any
maneuvers, the contestant may request the judges to allow an offset of certain
maneuvers. This agreement shall take place prior to the start of the flight.
Also, flying the figures in the front or the back of the box while on the X-axis
is not a criterion for judging. Before entering the box, the pilot or caller
should announce to the judges the direction of flight (Left-to-Right or Rightto-
Left). This is completely the pilot’s option and independent of the wind
direction. Once this announcement is made, the relationship and positioning
between maneuvers is defined by the Aresti sequence drawing.
Category Positioning coefficients are as follows:
Basic 5K
Sportsman 10K
Intermediate 15K
Advanced 20K
Unlimited 25K
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-38: Page 92
4.1 Scale Aerobatic Box
Two (2) horizontal lines, 90 degrees to each side of the centerline. The total
length of the box shall be 2000 feet (610 meters) along a line parallel to the
flight line. The rear boundary of the box shall be a line parallel to the flight
line and 1000 feet (305 meters) from the competitors position.
Whenever the “complete aircraft” is observed to fly past any boundary, an
infringement penalty will be noted by the maneuver score being circled by
the judge. It should be noted that the judges could disagree on box
infringements (i.e. one judge circles the maneuver and the other doesn’t). The
penalty will be assessed when the scores are tabulated and vary by the class
flown:
i. Basic = two (2) points per infringement
ii. Sportsman = four (4) points per infringement
iii. Intermediate = six (6) points per infringement
iv. Advanced = eight (8) points per infringement
v. Unlimited = ten (10) points per infringement
Because the judges are located behind the pilot, the only box infringements
generally noted are the one that can easily be assessed using the 90 degree
markers reference on the ground. Although judging the side and back
infringements are more difficult due to the lack of references, judges should
still take them into account if the aircraft clearly goes past these boundaries.
In case of uncertainty, always give the competitor the benefit of the doubt.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-39: Page 93, 4.2 Scale Aerobatic zones through 4.2.2 Side Zones.
Eliminated all above rules.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-40 Page 97, paragraph 6.3 Zero, redefines reason a zero may be
given.
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 180
March 2003 181
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-41: Page 103, 8.6. Family 6: Tailslides
Fifth Paragraph Down;
As with the hammerhead, the aircraft will be in a stalled or near stalled
condition at the top of the vertical line and no deduction for wind drift
should be applied during that particular time.
Delete Figure 28
Submitted by: Thomas Wheeler, AMA 405590
RCA-05-42 Page 73, Changes maneuver sequences for Event 404, Masters.
Watch for similar proposal.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by Troy Newman, AMA 163080
RCA-05-43: New Event. Indoor RC Aerobatics.
It is the intention to provide a safe aerobatic event for electric powered
models that will be flown indoors. Wherever possible, the rules will be the
same as outdoor radio control pattern. Rather than reproduce the entire set
of pattern rules, the exceptions will be noted.
4. Model aircraft requirements.
4.1 Power. Models shall be powered by battery powered electric
motors. The maximum battery voltage shall be 9.6 volts (manufacturers
ratings). No limit is placed on the number of motors, but the maximum
power delivered to the motor(s) shall be 30 watts. In cases where there is a
question, the contestant may be required to sign an affidavit stating that his
entry conforms to this rule.
4.2 Weight and size. No model shall weigh more than 7 ounces ready to
fly.
1.5 Change radius of spinner tip to 2 millimeters.
7. Pattern event classes.
The indoor pattern event shall be divided into two classes. The first, (class
I) shall be open to any model design that meets the weight and power
criteria. The second (class II) will be limited to models which clearly
resemble an aircraft used in aerobatic competition. This includes outdoor
pattern event models as well as full scale aircraft. Both classes will fly the
same maneuver pattern.
8. Contestant classification. This system will not be used in indoor
aerobatics. Delete sections 8.-8.3.
10. Official flight. Change time limit to two (2) minutes.
11. Time limits. Change time to (2) minutes.
14. The CD will determine the boundary limits for the “box” based on site
conditions, as well as the distance from the judges for the flight path of
maneuvers.
16. Both indoor classes will use the intermediate pattern maneuver
schedule.
20.7 Delete references to weather.
20.8 Delete references to the sun.
Submitted by: Bob Wilder, AMA 14951
RC Pylon Racing
RCR-05-1, page 123, paragraph 16.3.1. Airframe. Redefines current
regulations of event #424 for the purpose of clarity and enforceability.
Exact wording proposed for the rulebook:
Under section 16.3.1 Airframe:
The airframe specifications for this event are identical to those for Quickie
500 (Event No. 428).
New exact wording of section 16.3.1
The airframe specifications for this event are identical to those for
Quickie 500 (Event No. 428) with the following exceptions: Wing and
tail construction. Wings must be constructed of either all wood or wood
sheeting over a solid foam core. Wings manufactured in molds designed
to produce hollow core composite wings, is prohibited. The last three
inches of each wing tip may be made of any material. The intent of the
rule is to keep the cost of participation to a minimum.
Submitted by: Dan Kane, AMA 26835
RCR-05-2, page 123, 16.3.2 Powerplant.
Under section 16.3.2 Powerplant, sub-section A. Engine. Remove the
following sentence from item #6 Power Output:
As such, it is not a suitable event for the use of engines that some with
tuned mufflers or otherwise are capable of turning a stock 9 x 6 APC
propeller at over 16, 500 rpm on the ground.
Reword paragraph 6:
“Sport Quickie is intended as an entry-level event for pilots who are
new to racing. Sample engines are tested via committee and a list of
permissible engines is published and updated as necessary, annually.
Criteria include purchase price and power output in both the normal
takeoff RPM range and the presumed in-air (“unloaded”) RPM range.
Any engine with a tuned muffler is strictly prohibited. The cost of the
engine must be below $120 (street price). If engines more powerful than
this are to be used at a contest, the contest should be sanctioned as
Quickie 500 (Event No. 428), not sport Quickie.”
Add paragraph 7:
“Prior approval of engines”.
a). Procedure: All engines, past and future inclusive, shall not be
entered into competition until a five-member sub-committee of the RC
Racing Contest Board has approved the engine by an affirmative vote of
at least three members thereof. Such approval may be given orally, but
shall be recorded for future reference. An engine shall be considered
eligible for competition if it meets all requirements of section 16.3.2
and, in addition, does not hinder the state of this entry level event as
determined by the aforementioned five-member committee. The
committee is appointed by the Racing Contest Board Chairman and will
not include any member with a vested interest in the sale of
manufacturing of an engine for this event. In addition any engine can be
removed from the list by an affirmative vote of at least three members
thereof.
Under section 16.3.3. Special Provisions, sub-section b. Rule Variations
Permitted: Remove item #1: Approval engine list: Sample engines are
tested and a list of permissible engines is published annually. Criteria
include purchase price and power output in both the normal takeoff rpm
range and the presumed in-air (“unloaded”) rpm range.
Remove item #2: Prohibited Features: Typically these include
Schneurle porting and ABC/AAC metallurgy.
Change item #3 Claiming rule, to item #1.
RCR-05-3: Adds new (provisional) event Formula 1 Sport
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions
Department for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Robert Dible, AMA 41701
RC Helicopter
RCH-05-1, Class I. Change pilot position for Class I. page 130,
paragraph 28.6.1. Class I position is fixed to a two (2) meter line on
side of box closest to the judges. If the pilot moves from the fixed
position from the beginning to the end of the flight a severe downgrade
shall be imposed.
Page 131, paragraph 29.1.1. (Change sentence #2 only). Pilot stands on
the two (2) meter line on the side of the box closest to the judges.
On page 127, course layout. Removed the two flags on the sides of the
box. Remove the two 1.2m circles on the front and back of the box.
Submitted by: Thomas Erb, AMA 98317
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 181
182 MODEL AVIATION
RC Soaring
SO-05-1. Add the following paragraphs to page 137.
Note: conflicts with proposal with SO-05-2
1.1 No object, device in its fully extended position, or part thereof can
protrude ahead of the nose of the aircraft.
1.2 Ahead of the leading edge of the wing, no part of an object or device in
its fully extended position can protrude more than one inch below the bottom
of the fuselage. If the fuselage bottom is curved, the length of the protrusion
or part thereof will be measured along the perpendicular to a tangent to the
fuselage at the point where the measurement is to be made. 1.3 From the
leading edge of the wing to the rearmost part of the fuselage, no part of an
object or device in its fully extended position can protrude more than three
inches below the bottom of the wing or an extension thereof. Measurements
will be made along a perpendicular to the bottom of the wing at the point in
question. In the event that an object/device is located behind the trailing edge
of the wing, the extension of the bottom of the sing will be determined by
placing a straight edge so that it is in contact with at least two points along
the bottom of the wing and measuring along a perpendicular to the side of the
straight edge that is in contact with the bottom of the wing. Flaps must be
fully retracted when measurements are made.
1.4 The forward facing edge of an object or device in its fully extended
position must have a radius of a t least 0.25 inch in the vertical plane.
1.5 All objects or devices in their fully extended position must lay in a single
plane that is perpendicular to the bottom surface of the wing and congruent
with the centerline of the fuselage.
1.6 The above rules do not apply to those classes that specifically prohibit the
use of devices whose intent it is to produce a rapid deceleration when
landing.
Submitted by: Robert Johnson, AMA 74650
SO-05-2, page 137, paragraph 3.1.6.d.
Note: conflicts with proposal with SO-05-1
Eliminate paragraph 3.1.6.d in its entirety.
Submitted by: Richard Eckel, AMA 467949
SO-05-3: Withdrawn by proposer.
Submitted by: Robert Glover, AMA V100
SO-05-4, Establish new event: RC Slope Soaring Combat.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Loren Blinde, AMA 91210
SO-05-5: Add new event: Nostalgia Sailplane.
Proposal too lengthy to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a complete copy of the proposal.
Submitted by: Jack Iafret, AMA 7114
Scale
SCA-05-1, page 157, pull test and line size table, bottom row (15-20 lb
models). In the CL Precision Scale event, change the “CL Flying Scale” pull
test and line size table, bottom row (15 — 20 lb models), right column (pull
Test), from, “5G 80 lb max,” to “5G 80 lb min.”
Submitted by: Richard Perry, AMA 243
SCA-05-2, Add new event: Control Line Fun Scale
The intent of Fun Scale is to provide a CL Scale event, which is, and is to
remain, simple in concept. It minimizes the static judging and emphasizes the
flying segment.
1. ELIGIBILITY. The contest is open to modeler-built or factory built
CL Scale models. The event rules are identical to event #509, Control Line
Sport Scale except for static judging. General rule 4 (builder — flier) will
not apply in this event. With advance notice, the event may be conducted
in different classes based on skill or age level, i.e., Open, Entry, Junior,
Senior, etc.
2. STATIC JUDGING. The static scale outline score will be a graduated
zero (0) to five (5) points to contestants who show proof that a full size
aircraft or this type did/does exist. An additional score of a graduated zero (0)
to (5) points will be awarded if proof is shown as to replicating a
color/markings scheme of the original full size aircraft. A single sheet (3-
view drawing, photo, profile, painting, plastic kit box, etc.) is sufficient.
Contestant prepared drawings of a photo of the model itself is not acceptable.
If no proof of existence or color/markings is shown, no static points will be
awarded. However, it will be up to the contest director and/or event director
to determine if the scale model is indeed a replica of a full size aircraft of r
contest
eligibility.
3. FLYING. All rules as per CL Sport Scale (event #509).
4. SCORING. The official score shall be the total of static points (10
maximum) and the single best flight score (100 maximum) for a total of 110
points.
Submitted by: William Reynolds, AMA 49921
SCA-05-3 Rewrites Event 518 Scale Helicopter rules
Watch for similar proposal. Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please
contact the Competitions Department for a complete copy.
Submitted by: Peter Wales, AMA 532418
SCA-05-4 Rewrites Event 518 Scale Helicopter rules
Watch for similar proposal. Proposal too lengthy to publish here, please
contact the Competitions Department for a complete copy.
Submitted by: Brian Stewart, AMA 618578
SCA-05-5 page 162, event 521. To be added after dummy pilot exemption in
opening paragraph for event 521.
Event 521 Profile Scale is exempted from the retract rule, requiring flying
with wheels up if prototype had retractable landing gear.
(Control Line Scale Flight Judging Guide, Part e paragraph 4.2 Realism in
flight)
Submitted by: Charles Bauer, AMA 21824
SCA-05-6, page 165, Radio Control Sport Scale (Sportsman and Expert)
Event, revises rules to specifically allow for indoor flying of RC Scale
models in these events.
Revise current section 2. Safety Requirements
Leave items 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5 as is.
Re-number 2.8 to 2.6.
Add new section 3. Outdoor Events
3.1. There are no restrictions as to types of power plants that may be used in
R/C Sport Scale models that are flown outdoors. Reciprocating internal
combustion engines (including 2-stroke, 4-stroke, glow, gas, CO2,
compressed air), electric motors, and turbojet engines are allowed.
3.2. (same as old section “2.7. Turbojet engines “
3.3. With the exception of electric motors, the engine(s) must be equipped
with an effective muffler or silencer to limit noise output. A tuned pipe is
considered a muffler.
3.4. R/C Sport Scale models that are flown outdoors shall weigh no more
than 55 pounds, ready for flight, including fuel.
Add a new section 4. Indoor Events
4.1. R/C Sport Scale models that are flown indoors must be powered with
electric, CO2, orcompressed air motor(s). No other type of power plant is
permissible for indoor flying.
4.2. R/C sport Scale models that are flown indoors shall weigh no more than
12 ounces ready for flight, including fuel or batteries.
4.3. Maximum wing loading of the model, ready for flight, shall not exceed 6
ounces per square foot.
4.4. Due to wide variations in the size and shape of indoor flying sites, the
Contest Director has authority to adjust sections 4.2. and 4.3. as needed to fit
the contest flying site and local conditions. In all cases, any deviation from
these rulebook specifications must be noted in all pre-contest announcements
and literature well in advance of the event.
4.5. Because of the size restrictions that indoor flying naturally imposes on
the flight of a model, the Contest Director has authority to adjust any of the
maneuver descriptions in the “Radio Control Scale Flight Judging Guide” to
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 182
March 2003 183
fit the size of his facility. For example, the Judging Guides says that the Fly-
Past should be flown between 10 — 20 feet altitude for at least 5 seconds. At
many indoor flying facilities that would be impossible. In all cases, any
deviation from the Judging Guide maneuver descriptions must be noted in all
pre-contest announcements and literature well in advance of the event.
Revise current section 3. Model Requirements
Delete third paragraph; “With the exception of electric motors, the engine
must be equipped with an effective muffler “
Re-number current sections 3 through 11 as sections 5 through 13
respectively.
Submitted by: Mike Gretz, AMA 7614
SCA-05-7, Adds new event: Indoor Electric R/C Scale
Power and Model Requirements: Maximum motive power will be a single
stock speed 280 brush can motor or equipment with no restrictions on
gearing or propeller size and no restrictions on battery type and or size.
The model shall have a maximum wing loading of 5 oz per square foot.
Multiple motors will not exceed in total the equivalent of a speed 280 electric
motor.
Static Judging: The model will be judged at a distance of 5 feet for finish
color & markings and accuracy of outline and at 1 foot for craftsmanship.
Cockpit detail will be included s part of the craftsmanship judging. A 50
point maximum score can be given for each of the 3 categories giving a
maximum static score of 150 points. The builder of the model rule applies,
page 149 paragraph 4.
Flight Judging: A flight will consist of 10 maneuvers, 5 mandatory and 5
optional. Each maneuver will be scored 0 to 5 points for a maximum total of
50 points. Mandatory maneuvers consist of takeoff, minimum of 2 laps left
(counter clockwise), minimum of 2 laps right (clockwise), landing, and
realism of flight. Optional maneuvers can include retracting and extending
undercarriage, bomb or leaflet or tank drop, etc. The maneuvers can be done
in any order. A minimum of 2 rounds will be flown. The final flight score
will consist of the total of the 2 best rounds divided by 2. The flight score
will be added to the static score for a maximum of 200 points.
Submitted by: Ernest Harwood, AMA 6550
SCA-05-8: Event #518, Sport Scale Soaring
Change section 8 to read:
8. RC Flight Plan
The RC Flight Plan shall consist of 10 maneuvers and/or scale operations,
three (3) mandatory and seven (7) optional. The mandatory items are:
Three hundred sixty degree thermal turns.
Landing.
Realism in flight.
The mandatory and optional maneuvers may be performed in any sequence,
but must follow the contestants flight plan presented to the judges.
Move “Climb to Release” maneuver from section 1. Mandatory Maneuvers
to section 2. Optional Flight Maneuvers.
Delete section 1.2 “maintain straight attitude” from maneuver lists.
Submitted by: Terry Edmonds, AMA 9438
SCA-05-9: Event 517, Sport Scale Soaring
10. Official Score.
Change present wording: “The official score shall be the total of static points
9100 maximum) ... ”
To: “The official score shall be the total of static points (30) time multiplier
maximum) ... ”
Also delete second reference to (100 maximum) for static points in section
10.
Submitted by: Terry Edmonds, AMA 9438
SCA-05-10: Event 517, Sport Scale Soaring
Delete first sentence of section 9.
Flight Scoring. Maximum total flight score is 100 points.
Add to end of section 9.1.
After the flight is complete each maneuver score is to be multiplied by the
difficulty factor for tat maneuver. If a competitor flies a maneuver not on the
list, a difficulty factor of 1.0 is to be used. (See attached list)
Delete reference to “(100 maximum)” for flight score in section 10.
MANEUVER DIFFICULTY FACTOR
1. Takeoff 1.0
2. Aerotow Including Release 1.2
3. Climb to Release (winch, hi-start, hand tow) 1.0
4. 360 Degree Thermal Turns 1.0
5. Straight Flight Back 0.7
6. Procedure Turn 0.8
7. Straight Flight Back 0.7
8. Figure Eight 1.0
9. Inside Loop 1.2
10. Outside Loop 1.5
11. Immelmann Turn 1.4
12. Stall Turn 1.3
13. Wingover 1.3
14. Split-S 1.2
15. Roll 1.2
16. Barrel Roll 1.2
17. Spin 1.4
18. Cuban Eight 1.5
19. Sideslip 1.2
20. Flight in a Triangular Circuit 0.9
21. Flight in a Rectangular Circuit 0.9
22. Chandelle 1.1
23. Traffic Pattern Approach to Landing 1.1
24. Spot Landing 1.0
25. Landing 1.0
26. Realism in Flight 1.0
27. Scale Operation: Retract Wheel 1.0
28. Scale Operation: Spoilers 0.5
29. Scale Operation: Flaps 0.5
30. Scale Operation: Dumpable Water Ballast 2.0
31. Scale Operation: Drop Dolly 0.7
Submitted by: Terry Edmonds, AMA 9438
SCA-05-11: Event 517, Sport Scale Soaring
Change 7.2 “Launch shall be by winch or aero tow” to “Launch shall be by
winch, aero tow, high-start or hand tow”.
Change 7.2 “ Two winch launches per round will be allowed if a pilot
requires them to complete his flight maneuvers. In the case of two winch
launches, a given maneuver will be judged only
once, the first time it is performed”. To: “Two launches per round will be
allowed except for aero tow, if a pilot requires them to complete his flight
maneuvers. In the case of two launches, a given maneuver will be judged
only once, the first time it is performed”.
Submitted by: Robert Harold, AMA 2457
SCA-05-12: Worksheet for static judging of CL and RC Sport Scale.
Worksheet is attached to original proposal.
Submitted by: Charles Bauer, AMA 21824
RC Electric
ECL-05-1 page 186 Adds new event: Elexaco
Summary of Elexaco Competition Rules: (Old Timer or Open) The
investment flying electric using a 400 motor is nominal as an existing radio
with at least 3 channels is all that is needed. What makes it real interesting is
that the performance of a 7 cell battery pak with a direct 400 motor system is
outstanding. Using alkaline battery cells in the Tx makes the model always
available for flight when stored in the trunk of your car. Due to the small size
it is stored assembled. In traveling where a field is sited (A football field will
do) simply stop, charge the flight battery for motor and RX power by BEC
and fly as the alkalines for the TX are always ready. Now to add interest a
simple endurance competitive event was designed that can be decided at the
flying field. All that is required is a stop watch. To establish equity the
Elexaco event is offered making it easy as it defines specifically the
hardware required. It is designed as an electric version of the ever popular
1⁄2A Glo-Powered Texaco event and can be restricted to old-timer if desired
by option.
Elexaco Event Rules
1. Any model with an aspect wing ratio of less than 7 qualifies (wingspan
divided by center chord).
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 183
184 MODEL AVIATION
2. Any rated 400 Electric ferrite motor (not brushless or cobalt and not geared)
qualifies.
3. A 7 cell 250 to 350 MAH power pak must be used.
4. Any motor shut off device is acceptable.
Flight Rules
Timed from either take-off or hand launch, motor is allowed to fun for 2 minutes
and shut off by radio—if motor is shut off prior to 2 minutes it is not to be turned
back on—if turned back on score is 0. Flight is continued and timed toward max
flight time of 15 minutes to land at designated field. Score 1 point per second
(max 900 points). Exceeding max results in penalty of 1 point per second.
Submitted by: Joe Beshar, AMA 175
ELC-05-2, page 186 section 4.21 Indoor electric duration. Change “Battery size
is limited to (6) 50 mAh cells” to “Battery size is limited to (6) N-AAA Nicad
cells.
Submitted by: Steve Leitgen, AMA 322830
ECL-05-3, add new event 629. Plane shall not exceed 21 ounces flying weight.
Maximum wing loading shall not exceed three and one half (3 «) ounces/square
feet. Battery size is limited to any combination of cells designated by the
manufacturer as rechargeable. The plane shall fly a circular or oval or figure
eight course as specified by the judges. Either ROG or handlaunch is permitted.
Total points will be the duration time in seconds. Contest director will determine
number of attempts allowed.
Submitted by: Steve Leitgen, AMA 322830
ELC-05-4, page 186 section 4.21 Electric Indoor Duration. Change “Battery
size is limited to (6) 50 mAh cells” to “Battery size is limited to a maximum of
(6) 50 mAH Nicad cells”.
Submitted by: Steve Leitgen, AMA 322830
Special Events
SEB-05-1 was moved to Executive Council jurisdiction.
SEB-05-2: R/C Competition Fun Fly, adds timed flight wording to allow
variations in total flight time and maneuvers to be performed.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department for a
copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Dan Luchaco, AMA 723
RC Combat
RCC-05-1, page 62, section 3.1. Create new Open RC Combat Class.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department for a
copy of the complete proposal. Watch for similar proposal!
Submitted by: John Vaught, AMA 122092
RCC-05-2 Create a new class of Open RC Combat:
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department for a
copy of the complete proposal. Watch for similar proposal!
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-3 page 193, 3.3.1.
3.3.1 A maximum dry weight of 3.5 pounds for any single engine design.
3.3.2 The maximum dry weight for multi-engine designs shall be
determined from the following table:
Twins up to and including a 50 inch span, 4 lbs.
Twins with greater than 50 inch span up to and including 60 inch span, 4.5
lbs.
Twins over 60 inch span, 5 lbs.
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-4 page 193. 3.1 The model must be minimum 1/12 scale replica
of a Pursuit, Fighter or Attack aircraft produced or in service between
1935 and 1955. For the purpose of this contest, an aircraft shall be
considered a Pursuit, Fighter or Attack aircraft if its missions routinely
involved, or its designer intended any of the following: a) interception of
enemy aircraft, b) high speed ground or sea attack, c) dogfighting, d) long
and short range escort. The aircraft must have been originally designed to
have had onboard guns installed. Aircraft that had guns mounted for
defensive purposes only shall not qualify as Pursuit, Fighter or Attack
aircraft.
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-5 page 193. 3.2.1 Engine Rpm’s will be limited to the following
chart for open B events. Engines will be spot inspected to comply with this
section. Sport inspection will be incur only at the C.D. request. No one can
suggest to the C.D. to inspect an engine. Non-compliance will result in
disqualification from the event. If non-compliance is discovered, one extra
test by a non-partial participate can be executed. Full access to the
transmitter and needle valve setting will be provided to the inspector.
Prop Diameter
1. 8” x 4 19,000+/-100rpms
2. 9” x 4 17,500+/-100rpms
3. 9” x 5 17,000+/-100rpms
4. 10” x 3 16,800+/-100rpms
5. 10” x 4 16,500+/-100rpms
Submitted by: Ronald Caravona, AMA 668956
RCC-05-6, page 193, event 750, Scale RC Combat. Proposal attempts to
improve the existing event without introducing new classes, formats or
other major changes to existing rules.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Ed Kettler, AMA 730493
RCC-05-7: Add new Class 1520 to Scale RC Combat
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Ronald Caravon, AMA 668956
RCC-05-8: Page 193, Event 750 Proposal changes aircraft rules regarding
dimensions and maximum engine sizes.
Proposal too long to publish, please contact the Competitions Department
for a copy of the complete proposal.
Submitted by: Louis Melancon, AMA 15165
Key Dates
(Events attended by AMA HQ staff and/or officers)
February 20 - 23
Florida Jets
Bunnell FL
February 21 - 23
WRAM Show 2003
White Plains NY
April 23 - 27
Top Gun 2003
Lakeland FL
03sig6.QXD 12.20.02 11:17 am Page 184

ama call to action logo
Join Now

Model Aviation Live
Watch Now

Privacy policy   |   Terms of use

Model Aviation is a monthly publication for the Academy of Model Aeronautics.
© 1936-2025 Academy of Model Aeronautics. All rights reserved. 5161 E. Memorial Dr. Muncie IN 47302.   Tel: (800) 435-9262; Fax: (765) 289-4248

Park Pilot LogoAMA Logo